Instructor’s and Solutions Manual to accompany Mechanics of Materials Fourth Edition Volume I, Chapters 1-6 Ferdinand P. Beer Late of Lehigh University E. Russell Johnston, Jr. University of Connecticut John T. DeWolf University of Connecticut Prepared by Dean P. Updike Lehigh Cniversiny PROVRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ‘This Maral i the proprietary propenty of The MeGiraw-1sill Companies, Inc. McGraw-Hill’) and protected by eupyright and other state ‘and federal laws. By opening and using this Macual the user agrees t the following estictions, and ifthe cecipien: does not agree . these resuictions, the Manual should be pramptly returned wnopenes to MeGraw-1tll: his Manual is being provided only to authorized [professors and instructors for use in preparing for the chises using the affiliated textbook. No other use or distribution of ¢his ‘Manual ir permitted. This Manual may not be sold and may not be distributed to or used by any student or other third party. No part of this Manual may be reproduced, juted in any form or by any means, electronic or vtherwive, without the prior written permission of the MeGraw. ve ify Higher Education Bosten Burr Ridge, IL Dubuaue, [A Madison, #1 New York SariFrancisoo St. Lovia Bangkok Bogetd Caracas Kuola Lumpur Lisbon London Madrid Mexico City Mian Montweal New Delhi Santiago Seoul Singapore Sycney Taipel Toronto.TABLE OF CONTENTS: To the Instructor .. Description of Material Contained in Mechanics of Materials, £* edition. Table I : List of Topics Covered in ‘of Materials, 4" edition xvi Table IT: Classification and Description of Problems.. xviii ‘Table HII: Sample Assignment Schedule (50% of Problems in SI Units and 50% in U.S. Customary Units). -xKVi ‘Table LV: Sample Assignment Schedule (75% of Problems in SI Units and 25% in U.S. Customary Units) avi Problem Solutions xixtext for the various loading conditions encountered, Thus, students are presented at a2. early stage with a method of solution that combines the analysis of deformations with the conventional analysis of forces used in statics, and will have become thoroughly famifiar with it by the end of the course. The concept of plastic deformation is also introduced in Chap. 2, where it is applied to the analysis of members under axial loading, while problems involving the plastic deformation of circular shafis and of prismatic beams are considered in optional sections of Chaps. 3 and 4, respectively. On the other hand, while the concept of siress ata point is introduced in Chap. 1, the discussion of the transformation of stresses is delayed until Chap. 7, aller students have discovered. for themselves the need for special techniques, such as Mohr's circle. In this edition, shear and bending-moment diagrams are introduced at the beginning of Chap. 5 and applied immediately to the design of beams in that chapter and ia the next ‘A brief description, chapter by chapter, of the topics included in the text will be found in the following pages. I is hoped that this, material will help instructors oxganize their courses to best fit the needs of their students. The authors of Mechanics of Materials, 4/e, wish to thank Professor Dean P. Updike of the Department of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics at Lehigh University for having written the problem solutions contained in this Manual. E. Russeli Johnston, Jr. John T. DeWolfTO THE INSTRUCTOR: As indicated in its preface, Mechanics of Materials is designed for the first course in mechanics of materials - or strength of materials - offered to engineering students in the sophomore or junior year. However, because of the large numer of optional scetions that have been included and the maturity of approach that has been achieved, this fext can also be used to teach a more advanced course. The text has been divided into units, each corresponding to a well-defined topic and consisting of one or several theory sections followed by sample problems and a large number of problems to be assigned. In order to accommodate courses of varying craphiases, considerably more material has been ‘included than can be covered effectively in a single three-credit-hour course. To assist the instructors in making up a schedule of signments that best Gits their classes, the various topics presented in the text have been Hsted in Table 1 and both a :inimum and a maximum number of periods to be spent on cach topic have been suggested. Topics have been divided into three categories: core topics that will probably be covered in every course; additional topics that can be selected to complement this core to form courses of various emphases; and finally topics that can be used with more advanced students, The problems have been grouped according to the portions of material they illustrate and have been arranged in order of increasing difficulty, with problems requiring special attention indicated by asterisks. The instructor's attention is called 10 the fact that problems have been arranged in groups of six or more, all problems of the same group being closely related. This means that the instructor will easily find additional problems to amplify a particular point that has been brought up in the discussion of a problem assigned for homework. Since half of the problems are stated in SI units and halin U.S. customary units, it also means that the instructor hay the choice of assigning problems using SL units and problems using ULS. customary units in whatever proportion is found to be most desirable for a given class. Yo assist in the preparation of homework assignments Table If provides a brief description of all groups of problems and a classification of the problems in each group according to the xunits used, It should also be noted that answers toall problems with a number set in roman type are given at the end of the teat, while problems with a number set in ilalic are not. Jn Table I six altemative lists of possible assignments have been suggested. Four of these lists consist of problems whose answers are given, al the end of the text, and two of problems whose answers are nol, Half of the problems in each list are stated in SI units and half in U.S. customary units. Kor those instructors who wish ta omphasize the use of SI units, four additional lists of problems have beri given in Table 1V, in which 75% of the problems use SI units. Since the lists in Tables II and TV cover the entire text, instructors will want to select those groups af sections that are best suited to the course they wish to teach. For a typical one-semester course consisting of 42 class meetings and including four quizzes, as many as 38 of the 46 available ‘groups can be selected. Since the approach used in this text differs in a number of respects from the approach used in other books, the instructor is advised to read the preface to Mechanics of Materials, in which the authors have outlined their general philosophy. Attention is particulmly called to the fact that statically indeterminate problems are first discussed in Chapter 2 and are considered throughout thetext for the various loading conditions encountered. Thus, students are presented at an early stage with a method of solution that combines the analysis of deformations with the conventional analysis of Forces used in statics, and will have become thoroughly familiar with it by the end of the course. The concept of plastic deformation is also introduced in Chap. 2, where itis applied to the analysis of members under axial loading, while problems involving the plastic deformation of circular shafts and of prismatic beams are considered in optional sections of Chaps. 3 and 4, respectively. On the other hand, while the concept of siress al point is introduced in Chap. 1, the discussion of the transformation of stresses is delayed until Chap. 7, afler siudents have discovered for themselves the need fur special techniques, such as Mohr's circle. In this edition, shear and bending-moment diagrams are introduced at the beginning of Chap. 5 and applicd immediately to the design of beams in that chapter and in the next, A brief description, chapter by chapter, of the topics included in the text will be found in the following pages. It is hoped that this material will help instructors organize their courses to best fit the needs of their students, The authors of Mechanics of Materials, #e, wish to thank Professor Dean P, Updike of the Department of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanies at Lehigh University for having written the problem solutions contained in this Manual. E, Russell Johnston, Jr, John T, DeWolfDESCRIPTION OF THE MATERIAL CONTAINED IN " MECHANICS OF MATERIALS Chapter 1 Introduction — Concept of Stress The main purpose of this chapter is to introduce the concept of stress. After @ short review of Statics in Sec, 1.2 emphasizing the use of free-body diagrams, Secs. 13 through 1.7 discuss normal stresses under an axial loading, shearing stresses — with applivations to pins and bolts in single and double shear ~ aud bearing stresses, Section 1.4 introduees the concepts of analysis and design, while Sec. 1.5 emphasizes the fact that stresses are inherently statically indeterminate and that, at this point, normal stresses under an axial Toading can only be assumed to be uniformly distributed. Moreover, such an assumption requires thet the axial loading be centri. Section 1.8 is devoted to the application of these concepts to the analysis of a simple structure, Section, 1.9 describes how students should approach the solution of a problem in mechanics of materials, and Sec. 1.10 discusses the numerical accuracy to be expected in such a solution, Problems included in the first lesson also serve as areview of the methods of analysis of teusses, Irames, and mechanisms learned in staties, Section 1.11 discusses the determination of normai and shearing stresses on oblique planes under an axial loading, while See. 1.12 introduces the components of stress under general loading conditions. This section emphasizes the fact that the components of the shearing stresses exerted on perpendicular planes, such as r,, and 2, , must be equal. It also introduces the students to the concept of transformation of stress. However, the study of the computational techniques associated with the transformation of stress al a point is delayed # edition until Chap. 7, afler students have discovered for themselves the need for such techniques. Section 1.13 is devoted to design considerations, Tt introduces the concepts of ultimate load, ultimate stress, and factor of safety. Tt also discusses the reasons for the use of factors of safety in engineering practice. The section ends with an optional presentation of an alternative method of design, Load and Resistance Factor Design. _ Chapter 2 vil Stress and Strain ~ Axial Loading This chapter is devoted to the analysis, and design of members under a centric axial loading, Sections 2.1 and 2.2 introduce the concept of normal strain, while Sec, 2.3 describes the general properties of the stress-sttain diagrams of ductile and brittle materials and defines the yield strength, ultimate strength, and breaking swength of a material. Seetion 2.4, which is optional, defines true stress and true straiv. Section 2.5 introduces Hooke's law, the modulus of elasticity, and the proportional limit of a material. It defines as isotropic those materials whose mechanical properties are independent of the direction considered and as anisotropic those whose mechanical properties depend upon that direction, Among the latter are fiher-reinforced composite materials, which are described in this section. Section 2.6 discusses the elastic and the plastic behavior of a material and defines its elastic limit, while Sec. 2.7 is devoted to fatigue and the behavior of materials under repeated loadings. The first lesson of Chap. 2 ends with Sec. 2.8, which shows how Hooke's law can be used to determine the deformation of a rod ofuniform or variable cross section under one or several loads, and introduces the concept of relative displacement. Secction 2.9 discusses stoticully indeterminate problems involving members under an axial load. As indicated in the preface of the text and in the introduction to this manual, the authors belicve it is important to intreduce the students at an carly stage to the concept of statical indeterminacy and to show ‘them how the analysis of deformations can be used in the solution of problems that cannot be solved by the methods of statics alone. It will also help them realize that stresses, being statically indeterminate, can be computed only by considering the corresponding distribution of strains. Section 2.10 discusses the thermal expansion of rods and shows how to determine stresses in statically indeterminate members subjected to temperature changes. Section 2.11 introduces the concept of Jateral strain for an isotropic material and defines Poisson's ratio. Section 2.12 discusses the mudtiaxial loading of a structural element and derives the generalized Hooke's law for such a foading. Since this derivation is based on the application of the principle of superposition, this principle is also introduced in See. 2.12, and. the conditions under which it can be used are clearly slated. Section 2.13 is optional. It discusses the change in volume of a material under a multiaxial loading and defines the dilatation and the bulk modulus or modulus of compression of a given material. Section 2.14 introduces the concept of shearing strain. It should be noted that the authors define the shearing strain as the change in the angle formed by the faces of the element ‘of material considered, and not as the angle through which one of these faces rotates. Hooke's law for shearing stress and strain and the modulus of rigidity are also introduced in this section, as well as the generalized Hooke’s Jerw fora homogencous, isotropic material under the most general stress conditions, Section 2.15 points out that strains, just as stresses, depend upon the orientation of the planes considered. It alse establishes the fact that the constants &, v, and G are not independent from each other and derives Eq, (2.43), which expresses the relation among these three constants. Section 2.16, which is oplional, extends the stress-strain relationships to fiber-reinforced composite materials. The relations obtained are expressed by Eas. (2.45) and (2.47) and involve three different values of the modulus of elasticity and six different values of Poisson's ratio, Scetion 2.17 discusses the distribution of the normal stresses under a centric axial loading and shows that this distribution depends upon the manner in which the loads are applied. However, except in the immediate vicinity of the points of application of the loads, the distribution of stresses can be assumed uniform. This result verifies Saint-Venant’s principle. Section 2.18 discusses siress concentrations near circular holes and fillets in flat bars under axial loading, Section 2.19 is devoted to the plastic deformation of members under centric axial loads and introduces the concept of an edastoplastic ‘material, As stated in the preface of the text, the authors believe that students should be exposed to the conecpt of plastic deformation in the first course in mechanics of materials, if only to ket them realize the limitations of the assumption of a linear stress-strain relation in engineering applications. By introducing this concept early in the course in connection with axial loading, rather than later with torsion or bending, one makes it easier for the students to understand and accept it, For the same reason, residual stresses are discussed in Sec. 2.20 in connection with axial loading. Towever, since some instructors may not want to include the coneept. of residual stresses in an elementary course, this section is optional and can be omittedwithout any prejudice to the understanding of the rest of the text. Chapter 3 Torsion Section 3.1 introduces this type of loading, while Sec. 3.2 establishes the relation that must be satisfied, on the basis of statics, by the shearing stresses in a given seetion of a shaft subjected to a torque. This condition, however, does not suffice to determine the stresses, and one must analyze the deformations which occurin the shaft. This is done in Sec. 3.3, where it is proved that the distribution of shearing strains in a circular shaft is linear. It should be noted that the discussion presented in Sec, 3.3 is based solcly con the assumption of rigid end plates, rather than onarbitrary and gratuitous assumptions regarding the deformations ofa shaft, The results obtained in this and the following sections clearly depend upon the vatidity of this assumption, but can be extended to other loading conditions through the application of Saint-Venant’s principle. Section 3.4 is devoted to the analysis of the shearing stresses in the elastic range and Presents the derivation of the elastic torsion formulas for circular shafts. The section ends ‘with remarks on the transformation of stresses in torsion and the comparison between the failures of ductile and brittle materiais in torsion. The formuta for the angle of peist of shall in the elastic range is derived in Sev. 3.5. This section also contains various applications involving the twisting of single and ‘gear-connected shafis. Section 3.6 deals with the solution of problems involving statically indeterminate shafts. Section 3.7 is devoted to the design of transmission shafts and begins with the determination of the torque requied to transmit a given power at a given speed, both in SI and US. customary units, Note that the effect of bending on the design of transmission shafts will be discussed in Sec. 8.3, which is optional Section 3.8 discusses stress concentrations at fillets in circular shafts. Sections 3.9 through 3.15 deal with the plastic deformations and residual stresses in circular shafts and are optional. Since a similar presentation of the plastic deformations and residual stresses of members in pure bending is given in Chap. 4, the instructor may decide (© include only one of these presentations in the course, Section 3.9 deseribes the general method for the determination of the torque corresponding to a given maximum shearing stress in a shaft made ofa material with a nonlinear stress-strain diagram, while Sevs, 3.10 and 3.11 deal, respectively, with the deformations and the residual stresses in shafts made of an dlastoplastic material. Sections 3.12 and 3.13 are also optional, They are devoted, respectively, to the torsion of solid members and thin-walled hollow shafis of noncircular section. Chapter 4 Pure Bending Section 4.1 defines this type of loading and shows how the results obtained in the following sections can be applied to the analysis of other types of loading as well, namely, eccentric axial Joadings and transverse loadings. Section 4.2 establishes the relation that must be satisfied, on the basis of statics, by the normal stresses in 2 given section of a member subjected to pure bending. This condition, however, does not suffice to determine the stresses, and ‘one must analyze the deformations that occur in the member. This is done in See. 4.3, where it is proved that the distribution of normal stresses in a symmetric member in pure bending is linear. It should be noted that no assumption is made in this discussion regarding the deformations of the member, except that the couples should beappliedin such a way that the ends of the member remain plane, Whether this can actually be accomplished is discussed at the end of See. 4.5, Section 4.4 is devoted to the analysis of the nonnal stresses in the clastic range and presents the derivation of the elastic flexure formulas. Wt also defines the clastic section modulus and ends with the derivation of the formula for the curvature of au clastic beam. Section 4.5 discusses the anticlastic curvature of members in pure bending and also states the Toading conditions required for the ends of the Section 4.6 discusses the determination of stresses in members made of several materials and defines the zransformed section of such members, It also. shows how the transformed section can be used to determine the radius of curvature of the member. The section ends with a discussion of the stresses in reinforced-concrete beams. Scetivn 4.7 deals with the stress concentrations at fillets and grooves in flat bars Under pure bending. Sections 4.8 through 4.11 are optional. They discuss the plastic deformations and residual stresses in members subjected to pure bending in much the same way that these were discussed in Sees. 3.9 through 3.11 in the case of members in torsion, Section 4.8 describes the general method for the determination of the bending moment corresponding to a given ‘maximum normal stress in a member possessing two planes of symmetry and made of a material with a nonlinear stress-strain diagram, Section 4.9 deals with members made of an elastoplastic material and derives formulas relating the thickness of the elastic core and the radius of curvature with the applied bending moment in the case of members with a rectangular cross section. It also defines the shape factor and the plastic section modulus of members with a hgnrectangular section. Section 4.10 deals with the determination of the plastic moment of members made of an elastoplastic material und possessing a single plane of symmetry, while See. 4.11 discusses residual stresses. Section 4.12 shows how the stresses duc toa two-dimensional eccentric axtal ioading can bbe obtained by reptacing the given eccentric load by a contric load and a couple, end superposing, the corresponding stresses. Attentivn is called to the fact that the neutral axis does not pass through the centroid of the section, Section 4.13 deals with the unsymmerric bending of elastic members, It is first shown that the neutral axis of a cross section will coincide with the axis of the bending couple if, and only if, the axis of the couple is directed along one of the principal centroidal axes of the cross section, it is then shown that stresses due (© unsymmetrie. bending can always be determined by resolving the given bending couple into two component couples directed along the principal axcs of the section and superposing the corresponding stresses. ‘This method of analysis is extended in Sec. 4.14 to the determination of the stresses due to an eccentric axial loading in three- dimensional space. The eccentric load is replaced by an equivalent system consisting ofa centric load and two bending couples, and the corresponding stresses are superposed. Section 4.15 is optional; it deals with the bending of curved members, Chapter § Analysis and Design of Beams for Bending InSec, 5.1 beams are defined as slender prismatic members subjected to transverse loads and are olassified according to the way in which they are supported. It is shown that the internat forces in any given cross section are equivalent toa shear force ¥ anda bending couple M. Thebending couple M_ creates normal siresses in the section, while the shear foree V creates shearing stresses, The former is determined in this chapter, using the Nexure formula (5.2), while the later will be discussed in Chap. 6 Since the dominant criterion in the design of beams for strength is usually the bending stresses in the beam, the determination of the maximum value of the bending moment in the beam is the most important factor to be considered. To facilitate the determination of the bending moment in any given section of the beam, shea and bending-moment diagrams will be drawn, using free-body diagrams of various portions of the beam (Sec. 5.2). An alternative method, based on relations among load, shear, and bending moment, is presented in Sec. 5.3. To maintain the interest of the students, most of the problems to be assigned are focused on the engineering, applications of these methods and cal for the determination, not only of the shear and bending moment, but also of the normat stresses in the beam. Section 5.4 is devoted to the design of prismatic beams based on the allowable normal stress for the material used. Sample Problems and problems to be assigned include wooden beams of rectangular cross section, as well as rolled-steel W and $ beams, An optional paragraph on page 334 eseribes the application of Load and Resistance Factor Design to beams under transverse loading, Section 5.5 introduces the concept of singularity functions and shows how these functions can provide an alternative and elleetive method for the determination of the shear and bending moment at any point ofa beam under the most general loading condition. While this section is optional, it should bs included in the lesson schedule if singolarity functions are to be used later for the determination of the slope and defleetion of a beam (Sec. 9.6). It is pointed out on page 348 that singularity functions are particularly welk suited to the use of computers, and several optional problems requiring the use ofa computer (Probs, 5.129 through 5.136) have been included in this assignment Section 5.6, which is optional, is devoted to nonprismatic beams, such as forged or cast beams designed to be of constant strength, and rolled-steel beams reinforced with cover plates. Chapter 6 ‘Stresses in Reams and ‘Due to Shear ‘Walled Members Itis shown in See. 6.1 that a transverse load creates shearing stresses as well as normal stresses in a beam, Considering first the horizontal face of a beam element, itis shown in Sec, 6.2 thet the horizontal shear per unit length 4, ot shear flow, is equal to VO/I. This result is applied in Example 6.01 tothe determination of the shear force in the nails connecting three planks forming a wooden beam, as well as in Probs. 6. through 6.8. In Sec, 6.3 the average shearing stress Tne exerled on the horizontal face of the beam clement is obtained by dividing the shear flow q by the width f of the beam: 2 =F 6.6) Note that since the shearing stresses ty and tyr exerted at a given point are equal, the expression obtained also represents the average shearing stress exerted at a given height on a vertical section of the beam. This formula is used to determine shearing stresses in a beam ‘made of glued planks in Sample Prob, 6.1 and to design @ timber beam in Sample Prob. 6.2. Problems 6.11 through 6.14 and 6.21 through 6.24 call for the determination of shearing stresses in various types of beams,Tn Examples 6.02 and 6.03 the designs obtained on the basis of normal stresses, respectively, for a timber beam in Sample Prob. 5.7 and for a rolledestee! beam in Sample Prob. 5.8 are checked and found to be acceptable from the point of view of shearing stresses. Problems 6.15 through 6.18 call for a similar verification of beam designs obtained in Chap. 5 Section 6.5 is optional and discusses the distribution of stiesses in a nacrow rectangular beam, In Seo. 6.6 the expressiong = ¥O7 obtained on Sec. 6.2 for the shear flow on the horizontal face ofa beam element is shown to remain valid for the curved surface of a beam element of arbitrary shape. It is then applied in Example 6.04 and in Probs. 6.29 through 6.33 to the determination of the sharing forces and shearing stresses in nailed and ghucd vertical surfaces, Section 6.7 deals with the determination of shearing stresses in thin-walled members and shows that Eq. (6.6) can be applied to the delermination of the average shearing stress in a seotion of arbitrary orientation, Section 6.8, which is optional, describes the formation of plastic zones in beams subjected to transverse loads, Section 6.9, which is also optional, deals With the uxsyrmetric loading of thin-walled ‘members, the determination of the shear center, and the computation of the shearing stresses caused by a shearing force exerted at the shear center. Chapter 7 ‘Transformations of Stress and Strain After a short introduction (Sev. 7.1), formulas for the transformation of plane stress under a rotation of axes are derived in Sec. 7.2, xi white the prineipal planes of stress, principal stresses, and maximum shearing stress are determined in Seo, 7.3 Scetion 7.4 is devoted to the use of ‘Molv’s circle, Tt should be noted that the convention used in the text provides for a rotation on Mohr's circle in the sume sense as the corresponding rotation of the element; in other words, this convention is the same as that used in statics for the transformation of moments and products of inertia, Attention is called to the statement at the top of page 439 of the text and the accompanying Fig. 7.20. Section 7.5 discusses the general (three- dimensional) state of stress and establishes the fact that three principal axes of stress and three principal stresses exist. Section 7.6 shows how three different Molu’s circles can be used to Tepresent the transformations of stress associated with rotations of the element about the principal axes, The results obtained are used to show that in a state of plane stress, the maximum shearing stress docs not necessarily ‘occur in the piane of stress, Sections 7.7 and 7.8 are optional Section 7.7 presents the two criteria most commonly used to predict whether a ductite material will yield under a given state of plane stress, while Sec.7.8 discusses the two criteria used to predict the fracture of brittle materials. Section 7.9 deals with stresses in thin-walled pressure vessels; itis limited to the analysts of cylindrical and spherical pressure vessels The second part of the chapter (Secs. 7.10 through 7.13) deals with transformations of vrain and is optional. Section 7.10 presents the dcrivation of the formulas for the transformation of strain under a rotation of axes. It should be noted that this derivation is based on the consideration ofan oblique triangle (Fig. 7.62) and the use of the law of cosines, and that the determination of the shearing strain is facilitated by the use of Eq. (7.43), which relates it to the normal strain along the coordinate axes and theit bisector. Section 7.11 introduces Mohr's circle for plane strain, and Sec. 7.12 discusses the three- dimensional analysis of steain and its apptication to the determination of the maximum shearing strain in states of plane strain and of plane stress. Section 7.13 deals with the use of strain rosettes for the determination of states of plane strain. Chapter 8 Principal Stresses under a Given Loading This chapter is devoted to the determination of the principal stresses anc maximum shearing stress in beams, transmission shafts subjected to transverse loads as well as to torques, and bodies of arbitrary shape under combined loadings. In See. 8.1 it is shown that, while only normal stresses occur on a square element with horizontal and vertical faces located at the surface of a beam, shearing siresses will ocowr if the element is rotated through 45 ° (Fig. 8.1). ‘The reverse situation is observed for an element with horizontal and vertical faces subjected only to shearing stresses (Fig, 8.2). The analysis of beams, therefore, should include the determination of the principal stresses and maximum sheating stress at various points, This is done in Sec. 8.3 for cantilever beams of various rectangular sections subjected toa single concentrated load at their froc ond. It is found that the principal stress gna does not exceed the maximum normal stress oy determined by the method of Chap. 5 except very close to the load, While this result holds for mast beams of nonreetangular section, it may not be valid {or rolled-stecl! W and S beams, and the analysis and design of such beams should include the determination of the principal sttess gina. af the junction of the web with the flanges of the beam. (See Sample Prods, 8.1 and 8.2, and Pros. 8.1 through 8.14). Section 8,3 is devoted to the analysis and design of transmission shafts using gears or sprocket wheels to transmit power to and trom the shaft. These shafis are subjected to transverse Joads as well as to torques. The design of such shafts is the subject of Sample Prob. 8.3 and Probs. 8.15 through 8.30. “The determination of the stresses ata giver, point K ofa body due toa combined loading is the subject of See.8.4. First, the loading is reduced to an equivalent system of forces and couples in a section of the body containing X. Next, the normal and shearing stresses are determined at X. Finally, using one of the methods of transformation of stresses presented in Chap. 7, the principal planes, principal stresses, and maximum: shearing stress may be determined at K. This procedure is iflustrated in Example 8.01 and Sample Probs. 84and 8.5. Chapter 9 Deflection of Beams ‘The relation derived in Chap. 4 between the curvature of a beam and the bending moment is recalled in Sec. 9,2 and used to predict the variation of the curvature along the beam. In Sec. 9.3, the equation of the elastic eurve for a beam is obtained through two successive integrations, afler the bending moment has been expressed as a function of the coordinate x. Examples 9.01 and 9.02 show how the boundary conditions can be wsed to determine the two constants of integration in the cases of a cantilever beam and of a simply supported beam. Example 9.03 indicates how to proceed when the bending moment must be represonted by two different functions of x,Section 9.4 is optional; il shows in the case ofa beam supporting a distributed load, how the equation of the elastic curve ean be obtained directly fiom the function representing the load distribution through the use of four successive integrations. Section 9.5 is devoted to the analysis of statically indeterminate beams and to the determination of the reactions at theit supports. tis suggested that a minimum of two lessons be spent on Secs. 9.2 through 9.5 if neither the use of singularity functions (Sec. 9.6) nor the moment-area method (Secs. 9.9 through 9.14) are to be covered in the course. Section 9.6 is devoted to the use of singularity functions for the determination of beam deflections and slopes. It is optional and assumes that Sec. 5.5 has boen covered previously. Itis recommended that both Sees. 5.5 and 9.6 be included in the course, since singularity functions provide the snudents with an elective nd versatile method for the determination of deflections and slopes under the most diverse loading conditions. In addition, and as indicated earlier, singularity functions are well snited to the usc of computers, Two problems requiing the use of computers (Probs. 9.49 and 9.50) may be included in this assignment, Scction 9.7. discusses the method of superposition for the determination of beam deflections and slopes. It shows how the expressions given in Appendix D for various simple loadings can be used to obtain the deflection and slope ‘of a beam supporting 2 more complex loading, In Sec. 9.8, the method of superposition is applied to the determination of the reactions at the supports Ol statically indeterminate beams Sections 9.9 through 9.14 are optional. They deal with the application of the moment area methods 10 the determination of the deflection of beams and may be omitted in xiv courses that place a greater emphasis on analytical methods and make use of singularity functions. tt should be noted, however, that these methods provide a very practical means tor the determination of the deflection and slope of beams of variable cross section, The two momentarea theorems are detived in Sec. 9.9 and are immediately applied in Sec. 9.10 to the computation of the slope and deflection of cantilever beams and beams with symmetric ioadings (simply supported or overhanging beams). Section 9.1! shows how to draw a bending-moment cagram by parts. This approach greatly facilitates the determination of ‘moment areas in all but the simplest loading situations. Scetion 9.12 deals with simply supported and overhanging beams with unsymmetric loadings. The analysis of such beams hinges on the use of a reference tangent drawn through one of the supports after the tangential deviation of the second support has heen computed from the bending-moment diagram, Section 9.13 describes how to locate the point of maximum deflection and how to compute that deflection. Section 9.14 deals with the analysis of statically indeterminate beams andthe determination of the reactions et their supports, Chapter 10 Columns Section 10.2 introduces the concept of stability of a structure, The example considered in this section consists of a block supported by ‘two spring-connected rigid rods, It is shown that the position of equilibrium in which both rods are aligned is stable if this position is the only possibie position of equilibrium of the system. The same criterion is applied to an elastic in-ended column in See. 10.3 in order to derive Euler's formula, Section 19.4 shows how Euler'sformula for pin-ended columns can be used to determine the critical load of columns with other end conditions. Section 10.5 is optional; it deals with the eocentrie loading of a column and gives the derivation of the secant formula, Section 10.6 discusses the design of columns under a centric load and presents the empirical formulas developed by various ‘engineering associations for the design of steel columns, aluminum columns, and wood columns. Page 643 is devoted to an optional discussion of the application of Load and Resistance Factor Design to steel columns. Section 10.7 discusses the design of cohanns under an eccentric foad and presents two of the most frequently used methods: the allowable-siress method and the interaction method. Chapter 11 Energy Methods Section 11.2 introduees the concept of strain energy by considering the work required to stretch a rod of uniform cross section, This work, which is cqual to the area under the load-deformation curve, represents the strain cnergy of the rod. The strain-energy density is defined in See. 11.3, as well as the modulus of toughness and the modulus of resilience of a given material. The formula for the elastic strain energy associated with normal stresscs is derived in Sec. 11.4, as well as the expressions for the strain energy corresponding to an axial loading and to pure bending. ‘The formula for the strain energy assoviated with shearing stresses is derived in Sec. 11.5, as well as the expressions corresponding to torsion and transverse loading, Section 11.6, which is optional, covers the strain energy fora general state of stress and derives an expression for the distortion energy per init volume, both in the gencral case of three-dimensional stress and in the particular case of plane stress. Section 11.7 discusses impact loadings and Sec. 118 the design of @ structure for an impact load. To facilitate the solution of impact- loading problems, it is shown in See. 11.9 that the strain energy of a structure subjected to a single concentrated load P can be obtained by equating the strain energy to the work of P. (Appendix D is used to express the deflection in terms of P). As shown in Sec, 11.10, the reverse procedure can be used to determine the deflection of a structure at the point of application of a single load P ora single couple M; the strain energy of the structure is computed from one of the formulas derived in Secs. 11.4 and 11.5, and the work of P or M is equated to the expression obtained for the strain energy. Sections 11.11 through IL14 are optigfal. In Sec. L111 an expression for the strain energy of a structure subjected ta several oaads is obtained by computing the work of the loads as they are successively applied. Reversing the order in which the loads are applied, one proves Maxwell's reciprocal theorem, The expression obtained for the strain energy of the structure is used in Sec. 11.12 t0 prove Casiigliano's theorem. Section 11.13 is devoted to the application of Castigliano's theorem to the determination of the deflection and slope of a beam and to the deflection of a point in a truss. Finally, Sec. 11.14 deals with the application of Castigliano’s theorem to the determination of the reactions at the supports of statically indeterminate structures such as beams and trusses.TABLE 1: LIST OF TOPICS COVERED IN MECHANICS OF MATERIALS, 4 edition Suggested Number of Periods Core Additional Advanced Sections Topics Topics Topics Topics Chapter {: Tutroduction — Concept of Stress LL-10 Stress Under Axial Loading 1.2 1.11-13 Coinponents of Stress: Factor of Safety i Chapter 2: Stress and Strain ~ Axial Loading 22-8 Stress-Sirain Diagrams; Deformations Under 162 Axial Loading 2.9.10 Statically Indeterminate Problems 1 21-12 son's Ratio; Generalized Hooke's Law 1 92413 latetion; Bulk Modulus 0.25 -0.5 214-15 Sheating Strain 05 "2.16 Stress-Steuin Relationships for Fiber-Reinforced 05-1 Composite Materials 2.17-19 Stress Concentrations; Plastic Deformations 05-1 92.20 Residual Stresses as Chapter 3: Torsion 21-4” Stresses in Blastic Range 1 35-6 Angie of Twist; Staticslly Indeterminate Shafts 1-2 3.7-8 Design of Trasmission Shafis; Stress 1 Concentrations “3.9-11 Plastic Deformations; Residual Stresses 1-2 *3.12-13 Noneircular Members; This-Walled Hollow Shafts 1-2 Chapter 4: Pure Bending ALS Stresses in Elastic Range 1-2 4.6-7 Members Made of Several Materials; Stress 1-2 Concentrations *4,8-11 Plastic Deformations; Residual Stresses. 1-2 412 Focentric Axial Loading 1.2 413-14 Unsymmetric Bending; General Becentric 1-2 Axial Loading. 415 Bending of Curved Members 1-2 Chapter 5: Analysis and Design of Beams for Rending $.1-2 Shear and Bending-Moment Diagrams. $3 Using Relations among w, ¥, and Mf 5.4 Design of Prismatic Beams in Bending, “3. Use of Singularity Funetions to Deterinine Vand Mf 1-2 *5.6 — Nonprismatic Beams 1-2 Chapter 6: Shearing Stresses in Beams and ‘Thin-Walled Members 61-4 Shearing Stresses in Beams *6.5 Shearing Stresses in Narrow Rectangular Beara 025 66-7 Shearing Stresses in Thin-Walled Members 122 *6.8 Plastic Deformations 0.25 °6.9 —_Unsymmetzic Loading; Shear Center 1-2 xviTABLE I LIST OF TOPICS COVERED IN MECHANICS OF MATERIALS, 4" edition (CONTINUED) Suggested Number of Periods Core Additional Advanced Sections Topies Topies Topics Topics Chapter 7: Transformation of Stress and Strain 71-3 Transformation of Plane Stress 1-2 7.4 Mohr's Circle for Plane Stress 75-6 Three-Dimensional Analysis of Stress "77-8 — Yield and Fracture Criteria 05-1 19 Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels 7710-12 Analysis of Strain; Moae's Cirele 1-15 4713 Strath Rosette os Chapter 8: Principal Stresses under a Given Loading *8.1-2 Principal Stresses in a Beam. os-t “8.3 Design of Transmission Shafts 05-1 +84 Stresses under Combined Loadings 1-3 Chapter 9: Deflection of Beams 9.13 Equation of Elastic Curve 05-1 9.4 Direct Determination of Elastic Curve from 0s ‘Load Distribution 9.5 Statically Indeterminate Beams 05-1 *9.6 Use of Singularity Functions 1-2 97-8 Method of Superposition 1-2 Application of Moment-Avea Theorems to: *9.9-11 Cantilever Beams and Beams with 1-2 Symmetric Loadings *9.12-13 Beams with Unsymmetric Loadings; Maximum 1-18 Deflection *9.14 —Statically Indeterminate Beans Os Chapter 10: Columns 10.1-4 Euler's Column Formula 1-2 +105 Eccentrie Loading; Secant Formula 1 10.6 Design of Columns under 3 Centric Load 1-2 10.7 Design of Columns under an Eccentric Load 1-2 Chapter 11: Energy Methods TLS” Strain Energy 1-2 “116 Strain Energy for General State of Stress 05 17-9 Impact Loading: O51 1110. Dellections by Work-Fnergy Method 05-1 “1111-13. Castigliano’s Theorem 1-2 Y1114 — Staticafly Indeterminate Structures 1-2 Total Number of Periods 24-41% 21-38% 3-6Probiein Number™ US. Units CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION . CONCEPT OF STRESS SLUsits TABLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS Mechanics of Magertals ° Edition Problem description Noval stress under axial leading L Lae inbers le Ms 18,10 in pin-comnected structures 4 Wise in teusses and mechanisms 1:15.18 11607 Shearing siress 4.19.20 121,22 Fearing stress between flat surfaces, 12825 1.2428 Shearing and beaving stresses at pin-connected joints 1.2627 129,30 lay Stresses on an oblique plane 133,34 13836 Factor of safety: 13700 1.3839 in tension LaLa 143,44 145.46 in shear 1448 153,54 149,50 {in srrucres involving links and pins 155,56 151,52 “158 “137 Load and Resistance Facior Desiga 159,61 190,62 Review problems 184,66 163,65 167.68 169,70 1C2,C4C6 C103, 5 Coniputer problems CHAPTER 2: STRESS AND STRAIN - AXIAL LOADING Stresses and deformations in statically determinate structures: 224 213 siinple rods and wires 2.68 237 2.9.10 21214 snltiple-criterie problems 2015 215,16 2.19.20 composite rods and merabers 2U7I8 223,24 221,22 ‘menibers of trusses end simple frames 2.25.26 229 computation of deformations by integration 231 aru strain * Probleras that do not involve any spovific system of units have been Indicated Ry underlining their number. ‘Answers are not given to problems with a number set i italic type. xviiTABLE Il; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materiats #* Editon Proslem Naraber* S1Uits US, Linits Problern deserigtion Statically indeterminate struetures (constant kemperatur2) 23304 swith members underyeing equal deformations ‘componite rods swith both ends restrained ‘with members undergoing unequal detormations Statically indeterminate structures (with temperature changes) 247,50 woth memiers undergoing equal deformations 25152 composite rods with both ends restrained 25657 rods with geps ‘with unequal deformations Poisson's ratio and generalized Hooke’s Law: 2.61.62 vwniaxial Loading 2.64.56 2.67.68 biaxial loading 2772 derivation of formulas 275,76 27178 looke's law for shearing stress and strain 279.80 28LA2 : 92.83.85 72.84.86 dilatation 92.87,+88 Problems involving cylindrical coordinates #2.83,186 72.84,185, Dilatation 92.89.9909 "Theory problems *2.91,92 Problems involving composites 2.93.94 2.95.96 Stress concentrations i flat bars 2.99,100 297,98 2.103.104 2.10% 102 2.105, 106 2.407.105 2,109,110 more complex problems 22 2u4asiis 2113 problems involving temperature change 2.116117 problems involving a structure F2.118120 2.119 ‘problems involving residual stresses 82120121 “215,116 2.124128 2.125,126 Review problems 2.131132 2.127,129 2133.35 2130134 2CLCC6 —-2.02,04,05 ‘Computer problems ¥ Problems that do not involve any specific system of unite have been indicated by underlining their number. Answers are not given to problems with a munber set in italic type. xTABLE Il; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mochanies of Materials # Edition Problem Number S1Onits US. Units Problem description CHAPTER 3: ‘LORSION Shearing stresses: 334 32 in simple shafis 3.56 378 32 3.910) dn Shatts subjected to several torques Biss BASS 3.19.20 in composite shatts S178 3.2822 3.23.24 in gear-connested shafts 3.25.26 3.27.28 3.29 3.30 speciat problems Angle of twist: 33134 an simple shatts 3.35.36 in shafts subjected to several torques 337 {in composite shais 339,40 in pear-connected shatts 3.46 Design of shafts based on allowable stress andl allowable angle of twist 349 Stalically indeterminate shafts: 3.5435 swith inner core and outer shell of different materials 3.5657 5.62.63 Specinl peoblems Design of shatts: 3.65,68 5.64.67 e0sy problems with solid shafts 3.69.71 3.68.70 hollow shafts 3B 3.74.75 including angle of twist 3.7677 .gear-connected shafts 318,79 3.80.81 anultiple-eritea problems 3.82.83 3.86.87 3.84.85, Stress concentrations in stepped shafts 3.90 385,89 * Problems that de not involve any specifie ayatom of units have been indicated by underlining their nuraber. Answers are not given to problems with ¢ number set in italic type.TABLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials # Edition Problem Namber* AUnits US. Units Problem deseription Plastic deforinations of shafts Shafts made of clastoplastie material: 3.92,03 391.04 stresses in solid shafts 3.95 3.96.97 3.99,100 angle of iit for solid shafts 3.98, 301,102 3.203.104 hollow and tapered shafts 3.105 derivation 3.106107 3.108,109 ‘Shatts made of a matesiat with a noulinear stress-stain diagram BioMé = 3112 Residual stresses and permanent angle of hit in shafts macle ofan BUSS 336 ‘lastoplasticrnaterial 3.7 Bars with rettangular cross section: 3.119120 3,121,122 easy problems 323126 3,125,126 3.129 3.122128 comparing circular and zectengular shafts 381192 30 3F application to steuctaral shapes Thin-walled hollow shatts 3035137 3,134.36 determine sheating stresses BRIA 3.129,140) 3.142 ad Bude 21S Special problems 3.468150 3.146.147 Review problems 3751152 3.149.153 3156157 3.154,155, BCLC2C3 —-3.04.05,C6 Computer problems Problems that do not hivolve any specific system of uns have been indicated by underlining thelr number, Answers are not given fo prablems with a number set in talc type. xxiTARLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PRORLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Mauerials 4" Kaition Problem Namber™ s1Unis US. Unity Problem description CHAPTER 4: PURE LENDING Nomnal stresses 434 42 in heams with horizontal plane of symmetry 436 49,10 428 42 unsymmetrical bears (first locate centroid) QINA2 43.14 Resultant force on portion of cross section 415.16 annua Beans with different allowable stresses in (cnsion and compression 4.19.20 422,36 421,23 Maximum stress and radius of curvature 42425 420 428 ‘Maximization of beam strength 431 429,30 Aniielasic curvature 432 Special problem on theory Steesses in composite beams 43334 43738 symmetric beams of two materials 4.35336 439.40 4412 ‘unsyimetric beams af two materials 443,44 445,46 Radius of eurvature ia composite beams 44748 4.49.50 Stresses in rcinforced concrete beams 451 452,54 483 in beams with balanced desiyn 435,56 Beams of three materials 457,88 Composite beams with circular cross szetion 459 "4.60 [Bears with different moduli of elasticity in tension and compression 4.63.64 461,62 Siress concentrations ia flat bars in pure bending 465,66 Plastic detonation in pure bending (elastoplastie material) 469,00 467,68 plastic zone in rectangular bearss 47 including radius of curvatuse 473,74 4.75.76 plastic zone and radius of curvature for symmetric beams 472,78 4.79380 plastic moment and shape aclor of symmetric bears 43782 493,84 486 485 plastic moment of thick-walled pipe ‘Residual streses in symmetric beams: 437,88 4.89.90 after M4, has been applied and removed 491.93 4.92.94 after a given plastic zone has been developed Special probes: 495 residual radius of curvezure 4.96 49798 Plastic deformation of beanis with a nonlinear stressstrain diagram * Problems that do not involve any specific system Of units have been indicated by underlining their number Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type. wai: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4" Edition TABLE Problem Number™ SE Units US. Units Problem description Eccentric londing in plane of syinmetry of member 4162103 4,100,104 find stress in symmetric section 304 4,105,107 design of synumetrie section 408 ANB | 4E22115 find stess in unsyrmettic section 4078 4.116,119 412122. 4,120,123 ‘computation of loads from strain measurements 41281 Unsyenmetric bending with one or fo planes of symmetry: 4127181 4,126,728 bending moment at an angle with horizontal 4.123,50 4132134 4.133.136 section at an angle with horizontal 4.138 "4.137 138 ending of unsymmeiric section (prinejpal axes must be determined} General eccentric bending: aldol) 4142,143 symmetric beam; find stresses 4.145 145 symmettic beam; find allowable Joad or dimension 4146147 4,148,249 Bending of unsymmetric beams; determine largest bending mement asi 4150 4JS2N3i A SELSS Special problems and problems on theory Curved beams: ‘with rectangular cross section 4156157 4,158,159 in pure hendling 4.160,864 4,161,162 under eccentric loading 4168 4165166 4.167.168, with unsymmetric crass section 4171172 4.169.170 ‘with circular cross section 4I7S176 | SITRIT with topezoidal crass scetion IFRS with triangutar crass section SASUI8L 4.182.183 special problems and derivations of formulas '* Problems thar do not involve any specific system of units have been indicated by underlining dheir number, ‘Answers ace not given to problems with « number set in italic type, xiiTARLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Meteriats 4° Etsion Problem Number St Units US. Cnits Problem description 4,136,188 4.184785 Review problems 419.792 s17 190 4.194, 193 4191192 ACICE 4.0204 Computer profslems ACSC? 406 CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF BEAMS FOR BENDING Using the free-body diagram af'« portion of a beam: ad draw V cant M diagrams (easy problems) 52,10 raw F and M diagcams and determine maximum values of | fand jaf] suai 515,17 find maximum normal sires in given beam seetion $2125 ddeaw ¥ and M Giagrams end find maximum aosusal stress in bean, 5.2831 determine given parameter to minimize notmal steess in Beart 533 Using relations among, Vand M/ whenever appropriate: 53435 5.3632 ase V and Af diagrams (easy problems) S339 S404 saree draw and AY diagrams acd determine maximura values of} Land JM] $4445, SaTa9 5.46.48 find maxirmim normal ses in w given beam section 5.80,51 59253 ‘write equations Zor F and Mf and find maximam value of |S 3.54,55, 5.56.57, draw / and M diagrams and find maximum normal stress in beam 5,60,61 5.58,59 "56560 15.64 Special problems * Probtems that do not involve any specific system of units have been indicated by underlining Mele Humber, Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type. xxivTABLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics uf Materials $ Edition Problem Number* Si Units US. Units Problem description 5.65,08 Design of tinbor beams 5.70 573,78 Desiga of steel bears, W shapes 51876 377 Design of steel beams, § shapes 579,80 5.81, Design of steel beams, miseellanceus shapes 584 5.83 Design of beams resting on ground 58788 585,86 Find allowable ‘ond for beam of tnsyrametnic cross section with allowable stresses it tension and compression 590,98 5.89 Design of beaun systerns 5.92.93 $5.05997 45.08,495 Design of beams using LRED sing singularity functions write equations for Fix) and M(x) and 598,09 5,100,101 find Mat given point in beam Siezi02 — §.108,105 S107,109 5,106,108 ‘ind [Mf poe in bear, SHGHT find dye in beam, S219 find [A lag Ad aay is Beams S617 S145 design beam, knowing allowable stress Using a computer and step fanetions SANGLI 5.420221 calaulate V and. Af along the beam 122123 312K I25 calculate V and M along the Beara , and deteimine dau it the beam Nonunitoom beams ‘Beams of constant strength: 5.128129 5,126,127 beams of uniferen width and variable dept 5.730 131 SSIS} 5.134135 built-up timber beams 5.136 5.7 beams of circular eross section 138 539 beams of uniform depth and variable width 5,140,141 5.142.143 Rolled-stec! beams with cover plates S14 i43 | 5.246,147 Sud8/49 5.150.151 ‘Tapered beams 5152155 5.15353 Review problenis 5.157.259 5,156,158 5.161 5.160.162 5.163 5.01.02 2003.4 Computer problems 5.06 SCs * Problems that do nat Involve any specific system of units have been indicated by undedining her number, Answers re not given to problems with a number set in itaic type. wvTABLE II; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanits of Materials #* Eabstan Problem Number™ SU Gnits U.S. Units Proialer description HAPTER 6: SHEARING S1RIESSES IN BEAMS AND THIN-WALLED MEMBERS 634 61a ‘Shearing forecs in nails and hols, using horizon cuts 656 678 60 6912 Shearing stresses un beams 6B 6.16.16 ‘Checking cartier designs of hears for shearing stresses 6.19,20 6.21.23 ‘Beams with unsymmettic sections 5.25.26 Reams with various geometric sections 6.2931 Shearing forces and shearing stresses on arbitrary cuts due to vertical shear 635.34 635,36 Shearing stressos in extruded beams 639,40 6.45.46 6.43.44 ‘Shearing stresses in bolts 6.48.49 647,50 ‘Shearing stresses and sbea: flow in thin-walled members 652,53 55 Special problems 655,56 6.8759 Shearing stresses in composite beams 538 6.60 Plastic behavior $61.62 Shear center in thin-walled bears with hovizootal and vertical poriions: 6.67.68 Shear eenter ard shearing stresses in extruded beams 670,71 669,12 Shear center in thin-walled beacas with obtique portions 6.73.74 Shear center in thin-walled beans with ciceular portions 6.7778 Problems involving location of shear center 6.29 ‘Special problems ‘Shearing sirestes in semicircular shapes, angle shapes and Z shapes 68991 6.99,92 Review problems 694,95 6.93.96 6.97100 6.98.99 6.1 6.2 ‘Computer prableras 6.304 6.05.06, Problems that do not involve any specific system of units have been indicated by undlehining their number, Answers are not given to problems with a number Set in italic type, wot‘TABLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4° Edition Problem Nuber* s1Units U.S. Units Problem description CHAPTER NSFORMATION OF STRESS AND STRAIN na Find stresses on oblique plane fiom equilibrium of wedge 128 Fie principal planes and stresses Pada? Find planes of maximum shearing stress and corresponding stresses TBs Find stresses on 2 given plane 7.17.20 Stresses on oblique planes - simple applications 72022 7.25.26 Find principal stresses and/or maximum shearing stress in loaded shaft 7.28.30 Special prablems involving determination ofa stress to satist¥ a given. reguitement Using Motu’s circle, determine: 7.3132 733,34 ‘principal planes and stresses, and maxinmum shearing suress 735.36 73738 73942 7.40.41 stresses cn oblique plane - simple applications 74344 74738 7.45.46 principal stresses anxiac maximum shearing stress in foaded shat 750,53 74951 solve spccia! profblems involving determination ofa stress to satisfy & given requirement 138,37 five principal planes and stresses results from superposition of two . 758,59 states of stress 7.60,61 763 find range of values of a parameter for which e certain sess will not be 262 Loe 265 Derivation of a formula involving Moir's circle 7.66,67 In-plane end ow-of plane maxim shearing stress 7.68.69 77071 Manitnum shcaring stress in a three dimensional state of stess 772,73 1A I6 79807 ‘Maninstim shearing stress (more advanced problems) 17879 7.80 783,84 781,82 Determine whether material will yield under given state of stress, Ifno yield occurs find the factor of satety 787,88 785,86 Find load for which yield will oceur 7.89,90 791,92 Will rapture occur under a given stale of stress? 793,95 79497 Find stress or load for which rupture will occur 1.96 = Problems that do not mvaive any speciite system oF unlls have hoe indiouled by underlining thelr number ‘Answers are ot given to problems with 2 number set in italic type. woviiTABLE I CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials $ Edition Problem Number™ SIUnits US. Ueits Problem desertion 798,99 7,200,101 Spiterical pressure vessels (easy problems) 7.102403 7105107 7.104.106 Clindrieal pressure vessels (easy problems) 748,109 NOI THRE Suess in weld i uylindral pressure vessels Fabs? THI L153 TASS 7,120,121 Pressure vessels subjected o external Inadings 7.122,123 7124 125 Shounk fit cings Find state of stain associated with given re 7.126127 748.28 using formulas of Sex. 7.10 FI 7.132,133 using Mahr's circle FFiad principal strains and maximum shearing stain (in plane and ‘out of plane): 213435 7.136.137 fora slate of plane stress 2iyae 140,14 fora state of plane strain 74a24d 7.163.145 Problems involving strain rosettes Lise zur 7148 7149 Problems involving use of Moty’s circle and Hooke’s law 7152193 7.150252 Applications of the use of stexin vosettes 7.154155 7,158,167 7.156,157 Review problems 7.164.163 7.158.160 7166 7.162163 2.167 2CLe2 1.03,C4 Compurer problems 7.05,06 TIER CHAPTER 8: PRIN STRESSES UNI LOADING CONDITIONS Principal stresses in rolledestee! Beams: 812 834 Find in beam and aay at Jction of flanges and web 878 85.6 design beam, taking oy sf 814 gp into account 8.9.10 alia ‘heck earlier design for guy at junction of Manges encl web susla Desixg of transmission shafts: 8.15,16 219.20 loading represented by forces and couples BIZI8 a2 22 8.27.28 Jonding represented by iapot and output power 8.29.30 Problems that du not involve any specific system of units have been indicated by undeclining thei number. Answers ure not given to problems with & number set in stalie type, xxviiTABLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Problems Number Mechanics of Materials 4 Edition SUUnits US. Units Problem deseription For beam of reeiangular eross soction under axial, bending andl transverse loading. easy problems), find 831532 8.33.36 normal and shearing stresses 8.3435 For beams of eiccular eross section under axial, bending, and transverse loading, find 8.3940 normal and shearing, stresses Bal a2 8as46 principal stresses and maximum sheating sess For beams of rectangular eross section under exial, bending and sransverse loading. find: 8.45.46 B474d ‘normal and shearing stresses 8.49,50 851,52 principal stresses and maximum shearing sess For sigel bears and sizuciural bes under axel, bending and transverse loading, find: 8.53,54 85 normal and shearing stresses 8.56.57 838 prineipal stresses, pricipal planes, and maximum shearing stress $59 8.60 Special problems 18.68 78.61.62 Problems involving torsion of rectanguiar sections or structural shapes “864 866,67 8.6569 Review problems 8.68,70 8.422 875,76 8.25.4 801,02 8.C4,cs Computer problenns 8.€3,C6 807 Problems that do not involve any specific system of units have becn indicated by underlining their mamiber, ‘Answs are not given to problems with # number set in talc fype. xixTABLE Il; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUFD) Mechanics of Materials 44 Edition Problem Nuncibce™ SIT nits US. Units Problem description CHAPTER 9: DEFLECTION OF BEAMS: Using Die integration method, determine te equation of the elastic curve tnd the deflection andor slope at specific poirss for BLS cantilever beans 98 ‘overhanging bearas simply supported beams 99 9.10 sytametrical loading ou 912 insymrmetical fonding 9415 9 ‘beams and loadings requiring the use of 2 equations anc 4 constants 946 of attegration a 218 direet determination of the clastic curve from un analytic function of w(=) For a statically indeterminate beam (first degree}, determine: 9.19,20 921,22 reaction atthe roller suppor: 9.24 93 9.25.26 22728 teaction at the roller support and draw the AY diagram (use of 2 equations and 4 constants of integration required) 9.29,30 9.31382 reaction at the roller support and the deflection at a given point (use of 2 equations and 4 constants of integration required) 23 34 For statically indeterminate beam (second degree), determine the reaction alone end and daw the M diagram Using singularity functions, determine the equation of the elastic cweve and ‘the deflection andor slope at specified points: 932.38 easy problems) problems involving overhanging beams es problems with distributed loads 5.4647 problems with mmnerieal ata 9.49.30 5132 For a statically indetenninate beam (fist degree), determine the reaction at 55336 55455 the roller support and the deflection at a specified point. 957 9.58 For a statically indoterminace beom (second degree}, determine the reaction atthe role support and the deflection at a specified point. 959,62 960,61 determine the maximum deflecsion 9.63.64 Problems involving the reduetion of a load to a torce-couple system. * Problems that do nol involve any speci system of nits have been indicated by waderlining their marmber. Answers are aot given to problems wit a number set in italic type. 2KTABLE I: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanies of Materials 4 Beisions Problem Number® SEUnits U.S. Units Problem description, ‘Using method of superposition, determine the detection and slope at specified points ire 9.67.68 cantilever bears 56076 simply supported beams 9.75.76 cantilever beans (sith mamesical data) simply supported hears {with rermesieal dala) sunteally indeterminate bears (first degeec) statically indeterminate beams (second degree) 9.86.87 combined beams, determinate (ith munierival data) 9.90.99 statically indetereninate beams (with numerical dat) 994 ‘Combined bending and torsion of rods Using the momenturca method, determine the slope and/or defleetion at specified points in cantilever beams 9.95.96 9.97.98 ‘with simple loadings 9.99, 100 with more eomplex Koads 101,104 9,102,403 ‘with mumerieal data 910608 a gus tOF with variable 7 samply supported beams 9109.10 9.113.134 ‘with symmetcic loadings SALLU2 8i15,116 vith variable ZY B78 9.224,122 swith marerical data $119,120 2B special problems Sumply supported and overiengirg beams with unsymmettic loadings 9126127 925.128 simply supported beams (casy problemas) 9.128.131 9.430032 simply supported bearas with numetical data 9.134 overhanging beams ‘overhanging beams (with numerical daca) simply supported beams with varcble £7 ind meximam deflection for: Slat simply supported beams: 9.143 with numerical data gas 9.146 overhanging beams Statically indeterminate beams {first degree) 9.149.150 9.147.148 single spa DISLIS2 ‘ovo span beams, find all reactions 9.153 9.154 single span beams (with numerical data) 9.458 9.156 simply supported beams with additional elastie support et midspan * Problems that de not involve any specific System of units have been indicated by undertining Meir number. Answers afe not given (o problems with a number set in italic type.TARLEU: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials $ Edition Problems Numher® SLUnits U.S. Units Problem description susruse 9.489.160 Review problems 9.61168 9.162.168 9164168 9.166.167 gers 9.02.05 ‘Computer problems 9C4c8 9.007 HAEEER V0: COLUMNS Stability of rigid-rod-anc-spring systems 10.1.2 1034 ‘easy problems, single spring 105.6 10.78 systems stl two or more springs ‘Application of Euler's formula to the critical loeding or pin-ended columns: 1g 1810 shoot struts 10.12,13 wun ‘comparison of critical loads for various eross sections 1.14 Allowable loading for pin-endec coluns, 1ot7 48 10.1516 rolled-stee! shapes 19.19.20 ‘muttiple-member structures 10.23.24 10.2122 columns with various end conditions 1027.28 10.25.26 Application of the secant formula to the sccentrie loading of cohemns 10.30,37 10.2935 find cau 2nd either deflection or for a given loud 103234 10.37,38 10.35,36 find gi and Inad for a given deflection an eccentrtcity to.39.40 10.41.42 temperature induced loading 1045,46 10.43.48 find Py for given ¢, tas #04 US. (using Fig. 10.24) desiga problems 10.49,50 1047.48 find column tength 10.52,52 find factor of safety of column 10,53,54 10.55,56 find cross section of column ‘Problems that do not invalve any specific system OF unite have been sndicated by underlining their number Answers are not given fo problems with 2 number set in italic type. xxiTABLE II; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials # Edition Probiem Sumber sLUnits US, Unis Problem deseription Analysis of eohumins under ceric load columns with simple cross section: 10.58,60 10.5759 steel columns 10.62 30.6! lurainum columns 10.64 10.63 timber calms cojuns with busltaup eras sections: 1065 timber column 10.66 sluminuns cola 10.67.68 10.69 steel colurens 10.70 Design of colurins under 9 centric toad: 10.72.73 10.71 alumina courans 10.74,76 10.75 fiber evlurans 10.77.80 10.78,79 sel columns 10.83.84 10.81.82 Application of LRFD formatlas 710.85 "10.86 analysis of columns under a centric ioading 10.87 “10.88 sign of coluans wader a eentrie loading, ‘Analysis af columns under an eecenitrie load 10.89,90 steet cofumns, find allowable Toad 10.94.92 aluminum coluans, find altowable Koad 10.93,54 timber eoturins, fin allowable load Design of columns under an eccentri¢ load: find maximum allowable leagth: 10.95,96 alominu col 10.97.98 ‘umber colurans 10.99, L00 toe! cohumtss 10.201.102 dosign eross section: 10,103,104 timber columns 10.195,106 steel cofumns, rectangular cross section 10,107,108 aluminum coltns, rectangulac o¢ eircular cross sections 10.108.110 LOAtGN12—— 10.113,114 steel column, wide-flange shape 1O.115,116 steel tube 0012121 WLL8 279 Review probienis 10,723,126 10,120,122 10.i27128 — 10.124,25 1O.C1,€3.C6 — 10.€2,C4,05 Computer problems © Problems ha do not involve any spociiic Stem of units have been indicated by underlining their mamber ‘Answers aze aot given to problems with a mirbr set in italic type, xxxillTABLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechantes of Matariais # Edition Probiem Number SLUnts US. Units Prablem description CHAPTER U1: FNERGY METHODS Modulus of resilience Modulus of resthence aad modulus of souighness: I 116 from stzess-strin diagnan ILS IL? ‘tom: load-deftecliun diagram of a tensile test, ‘Swain energy under axial (oads: m2, 10 he strain energy under a given load HILL? ‘maximum sllowable stain energy a3 has factor of sulasy tts 16 strain energy by integration of approximate methods 8.20 siraa energy of trusses 121,22 with nameviel data 11.23.24 11.25.26 Suain energy in bending: 1.27 28 derivation of formulas 11.29,30 113132 with mumerical data 1133 134 Strain energy in torsion: bby iattegration, 1136.37 ‘Maximarelstortion-eneigy criterion for Suimensional state of stress 138,39 Lao wat Specisl problems Impact loading: 11.43.63 1aeas ‘of ods (horizontal impact) 114647 ofzods (vertical impact) 11.49,50 a8 ‘of beams (horizontal impact) 11.52183 us of beams (vertical impact) 1.55356 11.54 problems on theory Use of wore-energy method to determine: Geflection or slope of: 11.58,60 prismatic beats N61 onprismaic hoams 11.67.69 angle of twist of shatis angle of twist of 2 thin-watled hollow shat 117475 deflection of a joint ofa truss * Probleins that de nor involve any specific system of units have been indicnted by underlining thei number Answers are net give to problems with x number set in italic type. voi‘TABLE Il; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanies uf Materials a! Edition, Problem Number* STLnite US. Units Brablem description 11.28.80 173,73 Work of several loads applied to 2 beam a 182 Determsnate structures. Use Castigliaso’s theotern to determine’ 11.83,84 2195.86 deflevtioa aud:or siope of beams LATS T9292 11.39.99 1195.98 193,94 deflection andiof slope of beans (with mumnerieal data) 12.98,97 taoiso2——14.98,100 deflection of a given joint in a tras 173,104, w0s106 12,207,108 deflection andioe stope ar a given point im a bent or curved rod 1109, 18 Indvterminate structures (first degcee). Use Castigliamo’s theorem to determine: WLU HL/SL seaction at roller support and draw bending moment diagram LLH5,106 ILN7118—-LLN9,/20 force in member(s) ofa truss 1A2LI 11123,124—-11925,126 Review problems 122132 81,928,129 YH43334—41-130,132 ILC3,C4.CS—HLCLC2.C6 Computer probiems Problems thar do not invale iny spevifie system of units have been indicated by underlining their number. “Answers are not given te problems with a number set in italie type. sooSPRUCE bern samnng eronasap ‘eam 5, swonbourey "par eed 3 8G Sug ua ss poor oumeacy, us apn MAND 30 Wl) ROT aNB5 Pau) stuNND 30 KF RUD oes ape] RAN symog SIM SEEN POT 1g SE TOPE ROTENTEG Ney IpOGAHE VAIL HTS PART MNESUON Or6S FL6 f oe SL oe asi sumo} a OW ssang remy uous EL pmr9smas 6 SMU PAPAL UE BIRAg ARIAS 993 EE usa Pejsoeeas fame S13 g a BSERLLVOF purer sopeyog ona omy tose g RET 55.04] Pom sqm SRUEBAPpST ESTAS ues wang tang sais 30 se fans jo suatodna ‘Spear rey oper osu ‘some sos suatg day isurr'se?, svorsez ANI SHGNBOWE IHL JOS wow‘manag sen FH per] suey we py SoU J0 is) per] sunun5 8 pop sound je ufc, ‘jong weg Supany oom bnmuogs,ng suEMI veoq PRET HORNET aH URI DANY AURA mR varveN femea par deans “eras 1 POMPE suey ease A moony kg Deg 10 WET nas 9 53 9349 SOK sug au Jo orate BUDD HS ‘eoquey pone, at sotsons Rous lumog ett sosang Buta sue sreanesbaog, tunetap 1 sopruny dase sop) pudg a suey amusig jo BIE ie 4 Ww Bubary sen Aa, sing useyy Faxpang pes mS Seay paneny soap epg syevomyy esatag 30 pnp ez quDT usy sper ai suosounfoy pu sossong ‘uno sewers Kroes ecsrarez weseiq ueagssong os'erscoet ayes yosisey seis fo oemde) SUH Fy Fupeor ren sap se onanpone, ser nese ren ey xd ‘HOO AL {039A HH NI AEIAIO AY SOCOM #8AHT AO TTV OL SBAMSKY SUNN AWYMOASND S10 4457 GNW SUING IS ISN KLSITASTILL 10 HOV NI SINTTEOMA AHL 30 mL uo a poles ar SHAMBLES OK] NE HED NEEM | ADH 9408 QE I PaLTIES SEMIS PASI oS m0; 243 rxxvilPROPEN TARY \ND-CONFIDENTIAL This Manual is the preprictars property of The MeGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. f gheand other state and federal laws. By open- 2s to the following restrictions, and if the recipi- ent docs sot agree to these rostriet the Manual should be promptly returned unopened to McGraw-Hill This Manual is being provided only to authorized pro- fessors and instructors for use in preparing for the classes using the affiliated text- book. No other use or distribution of this Manual is permitted. This Manual may not be sold and may not be distributed to or used by any student or other third party. No part of this Manual may be reproduced, displayed or distributed in any form or by any means, electronic or otherwise, without the prior written permis- sion of the McGraw-Hill. ( MeGraw-Hill ) and way ing and using tits Mansel the use Instructor’s and Solutions Manual Volume H, Chapters 7-11 to accompany ostait#Wre © oe Jobeston, Ge «Joba Cres MECHANICS | of MATERIALS | Prepared by Dean P. UpdikeInstructor’s and Solutions Manual to accompany Mechanics of Materials Fourth Edition Volume IE, Chapters 7-11 Ferdinand P. Beer Late of Lehigh University E. Russell Johnston, Jr. University of Connecticut John T. DeWolf University of Connecticut Prepared by Dean P. Updike Lehigh University PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ‘This Manual isthe propcietery property of The MeGraw-Hill Companies, la. (°MeGrars-Hill”) and protected by copyright and other sale and federal laws. By opening and using this Manual the user agrees tothe following cesrictions, ard if he recipient doesnot agree to these ‘restrictions, the Manual shoutd be promptly returned unopened lu McGraw-Hill: This Manual iy being provided only ¢o wathorized professors and instructors for use in preparing for the classes usiag the affliated textbook, No other use or distribution of this ‘Manual is permitted. This Manual nay not be sot and may not be distributed to or used by any student or other third party. No part uf Gis Manual may he reproduced, displayed or distributed iu any form or by any means, electronic or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the McGraw-Hill. oe Higher Education Boston Burr Ridge, IL Dubucue, IA Madison, Wl New York San Francisco St. Louis Bangkok Bogcti Caracas Kuala Lumpur Lisbon London Madiicl Mexico City Mien Montreal NewDahi Santiago Seoul Singapore Sydney Taipei TorontoEoin Insiictors and Solutions Mensa, Nolue Ho wecrapany MECHANICS OF MATERIALS, FOURTH EDIHIOS Fordinand P Dee, E. Ruse Jobson, Je, and John 1. Ds Welt ‘oblished by MeGran-Fil Higher Fahicalion, an inet ofthe The MeGisse4T Companies, Ins, [221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 1HIRO. Copyright© 2006, 2002, 1993, 198) by Tne McGraw FEN Companies, ne. Aight eesnse ‘The comtots, of pats thereof, may’e revised in uit Sor ele fer elsereom se ita MECHANICS OF MATERIALS, OURTH BDITION, provida such productions beue copyright ote, but nay 0 be rerodaced in ay eter ferro Zor ay oles purpose without the pier ‘wut conse of The MeCra%-LEl Companies, Tac, inchatig, tl wot raed ntact oF ‘her electonte storage or wansmaicn, or broadest or cists earning. his book is printed on aire pape 24567890 BKMIBKMO98T 1SBN-)3:978-0.07-298005.0 ISBN-50- 0.07 29803548 ‘seu mie com‘TABLE OF CONTENTS To the Instructor ... Description of Material Contained in Mechanics of Materials, 4" edition ... Table I : List of Topics Covered in Mechanics of Materials, 4” edition Table II: Classification and Description of Problems. xviii Table HI: Sample Assignment Schedule (50% of Problems in SI Units and 50% in U.S. Customary Units)... Table IV: Sample Assignment Schedute (75% of Problems in SI Units and 25% in U.S. Customary Units) 7 Problem SolutionsTO THE INSTRUCTOR: As indicated in its preface, Mechanics of Materials is designed for the first course in mechanics of materials - or strength of materials = offered to engineering students in the sophomore or junior year. However, because of the farge number of optional sections that have been included and the maturity of approach that hhas been achieved, this text can also be used to teach a more advanced course. ‘The text has been divided into units, gach corresponding to a well-defined topic and consisting of one or several theory sections follawed by sample problems and a large number of problems to be assigned. In order to accommodate courses of varying emphases, considerably more material has been included than can bo covered effectively in a single three-credit-hour course. To assist the instructors in making up a schedule of assignments that best fils their classes, the various topics presented in the text have been listed in Table 1 and both a minimum and a maximum number of periods to be spent on each topic have been suggested. Topics have been divided into three categories: core tupics that will probably be covered in every course; additional topics that can be selected to ‘complement this core to form courses of various emphases; and finally topics that can be used with more advanced students. The problems have been grouped according to the portions of material they illustrate and have been arranged in order of increasing difficulty, with problems requiring special attention indicated by asterisks. The instructor's attention is called to the fact that problems have been arranged in groups of six or more, all problems of the same group being closely related. This means that the instructor ‘will easily find additional problems to amplifya particular point that has been brought up in the discussion of a problem assigned for homewark. Since half of the problems are stated in ST units and half in U.S. customary units, it also means that the instructor has the choice of assigning problems using SI units and problems using U.S. customary units in whatever proportion is found to be most desirable for a given class. To assist in the preparation of homework assignments Table II provides a brief description ofall groups of problems and a classification of the problems in each group according to the units used. It should also be noted that answers to all problems with a umber set in roman type are piven at the end of the text, while problems with a number set in italic are not. Jn Table TI six alternative lists of possible assignments have been suggested. Pour of these lists consist of problems whose answers are given at the end of the text, and two of problems whose answersare not. Half of the problems in each list are stated in SI units and half in U.S. customary units, For those instructors who wish to emphasize the use of St units, four additional lists of problems have been given in Table !V, in which 75% of the problems use $1 units. Since the lists in Tables ID and IV cover the entire text, instructors will want (0 sclect those groups of sections that are best suited to the course they to teach, For a typical one-semester course consisting of 42 class meetings and including four quizzes, as many as 38 of the 46 available groupe can be selected. Since the approach used in this text differs in a number of respects from the approach used in other books, the instructor is advised to read the preface to Mechanics of Materials, in which the authors have outlined their general philosophy. Attention is particularly ealled to the fact that statically indeterminate problems are first discussed in Chapter 2 and are considered throughout thetext for the various loading conditions encountered, Thus, students are presented at an early stage with a method of solution that combines the analysis of deformations with the conventional analysis of forces used in slatics, and will have become thoroughly familiar with it by the end of the course. The concept of plastic deformation is also introduced in Chap. 2, where itis applied to the analysis of members under axial loading, while problems involving the plastic deformation of circular shafts and of prismatic heams are considered in aptional sections of Chaps. 3 and 4, respectively. On the other hand, while the concept of stress at a point is introduced in Chap. 1, the discussion of the transformation of stresscs is delayed until Chap. 7, after students have discovered for themselves the need for special techniques, such as Mohr's circle, In this edition, shear and bending-moment diagrams are introduced vi at the beginning of Chap. $ and applied immediately to the design of beams in that chapter and in the next. A brief description, chapter by chapter, of the topics included in the text will be found in the following pages. It is hoped that this, material will help instructors orgenize their courses to best fit the needs of their students, ‘The authors of Mechanics af Materials, 4/e, wish to thank Professor Dean P. Updike of the Department of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics at Lehigh University for having written the problem solutions contained in this Manual, E. Russell Johnston, Jr John T. DeWolfDESCRIPTION OF THE MATERIAL CONTAINED IN "MECHANICS OF MATERIALS", #" edition Chapter 1 Introduction — Concept of Stress The main purpose of this chapter is to introduce the concept of stress. Alter a short review of Statics in Sec. 1.2 emphasizing the use of free-body diagrams, Secs. 1.3 through 1.7 discuss normal stresses under un axial loading, shearing stresses~with applications to pins and bolts in single and double shear ~ and bearing siresses, Section 1.4 introduces the concepts of analysis and design, while Sec. 1.5 emphasizes the fact that stresses are inherently statically indeterminate and that, at this point, normal stresses under an axial loading can only be assumed to be uniformly distributed. Moreover, such an assumption requires that the axial loading be centric. Section 1.8 is devoted to the application of these concepts to the analysis of @ simple structure, Section 1.9 describes how students should approach the solution of a problem in mechanics of materials, and Sec, 1.10 discusses the numerical accuracy to be expected in such a solution, Problems included in the first lesson also serve as a review ofthe methods of analysis of tmasses, frames, and mechanisms learned in statics. Section 1.11 discusses the determination ‘of normal and shearing stresses an oblique planes under an axial loading, while Sec. 1.12 introduces the components of stress under general loading conditions. ‘This section emphasizes the fact that the components of the shearing stresses exerted on perpendicular planes, such as t, and tye, must be equal. It also introduces the students to the concept of transformation of stress. However, the study of the computational techniques associated with the transformation of stress at a point is delayed until Chap, 7, afler students have discovered for themselves the need for such techniques, Section 1.13 is devoted to design vonsiderations. It introduces the concepts of ultimate load, ultimate stress, and factor of safety. It also discusses the reasons for the wse of factors of safety in engincering practice. The section ends with an optional presentation of an alternative method of design, Load and Resistance Factor Design Chapter 2 Stress and Strain — Axial Loading This chapter is devoted to the analysis and design of members under a centric axial loading. Sections 2.1 and 2.2 introduce the concept of normal strain, while Sec. 2.3 describes the general properties of the stress-strain diagrams of ductile and brittle materials and defines the yield strength, ultimate strength, and breaking strength of a material. Section 2.4, which is optional, defines true stress and true strain, Section 2.5 introduces Hooke's law, the modulus of elasticity, and the proportional limit of 9 material. It defines as isotropic those materials whose mechanical properties are independent of thc direction considered and as anisotropic those whose ‘mechanical properties depend upon that direction. Among the latter are fiber-reinforced composite materials, which are described in this, section. Section 2.6 discusses the clastic and the plastic behavior of a material and defines its elastic limit, while Sec. 2.7 is devoted to fatigue and the behavior of materials under repeated loadings. The first lesson of Chap. 2 ends with See, 2.8, which shows how Hooke's Jaw can be used to determine the deformation of a rod ofuniform or variable cross section under one or several loads, and introduces the concept of relative displacement. Seection 2.9 discasses statically indeterminate problems involving, members under an axial load, As indicated in the preface of the text and in the introduction to this manual, the authors believe it is important to introduce the students at an early stage to the concept of statical indeterminacy and to show them how the analysis of deformations can be used in the solution of problems that cannot be solved by the methods of statics alone, It will also help them realize that stresses, being statically indeterminate, can be computed only by considering the corresponding distribution of strains. Section 2.10 discusses the thermal expansion of rads and shows how to determine stresses in statically indeterminate members subjected to temperature changes. Section 2.11 introduces the concept of fateral strain for an isotropic material and defines Poisson's ratio. Section 2.12 discusses the multiaxial loading of a structural element and derives the generalized Hooke's law for such a loading, Since this derivation is based on the application of the principle of superposition, this principle is also introduced in Sec. 2.12, and the conditions under which it can be used are clearly stated, Section 2.13 is optional, It discusses the change in volume of a material under @ multiaxial loading and defines the dilatation and the bulk modulus or modulus of compression ol a given material, Section 2.14 introduces the concept of shearing strain. W should be noted that the authors define the shearing strain as the change in the angle formed by the faces of the element of material considered, and not as the angle through which one of these faces rotates. Hooke’s law for shearing stress and strain and the modulus of rigidity are also introduced in this section, as well as the generalized Haoke’s Jaw for a homogeneous, isotropic material under vill the most general stress conditions. Section 2.15 points out that strains, just as stresses, depend. upon the orientation of the planes considered, It also establishes the fact that the constants E, v, and G are not independent from cach other and derives Ey, (2.43), which expresses the relation among these three constants, Scction 2.16, which is optional, extends the stress-strain relationships to fiber-reinforced composite materials, The relations obtained arc expressed by Eqs. (2.45) and (2.47) and involve three different values of the modulus of elasticity and six different values of Poisson's ratio. Section 2.17 discusses the discribution of the normal stresses under a centric axial loading and shows that this distribution depends upon the manner in which the loads are applicd. However, except in the immediate vicinity of the points of application of the loads, the disteibution of stresses can be assumed uniform. This result verifies Saint-Venant’s principle. Section 2.18 discusses siress concentrations near cireular holes and fillets in flat bars under axial loading, Section 2.19 is devoted to the plastic deformation of members under centric axial loads and introduces the coneept of an elastoplastic material. As stated in the preface of the text, the authors believe that students should be exposed to the concept of plastic deformation in the first course in mechanics of materials, if only to Tet them realize the limitations of the assumption of a linear stress-strain relation in engineering applications. By introducing this concept carly in the course in connection with axiaf loading, rather than later with torsion or bending, one makes it easier for the students to understand and accept it. For the same reason, residual stresses are discussed in Sec. 2.20 in connection with axial loading. However, since some instructors may not want to include the concept of residual stresses in an elementary course, this section is optional and can be omittedwithout any prejudice to the understanding of the rest of the text. Chapter 3 ‘Torsion Section 3.1 introduces this type of loading, while Sec. 3.2 establishes the relation that must be satisfied, on the basis of staties, by the shearing stresses in a given section of a shaft subjected to a torque. This condition, however, doos not suffice to determine the stresses, and one must analyze the deformations which occurin the shaft. This is done in Seo. 3.3, where itis proved that the distribution of shearing strains in a circular shaft is linear. It should be noted that the discussion presented in See. 3.3 is based solely on the assumption of rigid end plates, rather than on arbitrary and gratuitous assumptions regarding the deformations of a shaft. The results obtained in this and the following sections clearly depend pon the validity of this assumption, but can be extended to other loading conditions through the application of Saint-Venant's principle. Section 3.4 is devoted to the analysis of the shearing stresses in the clastic range and presents the derivation of the elastic torsion formulas for circular shafts. The section ends ‘with remarks on the transformation of stresses in torsion and the comparison between the failures of dyctile and brittle materials in torsion. ‘The formula for the angle of twist of a shaft in the elastic range is derived in Sec. 3.5. This section also contains various applications involving the twisting of single and _gear-connected shafts. Scction 3.6 deals with the solution of problems involving statically indeterminate shafis. Section 3.7 is devoted to the design of transmission shafis and begins with the determination of the torque required to transmit a piven power at a given speed, both in SI and U.S. customary units. Note that the effect of bending on the design of transmission shafts will be discussed in See. 8.3, which is optional. Section 3.8 discusses stress concentrations at fillets in circular shafts Sections 3.9 through 3.11 deal with the plastic deformations and residual stresses in circular shafls and are optional. Since a similar presentation of the plastic deformations and cesidnal stresses of members in pure bending is given in Chap, 4, the instructor may decide to include only one of these presentations in the course, Section 3.9 describes the general method for the determination of the torque corresponding, to a given maximum shearing stress in a shaft made of a material with a nonlinear stress-strain diagram, while Secs. 3.10 and 3.11 deal, respectively, with the deformations and the residual stresses in shafts made of an elastoplastic material, Sections 3.32 and3.13 are also optional. They are devoted, respectively, to the torsion of solid members and thin-walled hollow shafis of nancircular section. Chapter 4 Pure Bending Section 4.1 defines this type of loading and shows how the results obtained in the following sections can be applied to the analysis of other types of loading as well, namely, eccentric axial Joadings and transverse loadings. Section 4.2 establishes the relation that must be satisfied, on the basis of statics, by the normal stresses in a ssiven section of a member subjected to pure ‘bending. This condition, however, does not suflice to determine the stresses, and ome must analyze the deformations that occur in the member. ‘This is done in Sec. 4.3, where it is proved that the distribution of normal stresses in a symmetric member in pure bending is linear. It should be noted that no assumption is made in this discussion regarding the deformations of the member, except that the couples should beappliedin such a way that the ends of the member remain plane, Whether this can actually be accomplished is discussed at the end of Sec. 4.5. Section 4.4 is devoted to the analysis of the normal stresses in the elastic range and presents the derivation of the elastic flenwe formulas. 1t also defines the elastic section modulus and ends with the derivation of the formula for the curvature of an elastic beam. Section 4.5 discusses the anticlastic curvature of members in pure bending and also states the loading conditions required for the ends of the member to remain plane. Section 4.6 discusses the determination of stresses in members made of several materials and defines the transformed section of such members. It also shows how the tunsformed section can be used to determine the radius of curvature of the member. The section ends with a discussion of the stresses in reinforced-cuncrete beams. Section 4.7 deals with the stress concentrations at fillets and grooves int flat bars under pure bending. Sections 4.8 through 4.11 are optional. They discuss the plastic deformations and residual stresses in members subjected to pure bending in much the same way that these were discussed in Secs. 3.9 through 3.11 in the case of members in torsion. Section 4.8 describes the general method for the determination of the bending moment corresponding to a given maximum normal siress in a member possessing. two planes of symmetry and made of a material with a nonlinear stress-strain diagram, Section 4.9 deals with members made of an elastoplastic material and derives formulas relating the thickness of the elastic core and the radius of curvature with the applied bending moment in the case of members with a rectangular cross section, It also defines the shape factor and the plastic section modulus of members with a nonrectangular section, Section 4.10 deals with the determination of the plastic moment of members made of an elastoplastic material and. possessing a single plane of symmetry, while Sec. 4.11 discusses residual stresses. Section 4.12 shows how the stresses due toa neo-dimensional eccentric axial loading can be obtained by replacing the given cecentrie ioad dy a centric load and a couple, and superposing the corresponding stresses. Attention is called to the fact that the neutral axis does not pass through the centroid of the section. Section 4.13 deals with the unsymmetric bending of elastic members. It is first shown that the noutral axis of a cross section will coincide with the axis of the bending couple if, and only if, the axis of the couple is directed along one of the principal centroidal axes of the cross section. It is then shown that stresses due to unsymmetric bending can always be determined by resolving the given bending couple into two component couples directed. along the principal axes of the section and superposing the corresponding stresses. This method of analysis is extended in Sec. 4.14 to the determination of the stresses due to an eccentric axial loading in three- dimensional space. The eccentric load is replaced by an equivalent system consisting ofa centric load and two bending couples, and the corresponding stresses are superposed. Section 4,15 is optional; it deals with the bending of curved members Chapter § Analysis and Design of Beams for Bending In Sec, 5.1 beams are defined as slender prismatic members subjected to transverse loads and are classified according to the way in which they are supported. It is shown that the internal forces in any given cross section are equivalent toa shear force V and a bending couple M. Thebending couple M_ creates normal siresses in the section, while the shear force V creates, shearing stresses, The former is determined in this chapter, using the flexure formula (5.2), while the latter will be discussed in Chap. 6, Since the dominant criterion in the design of beams for strength is usually the ending stresses in the beam, the determination of the maximum value of the bending moment in the beam is the most important factor to be considered. To facilitate the determination of the bending moment in any given section of the beam, shear and bencing-moment diagrams will be drawn, using free-body diagrams of various portions of the beam (Sec. 5.2). An alternative method, based on relations among load, shear, and bending mament, is presented in Sec. 5.3. ‘To maintain the interest of the students, most of the problems to be assigned are focused on the engineering applications of these methods and call for the determination, not ‘only of the shear and bending moment, but also of the normal stresses in the beam. Seotion 5 is devoted to the design of prismatic beams based on the allowable normal stress for the material used, Sample Problems and problems to be assigned include wooden beamsof rectangular cross section, as well as rolled-steel W and § beams. An optional paragraph on page 334 describes the application of Load and Resistance Factor Designo beams under transverse loading. Section 5.5 introduces the concept of singularity fimetions and shows how these functions can provide an alternative and effective method for the determination of the shear and bending moment at any point of a beam under the most general loading condition, While this section is optional, it should be included in the lesson schedule if singularity functions are to be used later for the determination of the slope and deflection of 2 beam (Sce. 9.6). It is pointed out xi on page 348 that singularity fimetions are particularly well suited to the use of computers, and several optional problems requiring the use ofa computer (Probs, 5.129 through 5.136) have been included in this assignment. Section 5.6, which is optional, is devoted to nonprismatic beams, such as forged or cast beams designed to be of constant strength, and rolled-steel beams reinforced with cover piates. Chapter 6 Stresses in Beams and Thin-Walled Members ‘Due to Shear It is shown in See. 6.1 that a transverse load creates shearing stresses as well as normal stresses in a beam. Considering first the horizontal face of beam clement, itis shown in Sec. 6.2 that the horizontal shear per unit length 49, or shear flow, is equal to VOT, This result is, applied in Example 6.01 to the determination of the shear force in the nails connecting three planks forming a wooden beam, as well as in Probs. 6.1 through 6.8. In Sec. 6.3 the average shearing stress ‘tue exerted on the horizontal face of the beam element is obtained by dividing the shear flow g by the width / of the beam: (6.6) Note that since the shearing stresses ty and fy exeried at a given point are equal, the expression obtained also represents the average shearing stress exerted at a given height on a vertical section of the beam. This formula is uscd to determine shearing stresses in a beam made of glued planks in Sample Prob. 6.1 andto design a timber beam in Sample Prob. 6.2. Problems 6.11 through 6.14 and 6.21 through 6.24 call for the determination of shearing stresses in various types of beams.In Examples 6.02 and 6.03 the designs obtained on the basis of normal stresses, respectively, for a timber beam in Sample Prob. 5.7 and for a rolled-steel beam in Sample Prob. 5.8.are checked and found to be acceptable from the point off view of shearing stresses. Problems 6.15 through 6.18 call for a similar verification of beam designs obtained in Chap. 5. Section 6.5 is optional and discusses the distribution of stresses in a nacrow rectangular beam. In Sco. 6.6 the expression g= VQobtained fon See. 6.2 for the shear flow on the horizontal face of a beam element is shown to remain valid for the curved surface of a beam clement of arbitrary shape. It is then applied in Example 6.04 and in Probs. 6.29 through 6.33 to the determination of the shearing forces and shearing stresses in nailod and glued vertical surfaces, Section 6,7 deals with the determination of shearing stresses in shin-walled members and shows that Eq. (6.6) can be applied to the determination of the average shearing stress ina section of arbitrary orientation. Section 6.8, which is optional, deseribes the formation of plastic zones in beams subjected to transverse loads. Section 6.9, which is also optional, deals with the wnsymmetric loading of thin-walled members, the determination of the shear center, and the computation of the shearing stresses caused by a shearing force exerted at the shear center. Chapter 7 Transformations of Stress and Strain Afier a short introduction (Sec. 7.1), formulas for the transformation of plane stress under a rotation of axes are derived in Sec. 7.2, xii while the prineipal planes of stress, prineipal stresses, and maximum shearing stress are determined in See. 7.3. Section 7.4 is devoted 1 the use of Mobw's circle, It should be noted that the convention used in the text provides for a rotation on Mobr's circie in the same sense as the corresponding rotation of the element; in other words, this convention is the same as that used in statics for the transformation of ‘moments and products of inertia, Attention is called to the statement at the top of page 439 of the text and the accompanying Fig. 7.20. Seotion 7.5 discusses the general (three= dimensional) state of stress and establishes the fact that three principal axes of stress and three principal stresses exist. Section 7.6 shows how three different Mohr's circles can be used to represent the transformations of stress associated with rotations of the element about tho principal axes. The results obtained are used. to show that in a state of plane stress, the maximum shearing stress does not necessarily ‘occur in the plane of stress Sections 7.7 and 7.8 are optional. Section 7.7 presents the two criteria most commonly used to predict whether a ductile materia! will yield under a given state of plane stress, while Sev.7.8 discusses the two eriteria used to predict the fracture of brittle materials Section 7.9 deals with stresses in thin-walled pressure vessels; itis limited to the analysis of cylindrical and spherical pressure vessels. The second part of the ehaapter (Sees. 7.10 through 7.13) deals with mangformations of strain and is optional, Section 7.10 presents the derivation of the formulas for the transformation of strain under a rotation of axes, It should he noted that this derivation is based on the consideration ofaan oblique triangle (Fig. 7.62) and the use of the Jaw of cosines, and that the determination of the shearing strain is facilitated by the use of Eq, (7.43), whieh relates it to the normal strain along the coordinate axes and their bisector, Section 7.11 introduces Mohr's circle for plane strain, and Sec. 7.12 discusses the three- dimensional analysis of strain and its application to the detcrinination of the maximum sbearing strain in states of plane strain and of plane stress. Section 7.13 deals with the use of strain rosettes for the determination of states of plane strain. Chapter 8 Principal Stresses under a Given Loading This chapter is devoted to the determination of the principal stresses and maximum shearing stress in beams, transmission shafls subjected to transverse loads as well as to torques, and bodies of arbitrary shape under combined loadings. In See. 8.1 it is shown that, while only normal stresses occur on a square element svith horizontal and vertical faces located at the surface of a beam, shearing stresses will occur i the element is rotated through 45 ° (Fig. 8.1). “The reverse situation is observed for an clernent with horizontal and vertical faves subjected only to shearing stresses (Fig. 8.2). The analysis of beams, therefore, should include the determination of the principal stresses and maximum shearing stress at various points. This is done in See. 83 for cantilever beams of various rectangular sections subjected toa single concentrated load at their free end. It ig found that the principal stress ona does not exceed the maximum normal sttes3- din determined by the method of Chap. 5 except very close to the load. While this result holds for most beams of nonrectangular scetion, it may not be valid for rolled-steel W and S beams, and the xii analysis and design of such beams should inelude the determination of the principal siress Grass at the junction of the web with the flanges of the beam. (See Sample Probs. 8.1 and 8.2, and Probs. 8.1 through 8.14). Section 8.3 is devoted to the analysis and design of transmission shafis using gears ot sprocket wheels to transmit power to and from the shaft. ‘These shafts are subjected to transverse loads as well as to torques. The Gesign of such sbafis is the subject of Sample Prob, 8.3 and Probs. 8.15 through 8.30, ‘The determination ofthe stresses ata given point K ofa body due to a combined loading is the subject of See.8.4. First, the loading is reduecd to ‘an equivalent system of forces and couples in a section of the bady containing KX. Next, the normal and shearing stresses are determined at X. Finally, using one of the methods of transformation of stresses presented in Chap. 7, the principal planes, principal stresses, and maximum shearing stress may be determined at K. This procedure is illustrated in Example 8.01 and Sample Probs. Band 85. Chapter 9 Deflection of Beams ‘The relation derived in Chap. 4 between the curvature of a beam and the bending ‘moment is recalled in Sec. 9,2 and used to predict the variation of the curvature along the beam. In Sec. 9.3, the equation of the elastic curve for a beam is obtained through two successive integrations, after the bending moment has been expressed as a function of the coordinate x. Examples 9.01 and 9.02 show how the boundary conditions can be used to determine the two constants of integration in the cases of a cantilever beam and of a simply supported beam, Example 9.03 indicates how to proceed when the bending moment must be represented by two different functions of x.Section 9.4 is optional; it shows in the case of a beam supporting « distributed load, how the equation of the elastic eurve can be obtained directly from the function representing the load distribution through the use of four successive integrations. Section 9.5 is devoted to the analysis of statically indeterminate heams and 10 the determination of the reactions at their supports. It is suggested that a minimum of two lessons be spent on Secs. 9.2 through 9.5 if neither the use of singularity functions (Sec, 9.6) nor the moment-arew method (Secs. 9.9 through 9,14) are to be covered in the course. Section 9.6 is devoied to the use of singularity functions for the determination of beam deflections and slopes. It is optional and assumes ihat Sec. 5.5 has been covered previously. Itis recommended that both Secs. 5.5 and 9.6 be included in the course, since singularity functions provide the stadents with an effective and versatile method for the determination of deflections and slopes under the most diverse loading conditions. In addition, and 2s indicated earlier, singularity functions are well suited to the use of computers. Two problems requiring the use of computers (Probs, 9.49 and 9.50) may be included in this assignment. Section 9.7 discusses the method of superposition for the determination of beam deflections and slopes. It shows how the expressions given in Appendix D for various simple loadings can be used to obtain the deflection and slope of a beam supporting a more complex loading, In Sec. 9.8, the method of superposition is applied to the determination of the reactions at the supports of statically indeterminate beams, Sections 9.9 through 9.14 are optional. hey deal with the application of the moment- area methods to the determination of the deflection of beams and may be omitted in xiv courses that place a greater emphasis on analytical methods and make use of singularity fanctions. It should be noted, however, that these methods provide a very practical means for the determination of the deflection and slope of beams of variable crass section. ‘The two moment-area theorems. are derived in Sec, 9.9 and are immediately applied in Sec. 9.10 to the computation of the slope and deflection of cantilever beams and beams with symmetric loadings (simply supported ot overhanging beams). Section 9.11 shows how to draw a bending-moment diagram by parts. This approach greatly facilitates the determination of moment ureas in all but the simplest loading situations Section 9.12 deals with simply supported and overhanging beams with unsymmetric loadings. The analysis of such beams hinges on the use of a reference tangent drawn through one. of the supports after the tangential deviation of the sccond support has been computed from the bending-moment diagram, Section 9.13 describes how to locate the point of maximum deflection and how to compute that deflection. ._ Seetion 9.14 deals with the analysis of statically indeterminate beams and the determination of the reactions at their supports. Chapter 10 Columns Section 10,2 introduces the concept of stability of a structure, The example considered in this section consists of a block supported by two spring-connected rigid rods. Itis shown that the position of equilibrium in which both rods are aligned is stabie if this position is the only possible position of equilibrium of the system The same etiterion is applicd to an elastic pin-ended column in See. 10.3 in order toderive Exiler’s formula. Section 10.4 shows bow Euler'sformula for pin-ended columns can be used to determine the critical load of columns with other end conditions. Section 10.5 is optional; it dais with the eccentric loading of a column and gives the derivation of the secant formula. Section 10.6 discusses the design of columns under a centric load and presents the empirical formulas developed by various engineering associations for the design of steel columns, aluminum columns, and wood columas. Page 643 is devoted to an optional discussion of the application of Load and Resistance Factor Design to steel columns Section 10.7 discusses the design of columns under an eccentric load and presents, two of the most frequently used methods: the ailowable-stress method and the interaction method. Chapter 11 Energy Methods Section 11.2 introduces the concept of strain energy by considering the work required to stretch « rod of uniform cross section, ‘This work, which is equal to the area under the load-deformation curve, represents the strain energy of the rod. The strain-energy density is defined in See. 11.3, as well as the modulus of toughness and the modulus of resilience of a given material. The formula for the elastic strain energy associated with normal stresses is derived in Sec. 11.4, as well as the expressions for the strain energy corresponding to an axial loading, and to pure bending. The formula for the stvain energy associated with shearing stresses is derived in Sec. 11.5, as well as the expressions corresponding to torsion and transverse loading. ction 11.6, which is optional, covers the strain energy for a general state of stress and derives an expression for the distortion energy ‘por unit volume, both in the general case of three-dimensional stress and in the particular case of plane stress. Section 11.7 discusses impact loadings and Sec. 11.8 the design of a structure for an impact load. To facilitate the sotution of impact- loading problems, it is shown in Sec. 11.9 that the strain energy of a structure subjected to a single concentrated load P can be obtained by equating the strain energy to the work of P. (Appendix D is used to express the deflection in terms of P), As shown in See, 11.10, the reverse procedure can be used 19 determine the deflection of a structure at the point of application of a single load P or a single couple 1M; the strain energy of the structure is computed from one of the formulas derived in Secs. 11.4 and 11.3, and the work of P or M is equated to the expression obtained for the strain energy. Sections 11.11 through 11.14 are optional, In Sec. 11.11 an expression for the strain energy of a structure subjected ta several Joads is obtained by computing the work of the joads as they are successively applied. Reversing the order in which the loads are applied, one proves Maxwell's reciprocal theorem. The expression obtained for the strain energy of the structure is used in Sec, 11.12 to prove Castigliana’s theorem. Section 11.13 is devoted to the application of Castigliano's theorem to the determination of the deflection and slope of a beam and to the deflection of a point in a truss, Finally, Sec. 11.14 deals with the application of Castigliano's theorem to the determination of the reactions at the supports of statically indeterminate structures such as bears and trusses.‘TABLE I: LIST OF TOPICS COVERED IN. MECHANICS OF MATERIALS, 4° edition Sections Topics Chapter 1: Introduction - Concept of Stress i1-10 “Stress Under Axisl Loading J.11-13 Components of Stress; Factor of Safety ‘Chapter 2: Stress and Strain — Axtal Loading 218 ‘Stress-Strain Diagrams; Deformations Under ‘Axial Loading 2.9-10 ‘Statically Indeterminate Problems 211-12 Poisson's Ratio, Generalized Hooke’s Law #213 Dilatation; Bulk Modulus 214-15 Shearing Strain *2.16 ‘Stress-Strain Relationships for Fiber-Reinforced ‘Composite Materials 2.17-19 Stress Concentrations: Plastic Deformations "2.20 Residual Stresses Chapter 3: Torsion 31-4 Stresses in Elastic Range 35-6 Angle of Twist; Siatically Indeterminate Shafts 3.7-8 Design of Transmission Shafts; Stress Concentrations “39-11 Plastic Deformations; Residual Stresses "3.1213 Noncircular Members; Thin-Walled Hollow Shafts Chapter 4: Pure Bending 41-5 Stresses in Elastic Range 46-7 Members Made of Several Materials; Stress Concentrations "48-11 Plastic Deformations; Residual Stresses 412 Becentric Axial Loading 4.1344 Unsymmetric Bending; General Eccentric Axial Loading “4.15 ending of Curved Members ‘Chapter 5: Analysis and Design of Beams fur Bending S12 Shout and Bending-Moment Diagrams 33 Using Relations among w, ¥, and if 5.4 Design of Prismatic Beams in Bending, 45.5 Use of Singularity Functions to Determine Vand Af "5.6 Nonprismatic Beams Chapter 6: Shearing Stresses in Beams and ‘Thin-Walled Members 6.14 Shearing Stresses in Beams *6.5 Shearing Stresses in Narrow Rectangular Beara 66-7 Shearing Stresses in Thin-Walled Members *6.8 Plastic Deformations 6.9 Unsymmetric Loading; Shear Center xvi Suggested Number of Periods Core Additional Advanced Topics Topics Topics 1.2 1 1 025-05 0s 05-1 as-1 03 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1.2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-15 11S 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 0.25 1-2 0.25 1-2TABLE I: LIST OF TOPICS COVERED IN. MECHANICS OF MATERIALS. 4° edition Suggested Number of Periods (CONTINUED) Core Sections Topies Topies Chapter 7: Transformation of Stress and Strain 7.13 Transformation of Plane Stress 12 4 Mohr’s Circle for Plane Stress i-2 75-6 Three-Dimensional Analysis of Stress 05-1 ‘778 Yield and Fracture Criteria 19 Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels 05-1 *7.10-12 Analysis of Strain; Mohr's Circle ¥7.13 Strain Rosette ‘Chapter 8: Principal Stresses under a Given Loading *4.1-2 Principal Stresses in a Beam *S3 Design of Transmission Shafts 8.4 Stresses under Combined Loadings Chapter 9: Deflection of Beams G.1-3 Equation of Elistic Curve °9.4 Direct Determination of Elastic Curve from Load Distribution 95 Statieally Indeterminate Beams %9.6 Use of Singularity Functions 97-8 Method of Superposition Application of Moment-Area Theorems to: 09-15 Cantilever Beams and Beams with Symmetric Loadings 19.12-13 Beams with Unsymmetric Loadings; Maximum Deflection 9.14 Statically Indeterminate Bearns pter 10: Columns 10.1-4 Euler's Column Formula 1-2 10,5 ‘Becentric Loading: Secant Formula 10.6 Design of Columns under « Centric Load 10.7 Design of Columns under an Eeceatric Load ‘Chapter 11: Energy Methods ILLS Strain Energy “1L6 Strain Energy for General State of Stress 11.7-9 Impact Loading 110. Deflections by Wark-Energy Method “L113. Castighiano’s Theorem +1114 Statically Indeterminate Structures Total Number of Perieds 24-41% Additional Advanced Topics Topics 1 +2 2 1-2 05-1 05-1 1-2 1-2 21-38% 3-6TABLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS Mechanics of Materials 4 Edition Problem Number SLUnits US. Gnits Problem deseription CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION - CONCEPT OF STRESS Normal stress under axial loading: 12 1d in bars Ls Lng 1810 1m pin-connected structures L334 Lanse sn trusses and mechanisms HISAR 11617 Shearing stress 119,20 121,22 Fearing stress between flat surfaces hanes 12428 Sheating and bearing stresses at pin-connected joints 1.26.27 1.2930 131,32 Stresses on an oblique plane 133334 138,36 Factor of safety 4.37.40 138,39 in tension Lala? 1434 145,46 in shear 14748 1.5354 149,50 in structures involving links and pins 153856 151,52 "158 7157 Load and Resistasce Factor Design 159.61 1.60.62 Review problems 1.64.66 163,63 167.68, 1.69.70 1.€2,04,06 1.C1,03,€5 Computer provblems ‘TER AND STRAIN ‘Stresses und deformations in statically determinate structures: 224 213 simple rods and wires 268 257 2.9.10 212,14 ultiple-criteria problems 213 2186 219,20 ‘compasite rods and members 2.2122 members of trusses and simple frames 2.27.28 229 230 ‘computation of deformations by integration 31 232 ‘re strain + Prablernw that do nol tnvalve any specific system of unils have bees indicated hy underlining thei number Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type. xviii‘TABLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED} Mechanics of Materials 4 Edition Problea Number* S1Units US. Units Problem description Stuticaly indeterminate strcnures (vonstan: temperanue): 2.38.36 23884 ‘ith members undergoing equal deformations 23738 2.39,40 ‘composite rods with hoth ends restrained aha Danae ‘with members undergoing unequal deformations 245,46 Statically indeterminate structures (with temperature changes) 2.4849 2.47.50 with members undergoing equal deformations 25354 2.5152 composite rods with both ends restrained 255 2.36.57 rods with gaps 2.58.59 svith unequal defarmations 2.60 Poisson's ratio and generalized Hooke’s law: 261,62 2.63.85 uniaxial loading 264.66 267.68 2.69,70 biaxial loading 22L 273.04 derivation of formulas 2.75.76 297,78 Hooke's law for shearing stress and strain 2.79.60 2.81.82 "28385 12.84.86 dilatation 92.87,788 Problems involving cylindrical coordinates *28386 42.84,185 Dilatation 72.89,90 Theory problems “2.9192 Problems involving composites 2.93.94 2.95,96 Stress concentrations in ftat bars 2.99,100 297,98 Plastic deformations under axial loading: 2103104 2.101,102 simple problems 2.105, 106 2107-108 2.109.110 ‘more complex problemas 2,2 Dats 2 problems involving temperature change 26? pioblems involving a structure "2.118120 #2119 problems involving residual stresses “2120 12.15.16 2.124128 225,126 Review problems 23132 -2.427,129 DISKS 2190734 2CLC3C5 202,046,065 Computer problems + Problems that do nor involve any specifi system of unite awe been indicated by wnderlining th “Answers aze not given to problems with a number sets tate type, ariber, xixTABLE TL: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Marcrials €° Edition Problem Numnber™ StUnits U.S. Units Problem description CHAPTER 3; TORSION Shearing stresses: 334 32 in simple shafis 336 38 ane? 3.9.10 in shafts subjected to several torques, BAB 3.1526 3.19.20 in composite shafts STIS 32122 323.04 in gear-connected shafis 3.25.26 3.21.28 3.29 330 special problems Angle of owist: 3.3184 3.32.33 angimple shafts 3.38.26 in shafts subjected to several torques 337 3.38 sn composite shafts 3.39.40 Bala? Jn gear-conneeted shatis 5a34e 3.46 3.4547 Design of shafts hased on allowable stress and allowable angle of twist 249 3.48, 3.50.54 Statically indeterminate shat, 3.54.55 3.52.53 with inner core and outer shell afdiffereat materials 3.56.57 3.5859 3.62.63 3.60.6 Special problems Design of shafts: 3.65.66 3.6467 easy problems with solid shafts 3.69,71 3.68.70 hollow shafts 3.72.33 3.74.75 jncludiag angle of tint 3.76.97 _gtar-comnected shafts 478,79 3.80.81 -muitiple-ritesia problems 3.82.83 3.86,47 3.84.85 Stress concentrations in stepped shafts 3.90 3.88.89 + Problems that do nal involve any specific system of units have been indicated by underlining their wimber. ‘Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type.‘TABLE I; CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Probiem Number" Mechanics of Materials 4” Eaition SLUrts U.S. Units Probiem description Plastic deformations of shatts: Shafis made of elastoplastic material: 392.93 3.94,94 stresses in solid shafts 395 3.9697 499,100 angle of twist for solid shafts 3.98 3.101,102, 3.103 104 holiow and tapered shafis 3.105 derivation 3.106107 3,108,109 Shafts made of a material with a nontinear stress-strain diagram Bunt 3.122 Residual stresses and permanent angte of twist in shafts made of an LUST = MILI elastoplastic material 3.17 Bars with rectangular cross seetion: 3.119120 ‘easy problems — ‘compering circular and rectangutar shafts 3.131,132 20TH application to structural shapes ‘Thint-walled hollow shafts: 3.43537 3.134136 determine shearing stresses 3138/4! 3,139,180 3.142 3.143 3d 3.145, ‘Special problems 3.148, 150 316187 Review problems BUSTNS2 3,149,153 3.156157 3,254,158 3.010203 3.045.068 ‘Computer problems * Problems that do not involve any specific system Of units have boan indicated by underlining their number ‘Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italte type. 20TABLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechunis of Materials Edition Probiem Number™ sLunits US. Units Problem description HAPTER 4; PURE BENDING Normal stresses: 44 40. in beams with horizontal plane of symmetry 456 49.10 ang in unsymmetrical beams (First locate centroid) ala 4034 Regultant force on postion of eross section 415,16 4lTa8 Beams with different allowable stresses in tension and compression 419.20 42226 421,23 Maximum stress and radius of curvature 42425 427 428 Maimnization of beam strengths 431 4.29.30 Anticlastie curvature 432 ‘Spevial problem on theory Stresses in composite beams 43334 4.3738 symmetric beams of two materials 455.36 439.40 441,62 ‘unsyminetric beams of tw materials 443,46 44506 Racing of curvature in composite beams 447.48 4.49,50 Stresses in reinforced concrete beams ast 452,54 435 in beams with balanced design 4.55.56 Beams of thres materials 45758 ‘Composite beams with circular cross section 439) 24.90 Beams wath different moduli of elasticity in tension and compression 4.63.64 461,62 ‘Stress concentrations in flat bars in pure bending 4.65.66 Plasvie deformation in pure bending (elastoplastic material): 469,20 4.67.68 plastic zone inrectengutar beams 4772 including radius of curvature 473,74 475,76 plastic zone and radius of curvature for symmetric beams AILS 4.79.80 plastic moment snd shape factor of symmetric beams 48182 4.83.84 Plastic moment of unsymmetnic bears 486 plastic moment of thick-walled pipe Residual stresses in symmetric bears AN7.88 4.39.90 after Mf, has been applied and removed 4993 492.94 after a given plastic zone has been developed ‘Specie! problems: 4.95 residual radius of curvature 496 4.97.08 Plastic deformation of beams with « nonlinear stress-strain diageam * Problems that do nat involve any specific system of unsts have been indicated by underlining their number. Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type. voTABLE Il: CLASS! Problem Number? FICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materfals 4! Edition SLnits US. Units Problem deseription eceniric loading in plane of symmetry of member: 4.102103 4.100.101 find stress in symmetric section 4iod 499,105 4.306107 1090 Uesign of symmetric section 4108 aul 43nd aura nis find stress in unsynmnietnic section 4LIZN8 4.116.119 4121022 420,123 cconaputation of loads from strain measurements 4124125 ‘Unsymmetrie hending with one or two planes of symmetry: 427,131 4.126.128 ‘bending moment at an angie with horizontal 4129030 4132134 4.133136 seotion at an angle with horizontal "4,139 "4.137138 ending of unsynimetrc section (principal axes must be determined) General eccentne bending: 4109s 4.142.143 symmetric beam; find stresses 4.144.143 symutetric beam: find allowable load or dimension 4.146147 4,148,199 Bending of unsymmetrie beams; determine Ingest bending moment 4151 4.150 2153 4 SALLE Special problems and problems on theory Curved beams: ‘with rectangular cross section, 4.196157 4,158,159 in pure bending 4.160.164 4,167,162 under eccentric loading 4563 4.105.166 4.167.168 swith unsymmetrie cross section 41172 4.169.170 with eitcular cross section S17SI76 4,173,074 with trapezoidal cross section 4177178 with triangular cross section 4.180.181 4.182.4183 special problems and derivations of formulas ¥ Problems that do nul involve any speanfie system Of units have been indicated by underlining their numberTABLE il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS {CONTINUED} Mechanies of Materials 4 Edition Problem Number* si Units US. Units Problem description 4.186.188 4.184185 Review problems 4.189,193 4.187.190 4.194.195 4.19), 192 ACLS 402,c4 ‘Computer problems AGS.CT 4.06 CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF BEAMS FOR BENDING Using he fre-body diagram of a portion of « bear: S12 cary draw V and M diagrams (easy problems) 53.6 518 59,10 draw V end M diagrams and determine maximum values of V | acd [| 51,13 5u2l4 5.46.18 515,17 find maximum nocmal stress in given beam section 5.19,20 5.2223 521,25 draw ond Af diagrams and find maximury normal stress in bear 5.24.26 5.2729 5.2831 determine given parameter to mininnize normel stress in bear. 5.30,32 33 Using relations among w, V and Af whencver appropriate: 53637 draw ¥ and M diagrams (easy problems) 53819 54041 542,43 draw V and M diagrams and determine maximum values of |¥'| and |M | 34445 S479 5.86.48 find maxiequm aozal stress in a given bea section $n ‘write equations for F and Afané find maxincum value of [M1 3554,38 55657 draw Prand M diagrams and find maximum normal stress in beam 5.60,61 "5.66.46 Special problems * Problems that do not involve ny specific system of unils have been indicated by underlining ther number. Answers are not given ta problems with a number set in italie type. xxiv‘TABLE Ih: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4" E.huion Problem Number™ SLUsits US. Unity Problem description 565,69 5.66.67 Design of timber beams 5.70 5.68 S.73,74 S172 Design ofsteel beams, W shapes 5.77.78 Design of steel bears, 8 shapes 5.8182 Design of steel beasns, miscellaneous shapes 5.83) Design of beams resting on ground 5.85.86 Find allowable loud for beam af unsyrometric cross section with allowable stresses in tension and compression 5.59 Design of beam systems #5.94,995 Design of beams using LRED ‘Using singularity fuinetions write equations for M(x) and A(x) and 5.98.99 5.100.101 find Af at given point in beam 4102103 5.104.105 S107,109 5.308.108 find [Mf Lge in beam SaNQIHt find done in boa S122113 find [Mf boca ane in De Sut617 S145 design beam, knowing allowable stress Using a compiner and step Funetions, 5.118119 $220,121 calculate F and Malang the beam 5.122123 §.124,725 calculate Mand M along the beam, and determine dy in the beam ‘Nomuniform beams Beams of constant strength: 5.128129 $126,127 bbeams of uniform width and variuble depth 5.230.131 5.152133 5.1355 built-up timber beams 5. $137 beams of circular crass section 3138 5.139 ‘beams of uniform depts and variable width 5.140141 5,142,143 Rolled-stee! beams with eover plates 5.144145 5,746,147 S188/49 5.150.151 Tapered beams SISRISS 5.153053 Review problems S1S7159 5,156,158 5.161 5,160,762 5.163, S.CL.e2 sc3.c4 Computer problems 5.06 ss * Problems that do not involve any specific sysiem of unite ave been Indicated by underlining their umber. Answers are not given fo problems with a nursher set in italic type. odTABLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) ‘Mechanics of Materials @" kditton Problem Number® SU Units US. Units Problem description CHAPTER 6: SHEARING STRESSES IN BE. HIN-WAL 634 642 Shearing fo.ces in nails and bolts, using horizontal outs 656 6.28 erat 69,12 Shearing siresses in beams 63,14 6.1618 6.1807 (Checking earier designs of beams for shearing stresses 6.19,20 621,23 622,24 Beams with unsymnmetrie sections 6.25.26 6.27.28 Beams with various geometrie sections 629,31 6.30332 ‘Shearing forces and shearing stresses on arbitrary cuts due to vertical sheer 63334 635.36 637,38 Shearing stresses in extruded bears 639,40 64142 645,46 6.43.64 Shearing stresses ix bolts 6.48.49 6.47.50 Shearing stresses and shear ftow in thin-walled members 652,53 655554 Special problems 637,59 Shearing stresses in composite beams 6.60 Plastic behavior Sheet center in thin-walled beams with horizontal and veriical portions Shear center and shearing stress in extruded beams Shear center in thin-walled heams with oblique portions Shear center in thir-walled beams with circular portions Problems involving location of shear center Special problems 81,82 Shearing stesses in semicircular shapes, angle shapes and Z shapes 6.87.78 689,07 6.90.92 Review problems 60498 693,96 6.97.10 6.98.99 6c! 62 ‘Computer problems 6.03.4 6.5.6 ¥ Problems that do nat involve any specific system of units have been indicated by underlining their number. Answers are not given to probiems with a number set ia italic type. peviTABLE Us: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4” Edition Problem Number* SI Units US, Uans Froblem description CHAPTER ?: TRANSFORMATION OF STRESS AND STRAIN car) 723 Find stresses on oblique plane ftom equilibrium of wedge 778 756 Find principal planes and stresses 2ALI2 79,10 Fing planes of maximum shearing sess and corresponding stresses 7ARta 215,16 ‘Hind stresses on @ given plane 71720 71819 Stresses on oblique planes - simple applications 7.21.22 7.2526 723,24 Find principal stresses end/or maximum shearing stress in loaded shaft 7:28:30 7.2729 Special problems involving determination of « sirexs to satisfy a given recuirement Using Mohr's cirele, determine: 731,32 73404 principal planes ard stcesss, and maxisnum shearing stress 735,36 737338 740,81 stresses on oblique plane - simple applications 745.46 principal stresses and/or maximum shearing stress in Joaded shaft 7.50583 749,51 solve special problems involving determination of a stress t0 satis a given requizement 15456 758.52 find principal planes and stresses resulting from superposition of wo 758,59 slates of sitess 7.60,61 763 find range of values ofa parameter for which a certain siress will not 1.62 Let 108 Derivation of a formula involving Moht's circle 1.6667 In-plane and our-of;plane maximum shearing siress 7.68.59 2.70 Maximum shearing stress una tree dimensional state of stress 172,74 774,76 195,77 ‘Miaxinaum shearing sites (more udvanced problems} 7.78.19 +780 7818S 181,82 Determine whether material will yield under given state of stress. 1fn0 vyicld neeurs find the factor of safety 7.87,88 7.85.86 Find load for which yield will occur 7.89.90 191,92 Will rupture ocsur under a given state of stress? 7.93.95 794.97 Find stressor load for which rupture wll occur 796 + Problems that do nol involve any spectiie syslom of units have been indicated by underlining Weir number. ‘Answers are not given to problems with « number set in italic typ.TABLE I: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials Edition Problem Number* S1Usits US. Units Prablem description 7.98.99 7.100.101 Spherical pressure vessels (easy problems} 2.102108 7108107 7.104206 Cylindrical pressure vessels (easy problems) 7.108.109 210111 Tas ‘Stresses in welds in cylindrical pressure vessels FAI6 IT Tans TURF 7:120,121 Pressure vessels subjected to external toadings 7122.13, 7.124.125 Shrunk fit rings Find state of strain associated with given rotation Lisi2t 1.128.129 using formulas of See. 7.10 1130.8 7.732133 using Mobr's circle Find principal strains and maximum shearing stain (in plane and ‘out of plane): T134i35——.436,137 for a state of plane stress TBRLi9 71a for a state of plane strain Daag 7.143.145 Problems involving strain roseres 116 Tz 7148 7149 Problems involving use of Mobis ciccle and Hooke’s law 3152153 7.180157 Applications of the use of strain rosettes 7154155 FAS I61 7.156.157 Review problems 768165 7.159.160 7.166 7.162.163 7.167 7.CLc2 1.03.4 Computer problems 7.0506 107.8 _CHAPTER $: PRINCIPAL STRESSES UNDER GIVEN LOADING CONDITIONS. Principal stresses in rolledsstee] bears: 812 834 ‘ind a, in beam and ¢yax at junction of flanges and wels 878 8.56 design beam, taking 0, ANd dng into account 89,10 8.1112 check earlier design for 0, t junction of flanges and web Raia Design of transmission shat: 8.1516 8.19.20 loading represented by forces and couples 8128 821 822 8.2728 823,28 joading represented by input and output power 8.2930 8.25.26 * Problems that do net involve any specific system of units have been indicated by underlining their number ‘Answers are net given to problems with a mumber set in italic type. >vowviilTABLE I: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Problem Namber* S1Units 1.8, Units Mechanics of Materials d* Edition Problem deseription For beam of rectangular cross s loading (easy problems), find: jon under axial, bending smd transverse 83132 normal and shearing siesses 89435 For beams of cireular cross section under axial, Bending, and transverse foading, find: 839,40) normal and shearing stresses s4naz principal stresses and maxirmurn shearing stress For beams of rectangular cross section under axial, benchng and transverse Toading, find: 8.45.46 84248 normal and shearing stresses 8.49,50 85L52 principal stresses and maximum shearing stress For steel beams and structural tubes under axial, bending and transverse loading find: 8.53,54 855 normal and shearing stresses 856,57 858 principal stresses, principal planes, and maximum shearing stess 859 3.60 Special problems “8.63 58.61.62 Problezas involving torsion of rectangular sections or structural shapes 864 8.66.62 8.6569 Review problems 868,70 s7172 875,76 8.7374 8.C1C2 ‘Computer problems 8.03,C6 Problems that do not involve any specific system of unite have been indicuted by under Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type,TABLE II: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4 Edition Problem Number® S1Units 1S. Units Problem deseziption (CUAPTER. 9: DEFLECTION OF BEAMS Using the integration method, determine the equatiun of the elastic curve and the deflection and/or slope at speilie points for: 93 224 cantilever beams 556 97 38 overhanging beams simply supporced beams oo 9.10 symmetrical loading 9.1 212 unsymmetrical Ionding 9.1415 9.3 ‘beams and loadings requiring the use ef equations aud 4 constants 9.16 of imtegration oa 98 direct determination ofthe elastic curve from an analytic function of w(x) Vor a staticaliy indeterminate bear (irst degree), determine: 9.19.20 921,22 seaction at the roller support 524 923 9.25.26 9.27.28 ‘action a the roller support and craw the Af diagram (use of 2 equations and 4 constants of tntegration required) 9.29.30 9.3132 ‘reaction atthe roller support and the deflection at a given point (use of 2 ‘equations and 4 constants of integration required) 9.33 ou For a statically indeterminate beam (second degree), determine the reaction at one end and draw the M ¢iagram Using singularity functions, determine the equation of the clastic curve and the detlection and/or slope at specified points’ 9.35.36 9.37.38 easy problems 939.40 problems involving overbanging beams EESRS PRRED problems with distributed loads 9.45.48 9.46.42 problems with numerical data 9.49.50 951,52 Hora statically indeterminate beam (first degree), determine the reaction at 953.56 9.54.55 the roller suppost and the deflection at & specified point. 98? 258 For a statically indeterminate beam (second degree), determine the rezction ut the roller support and the deflection ata speeificd point. 9.59.62 9.60.61 determine the maxinmum deflection 963.64 Problems involving the reduction of a load to a force-couple system, * Problems that do not involve any specifi system of units have been indicated by undedining their number. Answers ate not given to problems with a number se in italic type.TABLE I CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4" Edition Problem Number™ S1Units US. Units Problem description Using methos of superpusition, determine the deflection and slope at ‘specified points in: 9.65.66 9.67.68 ‘cantilever beams 9772 969,70 ‘simply supported beams 978,54 9.75.26 cantilever beams (sith mamerical data) 9.27.78 simply supported hears (with numerical data) 9.70.80 981,82 statical]y mdeterminate beams (fins leyree} oat 984 statically undetemminate bearns (second degree) 9.85.88 9.86.87 combined beams, determinate (with suumerical data) 9.89.92 8.00.98 statically indeterminate beams (with numerical dete) 9.93) 9.94 ‘Combined bending and torsion of rods ‘Using the momentarea method, determine the slope andor flection at specified points in cantilever beams, 9.95.96 29798 ‘with simple loadings 999,100 with more complex loads 9.101.104 9,102,103 ‘with numerical data 1N608 9.95. 107 swith variable £7 simply supooited beams 0,0 gud. with symmetric loadings SLLL2 CNTEATTA with variable 2 NTR 9.02122 ‘with mumerieal data 9,119,120 19.123 9.124 special problems Simply supported and overhanging keamx with unsymmetric loadings 9.12627 9.128.228 simply supported beams (easy proolems) 9129,131 simply supported beams with numerical data 138 suse overhanging beams 935.127 9.136.138 overianging beams (with numerical data) 9.139 9.140 simply supported beams with variable EY ‘maximum deflection for oat 9.142 simply supported beams os oa with numerical data 9145 9.186 overhanging beams ‘Stoticelly indeterminate beams (fst degree) 9.149,150 9,147,148 single span BISLIS2 ‘hwo span beams, find all reactions 9.153 9.184 single span beams (with numerical data) 2155 s.56 simply supported beams with additional elastic support at midspan = Probleme that do not invelve any specific system of wii have bea Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type ‘ated by underlining thetr aumber. rookTABLE If) CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanies of Materials 4% Edition Problem Nuiiber* SL Units U.S. Units Problem description, 91ST IS6 9.159.160 Review problems 9.g6h 163 9.162.165 9.164, 108 9.166,167 9.C1,03 9.C2.C8 Computer problems 8.C4.CR 9.06,C7 CHAPTER 10: COLUMNS Stability of rigid-rodand-spring systems: 10.12 103.6 easy problems, single spring W556 1008 systems with two oF tore springs Application of Euler's formula to the critical nating or pin-ended cotuans: 10.9 ww.10 short struts 10.1213 10.11 ‘comparison of critical loads for various ctoss sections Wola Allowable loading for pin-ended columns Ww.178 10.15.16 rolled-steel shapes 10.19.20 ‘multiple-member structures 30.23,24 columns with various ed conditions 10.27.28 10.25.26 Application of the secant formula to the eccentric loading of columns: 10.30.57 102933 find cya, and either dedlection ar e for a given load. 10.32.34 20.3738 10,35,36 find ggg and lond for a given deflection an eccentricity 10.39.40 10.4142 temperature induced loading 10.45.46 1oaa.44 find Py, for given €, dam and FS. (using Fig, 10.24) design problems 10.49.50 10.47.48 find column length 10.51.52 find factor of safety of cotartn 10.53.54 1055.56 find cxoss section of cofvan ¥ Problems that do not involve any specific system af uniis have been indicated by underlining their number. Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic type: rox‘TABLE I: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materiats 4 Edition Problem Number* SLUnits US. Units Problem description Analysis of columns unger centric jead: columns with simple erass section: 10.58.60 1057.59 steel columns 10.62 1o6r alumni columns wo 10.63, lumber columns colunrs with built-up cross sections: 106s timber eclumn 10.66 alominum column 10.67.68 10.69 steel columns 10.70 Design of eolurmns under a centric load 10.72.73 1071 ahomimum columns 10.74.76 10.75 timber columns 10.77.80 10.78.29 sie! columns 10,83,86 losis? Application af LRFD formals: *10.85 10.86 analysis of columrs undor u centric Toading "10.87 *10.88 design of columns under a centric Inading ‘Analysis of columns under an eccentric load: 10.59.90 steel columms, find allowable Load 10.91.92 ‘aluminum cotumns, find allowable load 10.93.94 timber columns, Bnd allowable lozd Design of columns under an eccentric load: find maximum allowable length: 10.95,96 aluminum cofarin 10.97.98 timber columns 10.99,100 steel cohenns. 10.104, 102 design cross section: 10,103,104 timber columns 10,105,106 stcel columns, reekangcular eros section 10,107,108 aluminum colurns, rectangular or vireulae cross sections 10.109.110 Wo.fi,12 1011314 ste! column, wide-flange shape 1O.115,116 steel tbe 1OU7I21 N89 Review probiems 10.123,126 10,120,122 10,127,128 10,124,125 1OC1,C3,05 — 0.C2,04.05 ‘Computer problems * Problems that do noi Answers are not given wolve any specific system of units have been Indicated By underlining their number. problems with a number set inital type. oriTABLE Il: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials 4” tition. Problent Number SiUnits USS. Units Problem description CHAPTER 11; ENFRGY METHODS 123 ie Modulus of resilience Modulus of resilience und modulus of roughness: us 116 from stress-strain diagram ha nn? from load-deflection diagram of a tensile test Strain energy under axial loads: liao i) strain energy under & given Toad Une ‘maximatn allowable slrain energy 13 1d factor of sateny as 16 slrain energy by integration of approximate methadls M29 11.18.20 strain energy of trusses 12122 swith mamerical data 11.23,24 1.25.26 Strain energy in bending: Lz7 1128 dctivation of formulas 11.29,30 11.3132 with numerical dats 11.33) nae Strsin energy in torsion: i 5 by integration Maximun-distortion-energy criterion for 3-dimensional state of stress Lag Special problems Impact loading: 11.42.43, 149,45 of rods (horizontal impact) 11.46.97 ofrods (vertical impact) 11.49.30 148 ‘of beams (hor:zantal impact) 1152.53 Te of beams {vertical impact) 11.35,36 ALsa problems on theory Use of work-energy method to determine: deflection or slope of: 1157.58 11.59.60 prismatic bears 11.6364 11.67.62, onpristiatic beams 11.65,66 11.67,69 angle of twist of shaiis 11.68 170 angle of twist af a thin-walled hollow shat 11-76 174,75 deflection of a joint of truss Problems that do not involve any specilie system of units have been indicated hy underlining thelr number, ‘Ansivers are not given to problems with number sel in ic type.TABLE ll: CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS (CONTINUED) Mechanics of Materials # Rdition Problem Number SL Units US. Units Problem description 11.78,80 ‘Work of several loads applied to a hea ual Detemminate structures. Use Castigliano’s theorem co determine: 11.83,84 deflection and/or slope af bears, L788 89,90 195,98 deflection and’of slope of beams (with numerical data) 11401,702—11.99,100 deflection ofa given joint in a truss 11.203,104 1,105,106 11,107,208 deflection and/or slope ata given point in a bent or curved rod 31.209,210 Indetermmpate structures (fist degree). Use Castighnno’s theorem to determine: 133,134 reaction at roller support and draw bending-moment diagram MALE I6 WAUWRS 119,020 force in member(s) of a truss 121,122 11.123,124 —11125,126 Review problems M1273! BL 28.129 14133134 11,130,152 103,045 1.C1.C2,C6 Computer problems + Problems that do noi involve any specific system of units have been indicated by underlining their auraber. ‘Answers are not given to problems with a number set in italic ype. voysous amg bones ‘a ats ‘sequsy pamattng yong Fees ‘a ote 2uaRN4S suo ean po 90 examen oregon eames Ja ‘peng wr sasay aw 30 19 7 pus 2acesv sunny usa sanding cu Bapueg Bue 45 ‘apa yo 24g #08 8p | ssa reopay one ssieravecs sHeeeyy ru5135 Jo sperd SEH ees Burg 2pe13 24 suonosog pu HF Sunaina ys OHSS ges sesneaepey ‘Spear eV p22 HANS soromposy, soxdo1 190 24 59264 Han sD SLSTTAS4KL 40 HOV NI SHS THOME HL 40% yep seats poses Jo 9H 30 DS ANSANOISY TUKYS ITIAVE as roxvieo oR # per SHIN J WILL rong wees Fuypeo|mua=9g ypu 24 Sea) seg pu SMONONRET NEM: DOMAIN FEIVTIREIN pospaty naayK0H) uns ‘won dng 9 DONE some fans e350, eavpesar seg) wa signee? povigun ps0 #70 -gyous jo ig suo nw seas Te 15 Jp waaay oN SHC ssa U4 sn wat soup FRAN a EE UNS, Tag tor seman SUAS ‘sung ues 3foons aap 1 su rung ABS J0 257, ‘Hepes or some aemustg 30 EN [AY por 4m Buoy sure Bs suo mousy Supung pur aes Ssmuny part BUBIER ‘dpa ns, Koons Jo ound 8a BPO REY IE WscHse59 » ‘sans Rap HUONEUDN;IG II seaveccer remy WBNS PA BGA swecus'saz wv'eser'ez ‘suaygg mmormenapn Aree ‘wold wens ages jo eg stang y suse Super may apo SSMS onpooy sa ‘#008 SAL 40 OWA JEL KI NAAID DAY SG'IWOwa ¥SAAL JO THY O1 SHAMS SUINIL AMVINGASAD $1. 4Fz CNY SLINTIS aS SUSCU ISAT. 40 BOYS NI SATHORN TILL 40 56 ‘sino ay un Pinson Sa NBL sy apa NS APNE DET BHD AGL BAC ae Hw BUNS NBL PEIN 0 54 005 rovilProblem Solutions by Dean UpdikeChapter |00. 200 mm 250mm, 2.1 ‘Two solid cylindrical rods AM and 4 are welded togetier at B un! Jouded a¢ Problem 1.1 shown. Knowing dud, ~ $0 zum andl, 30 mn, find average normal ses a the ‘midsestion af a) rod AB, (0) ead HC ta Rod AB Pe 40430 - 70 kN © 7OKIOTN , Bez Bade Zlsoy s 1.9638 io me n463 SIS om = 25.7 x 10° Pa Gig = SST MPA met (Roc BC P = ZOkN = Zoxlo°N Ou 42.44Pa oO Problem 1.2 1.2 ‘0 solid eylindical rods A and Cane welded together at B and loudod as show, Knowing thal the average normal sess must notexsced 140 MPa in either zo, determine the smallest allowable value of, and Rod AB P = 40490 =70kY = Joxlo°N 44 4P os Oo fag, TP Saenae) = 2 2410% a, = 25.2 mm Rod BL P= 30kN = S0xio0"N +2 P. = HP Se Bo? aa Tat fe + {ere . alot en TG, Tarte) = NeS8x10 dy 16.52 mm A PROPRIETARY MATERIA, ©9206 The MeGw-Hil Canguies he. Albngh ietwed. Na ee Mi {isnt fr ory ea, tha ian person af be ps eo wp te ‘loci pavnitely MaGhoutl ero al coe pepsin. HW you are asmen cog hs RaneProblem 1.3 13 Tuo solid cylindrical rods 4B and BC are welded together at B and loaded as shown, Determine the average nominal stres atthe midavetion af (a tod 4B, (4) rod Be. 10) Red AB. Pe HO kips Ceeston? _ was wer Bag = ae - ge Bin ao 9 F BIE int Pie ape a 73 ks = Cra as > Baie 178 ke in s0in _ tei Rod BC. Fe 4 - (20 = ~ 20 kips. ve, 20 Kips compression. ec = Hated 7.0686 in* Sar = ~ 2.88 kee <= Ree Problem 1.4 1.4 In Prob. 1.3, determine the magnitude of the force P for which the tensile stress in tod AB has the sume magnitude as the compressive stess it rod BC. + 13 Two sold yliadical rods AB and BC‘ are welded cogether at and loaded as Aggy = EQ@Y= 3.1416 i? shown. Determine te everage noel stresat the midsction of) eal 42, (8 tod ie. ~-?. ._P She = Ans SIG = 0.3183! P Age EGY: 7.0686 in® Ges (avsey P co -P ear 8. - O14? 7 beRe 4882 MH P Equeting Shae tb Sac 0.31821 P= 8.9883- 0.14147 P P FIRMS ps PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 2096 The McGrail Company ne Alig sttred. No pat of is Manus be play, eorauced bribed nary fr 247 mens whoa ne pose sen pera he pls ¢* a jo he ned ete she ‘eiemore peice by Mele Yr a aa eee preps. 1 3ce aa sien sag ths Mal you asus wit pelea,1.5 ‘wo tea plas wt he held Together by asa ef Keamm-ameter high Problem 1.5 sircngth stee! bolts fitting snugly insidc cylindrical brass spacers. Knowing that the average normal wress mst at execod 200 MPa inte lis and 130 Mx in he spacers, determi he utr dante ihe pers tha cls the mst esr cal Undated Ai ence bodt docation the oppor plate Js pulled clown by the tense | force Py af the boJt Ab the same hme the spacer pushes thet plate upword with a compran've Force Re. In onder te mata tacn equi tibe n Po =P For the bolt & = fe . ah. or : For jhe spacer 9G = a ° OES ow BaP (AS- de) P, and Pe Feat = BG (de- af) ao fis Bd, fis Be (we) ds = 25.5 mm E quad: 16 A strain gage located ot Con tie surface of one iB indicates that the average Problem 1.6 sonra struss in the fone is 3.80 MPa when the bore is subjected to two 1200-N forecs es shown. Assuming the cross section of the Lone al C to be anvuler and ‘owing that its outer diameter i 25 rim, detemne the inner diameter of the bone"s crmss section at C Rn e Geometry! As EC d*-odt) : 2 4A aps a) - 4k = a3 - 3h 2 say? _ (9912009 AD = Cassi Yi 50 eer = 222.9 210% mt dy = 14.93 «107 d= 14.93 mm1L7 Knowing tha the ceneal portion of te link #1 has a uniform cross-sectional Probiem 1.7 area of 890 mm*, determine the maymitude of the load P for which the normal stress in that portion of BD is 50 MPa. 1Gme smn Seo = 50 MPa = SOxiot Fa Ben = BOO mm* = BOO 2410S ent Feo = Sao Age * (SOx 108 V(go0 nic) = 4oxto NI Draw free buddy diagaam of body AED. oT og AML=0 (0.450XZ8 &,)- 0.185 P =o Pr 1SC86 Feo P= (1.5686 Vox io?) ® = G27*lO7N G27 kN =e Problem 1.8 18 Link AG has a unifonin rectangular ero seoion fin. thick and 1 in, wie ‘eteamine the onal sires ia dhe central portion of the link. & Use the plate together — Bs with two i odes ia a _ Eee bodys Note thes ween the cable tension na oO | causes at 1200 fb-in Chockwise coupde to act h oe ake body. oye DIM, 0 “ (12 + 4)C Fig cos 30") + UO Fe sin 30) ~ 1240 ¥ O = -— 1208 _ Fre = 7 ieemao"=Tosinae® -* 135.50 fb, Avea of Bink AC? A= line Zim 0.125 in® i RDS Ks! we Stress in Bok ACL ier i + BE. pagProblem 1.9 39 Each of the four vertical dinks has an 8 < 36- mm uniform rectangular cross: section und each of the four pins has #14 mim dianvetet Determine the mesimaian agof the sterae nomad stesin the irks eoenacting a pits Bana Dy pins Use bar ABC aso Free body, R04N 0.085 fe —9.040 a AE Feo Fe EM, +0 (0,080) Fe, = (0,025 +0,010 (20K) = oO 6 Fon = 32.5 jo" N link BD js m tener ZM,= 0 ~ (0,040) Fig ~ (0.025 (20018) =O Fog = IRS RIG N Linle 28 oe ia Gompoe ste Net area of one Sink For tension = (0.008)(0,036 - 0.010) = 160 x10 wt For two parallel fins — Ang? S20 %f0"° n* Tensile stess in dink BD = Feo 2 32.5 lot _ - we Sap = Aen) BROKIO VOLS or 1OLE MPa sae Area for one Pink im compression = (9.008 (0.036) = 2BBx O° m* Far tu para Med takes A = S76 x10 m™ -~12.5 vfo* - Sig = Be FRESH Saigo vic® oe -2h7 MPa me PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 806 The MeGhawHi amr ne_AM sighs eee. Noa fh anus ety be lage eds src yf by ny ent, nto te pert pein a eal wc te mel seb ech and ers perme ty Mt a arial sn popr nyu 8 ase ngs ennui sca pers,Problem 1.10 110 Two hoczont) Skip forces are applied to pin B ofthe assarby shows, Kaowing tata pin of 28-m Gareter is used a vac connecion, etre the trex Yale ofthe average nial stress) i A (8) ok BC Use joint & as Tree body to Kips Fag Fee Fag \ 10 Kips Force triangle Law of Sines Fag _ le Sings? ~ Bin 6 Sin 2" Fig = 7.3205 kips Fae = 8.9658 kips. Link AB is a tension member Minimum section of pin Ane = CL 8- 0.80.5) = OS in* @ Stress in AG Gyq > FER = EOE to bse « Link BC is a compression member Cross sectimat area is Az (1820-5) = O19 in® (b) Stress in BO Gee = — = 29688 - 496k {PROPRIETARY MATERIAL ©2065 The McGrseH Corpo, ne Allchiermved, Nota Mama nay se dpliped,epoded rate either writen paca fe pds, o med beyond ts Roederer ed Citta pened ty Monnet idskonse chai Iymesee sid sti sal ye we Wet prion421 ‘he rigid bor EFC is supported by the russ system shown. Knowing that the Problem 1.11 member C7 is a soli cfrcular rod of 8.75-in. r determine tie normal stress in CG, dn Using portion EFGCB as a free body = HER =o 2 Fe - S600 = 0 Lae La tee Fae = 6000 Jb, fe 8 ¢ Using beam FFG as a Free booty be OM. =) #5. + ERY = © f SJe Sg Fes = Fae * €000 db. Cross secfional ame of menber CG wo = Ed = Elorsy = o.44i79 int Neves? stress in CG. Gi, = Bee 20. S28 18 680 pai Ae” ORATA 13.58 ko Er > Goya 7 S87 Total fength L Le Lviqepl + = 6.0074 z+ 6.0417 = 12,32 inProblem 4.17 1.17 A toad P is applied toa steel rod supported as shown by an sluminum plate into | whieh a Gé-iaiumete hole hes Pen ile. Knowing dt the shea tess Iie nr sce 16 al inthe ste od wt 1 hs nthe ain plat. stein poet the lgest oad that may be applied othe ved jo ee haan CT Far stee? A> mdb = W(o.silon — O1F4O in oe £ 2 Pe AT, © (0.740¥ 18) = 13.57 kips Fer atuninum A, = Wdt = wl16)o.as) = 1.256e in® teh 2 Pe At, = Wasco io) = 12.57 kips Lineing valve of P is the smadfervalye + P= 12.57 Kips Problem 1.18 1.t8 Two wooden plane eah 12m thick aod 225 nan wie, jincl by the dy mortise joint shows. Knowing tat the vod used shears off along its grain when the average shearing ares reaches 8 MPa, determine the maynitae P ofthe aa oad 1610 hich will eause the joint to fel, Siz augas must be sheavecl off when the joint Faifs. Bach of these areas hes dimensrons 16mm * (2 me, its avee being AaUGYIZ) © 192 mad = 192. #10 wae At Vosfore the Force F carnred by each of noes i Pe VA = (@x 142 10°) = Is3e N © 1536 kW Since theme ame siv fardure 2veas Pe 6F = @\L536) = 222kN Problem 1.19 1.19. The axial force in the colutan sopporting the timber beam shown is P=75 KN, Determine the smallest allowable lenenh {of the bearing plate if the bearing sires in the timber is net to exceed 3.0 MPa SOLUTION Bb. Sa * Ew delving fs ct ke Pon, WS Solving tee ef LS By FG ario®¥e.11ay 174.6 10% m L= 17a. om 4Problem 1.20 41.20. A 40-4N axial load is applied to short wooden post that is supported by a ‘concrete footing testing on undisturbed soil. Determine (a) tbe maximum bearing, stress on the concrete footing, (6) the size of the footing for which the average P= w0Ls Dearing stress in the sil is 145 kPa (2) Bearing stress om concrete Foot mq. Pe Yo kN ~ 4¥oxlo'N A = (oo)G2e)> igxiob mm = [R910 im o- Bw tet x W2xjo™ 7 F-38H 1D" Pa 3.33 MPa tt {bl Footing aren, P= Ho fo N Ge is k= YSHlO" Pa 4 - 2 - H. #oxioe® _ * Or KR Ae S > japeies O-27SBE ww Since the area iz square A= bY b= FA = fo.27886 = 0.525 m be S25 mm TS = a7 x10! Pa 3.97 MPa «e -2 LP Poy 4.50 x10" = pores wl te ae MOREE * Wimnaticoe7oy 7 20+" b= 2OR mm oo P 4.50% 16% ‘ ©) Ges st Sento® 28,810" Pz 20.8 MPa om at” Casio ene) . “ ‘ionic r ane eT Mr CanpH oA ceed Ngati Maly apd aged acne pone once Pee ces ere epee yr te nce See Remy MeGr Tt even epuon: Hite egihl oe na a1.24°The hyde eylnder CF, which paially contro te poston of rd DE, has been sched in heposton shown, Member Di in thik nds comecte ta the vertical rod by a # -in.-diameter bolt. Determine (a) the average shearing stress in the bolt, (5) he bearing stress at C in member BD. Problem 1.24 Use member BCD os a fee bady, and son yoke thet AB is a two force member: { Og of BOLE™ = 8.2% 400 exe 25° Ll Qin, en YOO sin 5° 18, 32" 8g 5a bes DIM, = (Geos 20° 8 Fg) - (Asin 20° ES Fae) = (7 cas 20° (400 ain 18°) ~ (7 sin Zo" (400 193 75°) = © 3.36678 Fag - 272%, 35 = 0 s Fag = 828-49 fh ZF, 20 ERR 4 Cy + Hoo eas 75% so Cet Geegaas.tm = 400 cos 757 = 78.34 $b. stZR=0 -BFe + Cy - 400 sin 15° =O cyt ase). 400 sin 75° > 1194. 65 Lb Ce Lor 4% = 972 bb AShearing stress in the bolt + Pz 197.2 #6 A= Far = E(2)* = o.ntogs in* ee fl) Seanng stress at C in member BCD = Pz In 2 Lh Ay dt = (AE) = 0.234875 in qe = = aie = EMO psi = SW kes8 APE) =o: Problem 1.25 Be c-Pzo From qeenctey, CE = {200% a iS 2h - Gro) = 23,0410 Pa 23.0 MPa. a oes vot at 7 emo anes) 7 UE «Oo Pe 241 MPa =a c l2o0 ‘ © BEE EMO Emery 7 FIT 1o’ Pa ZL TMP el 1.25 A b-mm-diatieter pin is used at connection Cof the pedal shown, Knowing that P = 500 N, dotermine (a) tne average sheuring stress ia the pin, (0) te nominal bearing stress in the pedal at Cc) the moninal bearing sess in ach support bracket ac, Dea tyee badly Fe ak Singvaw of AED. Since ACD ten 3- Farce member, the veartion at is Divected tovard god E, the intevreetion oF the Pines of action of the oth two Pores s. B25 mom C= @OP = (26\(s00) < 1300N From qrometey, th B pO: @) Ton = FE + HBC-Pso Cr2eP a fe . (BOR. Ep Ww C4Ox foe? 3S tat ce (590° + 1aS* = 325 ma 1.26 Knowing that a force # of rsagnitude 750-N i applied to the pedal shown, {otermine (a the diauneter of the pina (for which the average shearing stress in the pin Is 40 MPa, (8) the corresponding bearing stress in the ped! at C (@) the corresponding Leary sires in the esch suppost bracket at C2 Draw Tree becky Fao diagram of ACD. ee Since ACD is a B-Farre member, the reaction af © c tg divected toward print E, the intersect ion of the Lines oP action of the ether tuo fuvces. (Z6XRSo}= 1950 N = SSP HIS mm ESP maa ae BE, 710% Fe 38.7M Pa al = as.orlot Pa 23.0 MPa E(o.8)* = 0.5026 in® F mae F 8.42 8.92 ksi « () Bearing stress at Coin member BC Ge e Az ta = (080877 0.4 in® OF 4jes8 = 22.4 AR ks; me ©) Bearing stress at B in member BC > Be Az2td =210.5\(0.8) = 0.8 in® 6 = 23688 = tar \L@l ksi = TROPLETARY MALKAUAL, 02005 The McGaw Hil Comgonis Ie. Ad igi etc. Re pn he nul my bo haya pct ‘sath in an fri ry ay meas, who he were paatasunt be poser ce sec paidiie emule eke ne cates puny Meal ftir ids ora cpr, Igo ate sa tong te heal yous wag mabe129 Two wooden member of nfo rectangular cos secon ae ole by the Problem 1.29 simple glued scarf splice shown. Knowing that P= 1 kN, determine the normal and shearing stresses in the glued splice. 6 = w= 45% = 4st Pr kN = Huon Bre * (SOMISY = HASH 1O mae © IBS LOT an ge = Peoste , _ (iy 410% Jeon" ust > Fese Teas 1O* = 48qyi0* Pe = 494 LPA al ge Reinke (IlvtotYsin to*) ZR (Xihasme*) = Bano Pa Ue 487 KPA mat Problem 1.30 1.30 Two woaden members of usform rectangular cross section ae joined by the simple glued sear splice shown. Knowing that the mexirsum sllewsle shearing siress in the glued splice is 620 kPa, determine (o) the largest load P that eau be sadely applied, (8) the corresponding tensile stress inthe splice. @ = 9°45" = 45° Ag = (8OX7S) © MRS HID mae > NBS HI0" wt T= GROkPa = 62010" Pa ee ey P= = 13.9520 ae! - 2 UBAsxt0* Yleos 45°" ® & A (2st * = GRO x Jot Pe 620 kPa aaa)Problem 1.31 131 The 1.4 kip load P ix supported by nwo wooden members of tmitorm eross seetion that are joined bythe siziple glued scarf splice shawa. Determine the novtnal and slewing stresses in the glued splice. Pe hoo & 8 = 7" -60° = 30° Aor 65.0002,.03 = 16 int G = Beost@ _ (1400 (cos aot)* Aj Is Jo.opei rv Esingo. ioo sing RAG AE: To HO4 psi mw Problem 1.32 1.32 Two wooden members af uniform cross section are joined by the simple scar? splice shown. Knowing thatthe maximum aliowabieteasile sess inthe gived splice is 75 psi, determine (2) the largest loud! P that can be safely supported, (8) the vorresponding stess in th splice. A. = (8.0Ms.0%= iS in @ = 9° -Ge° = 30° = Pesto . Re i Ps She _ Lens cos’ 6 cus? 30° = 1500 I P= 1.500 Kops —e 28 _ (1800) sin ho® yt Bae @Xisy T=HuZ.Z pei —to PROPRIETARY MATRAGAL. ©9006 THe MeCesoACanpuni, Ie, 1 Ae sre. No pt of hit Kana me bred fon oy ny nen, wall eit re praia Pusan cr wee beget ance eect es ‘tucson gence by Neto er etna couse Hyon star sng Hs Mal Yo ashing ethane,1.33 A stel pipe of 300 1am outer diameter is Sbrcated oma 6-mum-thick plate by Problem 1.33 “Sting son etel tht or an ani of 2 wh» pre pyaar axis of the pipe. Knowing thet 250-4 axial force is applied tothe pipe, determine the nomal and sheating streses in dreeions respectively normal and tangential to the weld do = 0.300 m fs = tae = DITO m 2 Ve-t = 0.150-0.006 = 0.144 m A= TU 1x7) = 7 (0.1S0* - ©. 1447) = 5.54 xo"! m* Oo = 25° =f tg. 7 2S0x{o* tos" 25° Cm aye = gy vio =-37.1 e1O* © =~ 37.) MPa we ae B 5p = 250 *J07 sin SO” Re QMS S4 K107) 217.28 «10% Us 17.23 MPa Bosed on \S1= 50 Mf: = F cos*8 Based on }Z1= 30 MPa r= sm zo Smaller value is the (6)(6) = 36 in® Tne? 2S est Ox 45° i pave P Liaw BY The = et oh IPL= BAG Une = QUBCMRS) = 180 Kips < ) sin2@=} 20= 90° @ 245° —_ Ze . aie - . &) he heey ees -£ -182 Ls: AD Syig = B= TABS + os ~_ PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2096 The MCins-Alil Congasis, lac All eghsunaeed. Noo of hie Mas! maybe pie artucee ahi many foe aby yes RE he pr een penises fe pbb owes Ley yu de nto teers deco peated ty Mca HU fn msg souseran yome oan mg ny Saal yom eng hoepewaone2.37 Link Ai1is to be made of a steel for which the ultimate normal stress is 450 Problem 1.37 f s MPa. Determine te ross-actionl aren for 48 fr which the factor of safety will e350, Asie tat the ink will be adequetey reinforced anne the pins at 4 and zB iNew CTTTTTi Tt e : i a Prcavere 7.6 aN Fag Oke 4D ZMy =o 4 t avs Che 9H TOE (0.8 Fag sin 85°) + (0.2)18.8) 410.4 (20) 2 O Fra 21619 = 21619010" N A. = CES Fie - 259K 21 619410") 8 Son Hao» 10° = BL 10S Agee 168-1 muh att PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2066 The MeGrew-Hl Corps ne. Alig rtrd. No pac fhe Mama wy pe eed 2 iuoned ia ny fos ay meu dt ies ween arsine passe. ted beyond he eed ston ech od hac pe by Berl fr enn coma pep yous tue ing Qh Mosel yr ee sig nih pomProblem 1.38 1.38 The berizomal ick BCs $n. thick asa width w= 1.28, andis made of See with 65-8 lta tema ia tension Wha isthe factor ofsaey fone structure shown is designed to supp? load of P10 kgs ° evr osm y (lA cos B60") Fag (18 sin 30" to) + © Fac = 8.6603 kipe Reco GLAS) © 0.3185 in? Sa Sue = s - ~ (0.325 }S) _ RS = B.060R = 2.38 Problem 1.39 1.39 ‘The horizontal fink BC is tin. thick ad is miade of a sce wih a 65-ksi Ultimate strength in tension, What should be the width w ofthe link if he structure shown isto be designed to support nad = 8 kips witha factor of sty equal to a 3 4DEM so (12 co $0") Fy UF en B0" Vad = © Fen = 6.9282 kips Fae Fre * Su Re” Ee Fes S) Fre, (\(6.9282) GES 1.279 in, al PROPRIETARY MATEIUAL, ©2006 The Moist Compaes mera esetved Nolen Ns Maral my eu epodaced elt in any an yay etn, te ee wen fcc of eyes ton bgend ete thee ea otestra pied by MeGanHl oradoion sous pepeon Myon toate nay te ol yore sag eearco roche,Problem 1.40 1.40 A see! oop ABCD of length 1.2 1 and of 10m diameters placed as show around 24-m-diameter shuminum rod AC. Cables BR and DP each of 12-mm diameter, are used to apply the foad Q. Knowing duat the ultimate strength of the stel used forte Joop and the cables i 40 MPa, detec de largest oa @Q Ua ane applied if an overall factor of safety of 3 dese bang jot B asafeee bly @ and eontidensing, symmetry Ed 22a -~ Q=0 Fie. Fas OQ: $fia and! consid ering symmetry" G@— Fie Using joint A as a Pree bodly < 2: Fie - Fy = 0 Fe ££Q-Fe-O . Qe $F. Based on strength oP cable BE Que GA= GB EA* = (goxiot) F (0.012) = 54.2¢K10% N Based on strength of sheet Poop Q,° £Fay 2 $GA> $5, 52" = £C4sox10*) F(e.10y* = us.24xjo* Nn Based on strength of rod AC QrFh S04 = #6, Ea* = 9 (asoxiot) F(o.02¥)* = 88.22«/0? M Actuc? ultimate doud Qy is the smadfest -. Qy= 45. 24x10" N s a BUov bbe oad Q= 2 = HS Bite = 18.08 ¥j0 WN) = 18.08 kN me (MOPRULTARY MATERIAL. 0216 Te Gn Cone, ee No a! Yom gc peep {lohan np tray ny aan, hoa tei ren periin c€ plnofae yer chee de nian nacre ‘hiator pecied by Maw Hl fi ar nia cous reps, Hn nese ings Meme you ego persion.Problem 1.41 1.6L Members Ad ad 2C of the uss shown are made ofthe same alloy. Tes known that a 20-mnvesquare bar ofthe sarne allay was tested to fare and that an O75 m+} uitimace load of 120 KN wus recorded. if'a factor of safety of 3.2 is to be achicwed fr for bt brs, determine the eau ern sectomal ano u) bar fh bare, TONS | ae Le | f Length oF member AB : ee ty is Dna = {RIES SAE F O.8Em L 2 Use entve truss as a tree bady AY DEM =o LB Ay -(0.15 (28) =0 AyzISKN es +fZFy = 0 Ay- 2820 Ay 28 kee Use joint A as Free body 2gkw a, Ar SER=0 She-Ayz0 ov } Fe Fra = SAQUS) 2 17 aN Fre stEA eo Ay Fre > St ha =o Fre = 28 - fac) = 40 kN For the test bar = A= (0.020) = 4coxfo® m* B, = oxte® N For the matevind G+ Ee 2 120 2 son yiof pa, (a) For member ABO ORS. = & = Sihse Faw Ay? (eg lin = S222 x10) 23) 23 01 nt GO ¥IQe Ang = 1913 me et (2) For mone AC fs, = fe = Gide he he 2 CFS) Fic _ (3.2) (20 wih) on Fae © RIS-B3 10 Buch 218 ram eat PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 hcGray il Compile caer, Mopar hs Meal nyt pierced tae pene wre oe bat a esdbeycag eu econ estes and iil cou omen. Hyon aca sade sgh ena Yn te ng don po,Problem 1.42 1.42 Members AB and BC of te truss shown are made of the same alloy. It is known that a 20-mmesquare bar of Une same alloy was tested to failure and that an ullisate load of 120 KN was recorded. If bar Ai has a cross-sectional area of 225 jtermine (2) the factor af safer for bar 4B, (B) the eruss-seutional areu uf bar nur’ AC-AP1U18 to have the same factor of safety es bar AB. Length o) member AB Sha 2 fOaS*2 O4* = 0.85 im Use enhre truss as a free beady Ax f Ar DEMe=O HAY = GISaad= 6 Ae 1S EN SER =O Ay-28=0 Ay = 28 uN . Zekn Use joist A as Free body a, far AZ FeO BB re Ay = 0 or" = (OBDCS) ff Fee Fig = GAGS) = 17 kW Fhe MZE,= 0 For 28- Brn = 20kN For the test bae A= (0.020) = 4oox/o mm! = R= IROMIOT NN ‘ 7 20 xjo% < For the material gy = Howe’ - soomot ta = BL She, (300m10* \(238»15*) (a) Fev bar AB Fs.= Ge = a ue a FS.= 3.497 te) For bar AC rs. = ft = Goby ES.. Fic 2 (3.97)(20 ¥108) oe aye = es = (3 2 264.7 Bre o 300 x/0® AT x1O"” ma Age 265 mont ont PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 The McGaw. Canpaies. le. All as een. Noam afte Muncy te played rpc dasa Cn by a nats, ia eo ete jen ef epee we beyond aot se ad ‘ists pemaady Mette sista prepa, Ie ares ve! ois Mawel ax ease bel seProblem 1.43 x Problem 1.44 _— ions, PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2636 Foe Mit Co Sande nny fa: by ny reas, mt pew ‘eso pei by ElctrHI fe he nda pepo Wes — 1.43 ‘Three steel boits are to be used to attach the steel plate shown to a wooden beam. Knowing thatthe plate will support a 110 KN lo ha the ultimate shearing stress forthe sel used is 360 MPa, and thet a factor of selety af 3.35 is desired determine the reouited diameter ofthe holt. Fer each bolt P= U2 ~ ge.ce7 kv Requived Py = CHSIP = (2.85 86.667) © 122.83 kV -& BL up OR” Fatt * Ta® ga fabs - (AMR) gg igs, Tae W( 360 ¥ 10FY A=20.8 om et w 144 Ttuee 18-min-tiameter steel bolts are tae used to attack the tcc plate shown fo wwonden beam, Knowing that che plate will support « 130kN Joad and that the lultimete shearing stress or the steel wsed is 360 MPa determine the factor of safety fir this desiga, Far each belt A= Bdb = Elia + 254.47 ant = 254.47 w1OS mo? Po = AT, = (254.47 10 V6 360 « 10°) = 1.609107 N For the theee bolic Py = (3 (4/.609% 10°) = AT482 ¥1o® N Factor oP cafedy Ess 27 Te ste ei fe. AM gic irr Ne pr. is Mama ray beeppe apes er pvicen oft pushes, rand terns Hed dimensions oe ‘sth ting ae Mal ea Sig id ponProblem 1.45 TAS ‘two plates, each { in. thick, are used to splice a plastic sirip as shown, Knowing thatthe ultinste shearing stress ofthe bonding hetween the surftces i 130 si, determine the factor of safety with respect 0 shear oben P— 325 B. eM ee F 2.15 in vt Fay Bord area: (See Piyure) A= S@.asv0.25) +( 2250.25) = 2.25 in* P= ZAM = AAAS)" 53S fb. ~R. BS . ES = op = aus blem 4. 1.46. Two wooden members of 3.5 * 5.5-in uniform rectangular eross section are Pra 46 Joined by the simple glued scar? splice shown, Knowing that the maximum allowable shearing stress n the glued splice is 75 psi, determin the largest axial oad that can be safely uppliad. Rot (3.5 USS) = 19.28 in @= F°~ 20" = 7o" re £ snore = Ke sin 20 ~ ZAK . (lines 7s) _ = ps Se tae = 4492 db HUG icp ~ PROPRIETARY MATPREAT, 6206 the MeCina HM Capone he Aig meen. Nop eshie Miva ny be cele rao ted ny fo ec yy ens, the rir writen psc ee pit oe wetness a ‘ser pemied by MG l forelegs If you clon sng hs mt yale wing ot penLA7 A loud P ig supported as shown by a stet pin that has been jrserted in a short imate strength of lke Wood used Probiem 1.47 wooden member hanging irom the eeiling. js 60 MPa in tension and 7.5 MPa in shear, while the ultimate strength of the steel is 145 MP in shear, Knowing that b= 40 eu, ¢ = 55 nom, and d= 12 mm, determine te load Pf an overall factor of sufety of 3.2 is desired. Baseci on aouble shear & pin Py = RAT = 2¥d*z, = Fayoorytisi0) = azoxy Based on tension in wood Bor AS = wlb-dIG, = (0,090)(0. 042 - 0.012)(60x 108) 67.2 10° N Based on double shear in the wood Por ZAT, = 2wet, = (2)(0.040)(6. 055 (7.510%) = 39,0 «107 N Py = 32.8 x10? N AMowshée Pr fe e -34.8.x10° F 10.2510" N 10.25 kN _ se smadbest PROPRIETARY MATHRIAL, ©2106 The MiCiaetTil Campari. ee_ Aly ered, Moga af his Mam ma be dilaet, spades “Sheyon iin fbn casc end n ny fn aby ay hte ice we seo the pu hee pert! by Mts sie ee newdata prguiey Fyou ee tang are you a ng Mt pen748 For dw support of Prob. 1.47, knowing that the diameter of the pin is d= 16 ‘mum and that the magnitude of the load is P = 20 KN, determine (a) the factor of safety forthe pin, (5) the required values of & and ¢ ifthe factor of safety forthe ‘wooden members isthe same as thal fourd in part a forthe pin. 2.47 A Joad P is supported ay shown by asteel pin that hus teen inserted in a short vooden member hanging fom the ceiting. The ultimate strength of the wood wsed is 60 MPa in tension and 7.5 MPa in shear, while the ultimate strength ofthe ste! is 143 MPa in shear. Knosving that 6 40 mm, ¢= 55 sun, and d= 12 som, determine che load B if en overall factor of safety of 3.2 is desired. Ps zokN = Zo¥lION | od Pint As Fat = F (0.916) = 201.06 x10 m Double shea U2 Kae PR Problem 1.48 ZA = (ARON xIS* IS */08) = 58.3860" N Po. 58.336 «j0° _ Fs, pt Zones 7 292 ~ Bee Wet S 3.47 Actual Tactan oP safety is He smabfer value FS.23.47 — PROPRIETARY MATERIA. 3005 The MeSH Compl, Ine All sph flere Nepal hit Mim ay bedeyed ead ebay ny fr ey au aay nla ae por ri pee she a wad ts ened Selon ee coer: perches by Meee. Hi ore dul eure pegrae. Iya Sudo am i Momo 8g # ith paresisProblem 1.51 1S Link 4Cismadeof «stool with a 6Sksi timate nonrl sires and has uniform rectangular ers section. Is comected toa support at A and to smniber BCD at C by fiatiamelc pin, while memes CDi connected tos support at J'by a 75 -in.-diameter pin, ali ofthe pins are made of a sce] witha 25-si Ultimate shearing stress and are in single shear. Knowing tbat 2 factor of safety of 3.25 is desired, deteratine the largest load P that ean be applied st 2, Note that link 4C is opt reinforced around the pin holes Use Tree body BCD. ADMp =O: (EGER) - 10 P =O & Prods FE. Ww a Br BR. = © % Fez LasP = -6B,-4P= 0 ie Bo EPH B= {are a = fiast+Gy P = arc P P= 0.70583 B Shear in pins at A and CL a 2 ae . Fret T Ape 7 = ta - Zane) = O.BbIST hips Tension on net section ‘at A aml C. Fos Aut = BeAn EVER) © O.6as kip Smatter yebor PF Fy is 0.625 kips . From C1) P= (0.48) (0.625) = O.200kips Shear in pin at . = Ags = Edt > (ZENE E) > 0.58999 kp From (3 P= (0.7088BX0. 58994) > 0.416 kips Mow abbe valve of P is the smatler valve. Pe 0.300 kips oe P= 300 fh = TROMRIEFARY MATERIAL. ©2006 Ths MeGiaw-hl Connie Alghero at hs Miva mare eyed sepa [orden any Comma: by nj means, wow pr itn ermimion af he pblabe, or re ened el Seige a ‘atari Pace Hl oe nna omiceyacract Wynter wing Smt Youse wow ate peesProblem 1.52 1.52 Solve Prob. 151, assuming thal the structure basen redesigned w use i= dfametor pins ald and Cay wel esa Ban hat no other change has been mae. 1.51 Link AC iste ofa tel witha 65-5 timate normal srs und as w $ % Zin, uniform rectangular cross section. It is connected fo a support at and 4 eaber BCD at C by’ -ininmeter pins, hile member ACD is eonrestd 1 its support at Bhya in diameter pin; al] of the pins are made ofa steel witha 2$-ksi akimate shearing stress ad are in singe shear. Knowing that a factor of salty of 3.28 is desired, determine the largest load P thst may be applied at D. Nowe tat link AC isnot reinforved ground the pin holes. Use Free badly BED Ee 4D EMg = 0: @BE.)- io P= oO Pe ode Re a“ e By P 4HfZFjs0: B-ErL eo B= £Fae = ISP Om + -@8, -#¥P=0 Py=- SP oe By §P Bes Bt = fias + Gy Pe 1uigere P=0.70583 B @) Shear in pins at A and C. Fos Ayn = GE Fat (FRAG VEY = 0.88999 hips Tension on pet sechion od Mand c, ne Cag = Bat = SE VGME-E) = 9.9375 keps Swetlee valve of Fre is 0.58999 kips Fen 07 P= (.49)(0.58799) = 0.283 kips Shear in pin at B, Be Ager = ga = Poata cal = O.S824F hips From (a) P= (o.70588lo.S8999) > O41 kips AbPewehte valve of P ix the Smaller vale. Pr 0.283 kips Po 23h ZHOYRVTARY HATFRIA 208 MeNecnw HikCmpni In Aes aed Nope o Mana mayb cp cha diated in ars foo yay menus, witout Be pu wen peso pit, wetweho md eb ears ‘corms gemind bp McCaslin pepsin Uy ates hdel wigs Maral use see whoa pemion[ Problem 1.53 1.83. In the stucture shown, an S-mm-diameter pin is used at A, and 12anm- diameter pins are used at Band D. Knowing thatthe ultima searing stress 100, MPustall connections aa tat the ulimate normal stress is250 MPa iu zach of the wo Finks joining # and 12, determine the allowable load Pit an overall facie of salety of 3 is desized, Stobies + Use ABC as free body. A & ce }F E oar Pp . & Feo ve, Mas 0.20 FO PO tam ol Peer Front ime Side view ZMa= 0 0.20 Fep~O.28P =O > I Based on double shear in pin A Stes Fao A=Gd® = F(o.008)* = 50.266 «1S im" Fy SBA, (lige x108)($0.266¥/0") 2 3.3siwiot N 3.0 P= BR = 3.72 40° N Based on dovble shear in pins at Band D Az Bd = Elo.oap = 113.10 x0" * m* Foo = AGA = RMWo HO DNB MoHle§) 2 7.54 ig? mm 3.0 3.97 x10* N P= He Based on compression in dinks BD For one Bink A= (0.020 (0,008) = 16Ox/O° m™ Foo = 282% 2 AV aso x08 igo nes) (ase niet Weows®) - 26.7 108 w FS. Pot GF = tot x tot N AWowabbe value of P is smabfest + Pe 3.72 »10°N 3.72 KN ~~1.54 Inan alicrnative design forthe suuctite of Prob. 1.53,a pin of 1o-nm-diometer Problem 1.54 is tw be used at A, Assuming that all other specifications remain unchanged, determine the alfowable Toad P if an ovcrall factor of safety of 3.0 is desited, 1LS% Ts the eiucture shown, 20 Qanmadiameter pin ig used at 4, and {emnie diameter pins are used at B end D. Knowing thatthe lGinate shearing stress 100 ‘MPaat all connections and that *he ultimate normal stessis 250 MPa in each ofthe too links joining, B and 12, determine the allowable foad ti an overall fretor of Tepuow Solty of 3.0 desined i fr 200 of -IS9: foe Statics} Use ABC as free body. 4 48 é 7 e Yon Bon | sem Die} D 2Me =o 0.20 Fy- O18 Peo O AG ; “eh 5 wo [-. nn am —£] Side view ! 20 —— gl 2) repnee e Fee Tension on net section of Sak BD 7 . Fao? CA at = BE Aut + MOREE (er57 a-aNlio™ F 4go x[o* N “Shear im pint od Band D. Fit Tape tat =(MSOMO YE Yanict)* = sess oid N SmaMer velve PF Fan is 80x10 Ny Fron (1) P=(Fll4. 80" 0 ) = 20EKIO Shean im pin ad C C= 20 bp, = 2 Ee Bat = (PVE Gu Ys 2az7d IoD From (2) Ps Bilaez7eo )= 21g HN Swebler value & Ps the aMowable value. Pr 2.06x10° M P=206kN THE = PSHE = Goxjo Pa 60.0 MPa. ait syolns 368 bis lL . \ Problem 1.60 1.60 Keovwing hat ink DE‘ in. wide and’ i, hich deere the cri sts jn the ental potion f that ink when (a3 C0, (0) O= WP tan t ae tein = Use menber CEF as a fret body A oe HIM, = 0 = 1% Fag - GY68 sin8) - ((0)(62 er) = © Foe = -40sin® ~ S050 Jb Ase? WG) > 0. 18S in® = Fe oe = Soe= Ree Cc. Foe @) 8-0: Fre = -80 tb, 7 a0. L : Ste > Sige 7 — 640 pos = r otk is jim, determine (a) the average shearing sess inthe 4 ho. B Use ene Fork os a free becky sh > By wDZMe = oF 2B = (20.500) = 0 «diameter pin ut B (>) the bearing cress at & in mnemnhor Deine al GE = 1250 Pb LER =o +, E+B =O By-E B= i250 he +t hy = 1900 &b B- {67+ By = fizso*4 IS00* = 1452.56 tb. @) Shearing stress in pin ad BL ES ls00 fi - Ison = © Aye = Pe o.19e25 int = = FO nO pay 9.14 ksi eh (ey Bearing steess ot BL 1992...S¢ 3 x pra aya = EAS HIS psi G25 kesh at aXe PROPUETARY MATERIAL 292006 The Me or iit wy te orb cis wie ‘trator pened by Neha ele ad iM Copan, Inc ABighs evel Mngo of hs Mana ay topless ie pen en hp he, bxy nde avec dtabouents le oe ae prejetiion i youare saad vee he Manel oasis wons entre ee4.64 Deteruine the largest load P thal can be apmlied at when = 60°, knowing Problem 1.64 ‘hat the averaye shearing stress in the 10-mm-dianeser pin at 8 must nat exceed 120 MPa and chat tie average bearing stress in meraber 42a inthe bracket a 8 must rot exsood 96 MPa Geometry! Trrarade ABC is an isoscfes twiangde with angdes shown here e eS joint A as Free bo. Use joint A as Free body haw of sines applied t r > Force twanade 20° Fee pL Fm, Fie | Fe Force dinGo" ~ “Sin aoe Sin Bo" oN triangle Fp pe Fm tinlt 0.57736 Fig ne Fasm 20" Pe Rete 7 Fae TF shearing stress in pin at Bis evi tied Ay = Fats Floorol = 78.5406 m* Fig 2A = (RU78.S4x/0% HjQOwIO") = 18.85% 10" N IF bearing stress in member AG at bracket at A is cn'treaf Az tel = (0.016 )(0,010) = 166 10 Fin = ALG = Cicoxr0™ X90 w10%) = 14.490 x10" N IF bearing Stress in the bracket at B is crvticns Ay: 2td = @)e.oro.o1e) = 240x410" m* Fas = AG, =. (240 Wid") 40 Kio") = 21exlo* N Mfbowshte Fag is the smatfest, ne. i440 xn M Then, Brom Statics — Puzis * (0,57788 ih4ox Io”) = 8.3108 N B3I2N meProblem 1.65 1.65 ‘The 2000-Ib iyad may be moved along the beam BD to any position between stops at A and F. Keowing that ay, ~ 6 ksi for the steel used in rods 4M? and CD, dozerminne where the stops should be placed if'che permitted motion ofthe loa is 10 fe be as large as possible. 7 Fin Permitted menber farcest AB: (Figg = Ca Ave = (GME MEY H17810 ketps CDE (Fale * Cw A= GENS) = 184078 kips Use menher BEFD as a free body. P= R000 bh = 2000 kips +DZMy = 0 ~ Gola + Go-te)P = Oo Go- wy = HO Fae. fee = 25,393 ~s wDEM, = 0 Go R,- ~P =a Yes 2 Feo, (60). 84078) P 2.000 Wp? SSR in, ROFRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2€06 The ictinw Hil Compan, ne AB his ined, No profes Knwaley de pyc, rpeduced 2 i a yf oy anya, owt por wien pennies phew weal heyot Be lade lee nen eee ok educa pe ty Mew or Boe sane apn ify ance snk igs dao nee ae hcProblem 1.66 1.66 Two wooden members of 75 ~ 125-mm uniform rectangular cross section are ined by Ue simple glued joint shown, Knowing that P = 3.6 KN and that the ate strength ofthe gic is 1.1 MPa in tension and J.4 MPa in shear determine factor of safety. Go" Es" = as” @- Fr Gk = BGHIN Ae (rsa = 9,875 tS m= F878 x1 Pes’ _ (3.6r10*)(cos ast) Bo 9.815 «10 * Tension om qhee aren, = BIS AIS #10" Pa, BS gigi 7 39 sega name ts Bf gets = 147 081 «jot Pa Bs. = a = Aga, 252 The gmabler Preter of sePedy gqeverns RS. = 3.49 —_ PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, 22006 he Miiw-Hil opie le, Allsight eer Ro patie Mana may be lad rods ‘dnd any er yan te he seer ian pelson af fain te bend eres ten oa ‘hoor pemised by Meme resol cue prepara ares snort ae ik Mona, youre ase witout ven.( — Problern 1.67 1.67 Each of the (wo vertical links CF eoanecting the two horizontal memibers 4D and FG ss @ 10 x 49-mun uniform rectangular crass section and is made ot a stee! ‘with an ultimate strength ia tension of $00 MPa, while each of tke pinsat Cand F basa 20-mm diameter ind is made of a stee! with an ultimate strength in shew of 150 Mra. Deteraine the overal iator of safety for the links CF und the pins connecting ‘them the horizontal members, Use member EFG as Free body, Fe Fer 7 = J 0.40 fe 0.28: DIM, =0 0.40 Fy -(0.65)(a4vio') = 0 F > 39x10° N kN Bek Based on tensian in Pinks CF A= (b-A)E = (0.040 - 0.02)(0.010) = 200 x16 m* Cone Hak ) Fy =26, A= €2{yo0 x10" )(200 *t8"*) = 160.0 x)0° N Barer on davisde shear in pins As Fd* = Tiocozo)* = 34g «iOS m Fy = 20, A = QyisoxiotVar4.le 10%) = 94.248 x10" N Artod Fy is Smabler value, ie Fy = 94.248 «10° N 4 Factor of safety ess : te§ 20 = 242 ~ THOPRIFTARY MATERIAL, ©2006 7c Methyl Compares, ie. Aegis soe, Na pt ofthis Migkl may be bike, pds aed any aa ay as, wit ier ete min 8 blake, ee seb tio med awaton cet saes earns piety Meu il the ee ees peptone cng he Seta ou ns wet san enProblem 1.68 1.68. force P is applied as shown toa stee]veinforeing bar thul hus been embedded ina block of concrete, Deteerine the smallest length Zfor which the full allowable ‘pormal stress in the bar cau be developed. Express the result in terms ofthe diameter of the bar. the allowable normal stress 2, in the steel, andthe evenuge allowable bond stress 5, hetwoen the concrete andthe cylindrical surface ofthe bar. (Neglect te nocunal stresses between the concrete and the enn of the bur) Foe shear, Az dl Tia A Tae Td As Fas 6alE a) tatdl + Cua Fa P Fir tension, EA Po Equeting Solving for b Lew Cue d/o re Problem 1.69 1.69 Lie sv0 portions of member 48 are glued wether along plane forming angie vith the horizontal, Knowing thet the ultimate sues for Ue ued join is 25 Kolin tension and 1.3 slim sear, dotermine a} the valve of @ for ich the factor of atty ofthe members maximum, (O)the comesponing vale of the factor ‘of safety. (Hint: Equate the expressions obtained for the factors of safety with respect o normal sess and shear) A= At the optimum angle (2025) = 250 in® (FS)e 2S )e PP Normal stress? Gz Pest + Pag AS 1.25 . Bur. SAo (RSle= BY? Salty Shearing ves: t= Esnousre - Re = (h.s\p> Bas = ‘ SiAe . TAs Byocting: BARS = Proce? Sobing? $88 = tne = + ZF = asz0 ty 8 = Sihe «MEENA SO aay bape cos? 82.6. s fee ~< Ess feProblem 1.70 1.70 ‘The tw portions of member AB ae glued together along a plane foming an Ingle O-sith te horizon, Knowing that te umate stress for the led joins 23 kl in Yension and 13 ksi in shear dcterine the range of values of for which the factor of sary ofthe members i atleast 3.2. Boz (2.0)1.25) = 2.52 iat P= 2.4 kps PB =(AS)P = Based on teusife stress Sys cate cos! = "SA. (AAS _ 5 sen08 72 c5os@ = 0.98169 grins OF 213° Based on shearing shee Ty = BE sins = B sin do sin 20 = ao ATs . U2. Senay 3) 2 0.90278 20° ca 5a" erene 8 = 32.3" Henca QLVS°s OF 32.3 The smaller of FSN and FSS. (CONTINUED)PROBLEM LCS CONTINUED BIGU = 1.26 MRA mains = 1150 Mea ALPHA STG (MPa) TAQ (MPa) FSH Pas FS. 5 007 .085 168.6ad «17, 689 10 to29 fie? a2i73g alata 1s S065, iaga 19.237 8.136 20 cia Ta uloie 4.773 2 5 [ys 717154005 30 sea 242300 5115841543 35 ts22 r459 03281731765 40 1404 4810321193136 5 Tag3 Tasy 21877 alone 50 i374 [asi 21196 3k 55 1656 45511920 3.265 60 1733 M2300 271g 3843 65 1803 1375 Mis69 ove 20 1363 Bid 14941773 75 lei aid 1381 61436 89 loa de? 1328 08971 2s i970 085 1128817 659 Propien 1.31 an 5 in be gin B= Lavi ap Siwy = 130) ps TAD = 21 pal ALOHA SIG (psi) SAU (psi) PSN F8s Fs 5 70S B.19a 2ul.s7d 26.408 26.408 10 zelda 15.961 53/238 13.408 191408 Ls @l2s2 23.333 231332 S11va 9198 20 30.518 29.997 131739 7lag4 | TLtna 25 © 16.670 «35.709 BL 99B |S lgbe Slane 30 -25.433a41S 61429 $1295 S1285 35 30,706 = a3.a52alaBS 41880 a uo 40 381563 aSlosa $1656 3.490 45 46.667 as.e6y 3. 4.586 9 3.zie ~ le) 50 54.770 aS.95B 2 ase 2119 59 62.628 aglese 4.860 21395 80 70'000 delaiy 2 5.295 Dias @ (b) 6 76.663 35.7491 sisae ly) 79 82143-29997 visa Llezo 75 71082-23333 Aes grat 39g ao 90.518 45861 Leys 13.aoe 11887 95 8262¢ 8.209 Lely = 261408 119 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 2005 Tho RGhau Hl Campane, AMlriahe waericd. Nop of i Maral aye day regetee? ‘rosie. Soon means, at tae writen pein of helene was gerne Wm abo oacal ‘haan permite by Mec Hl rhe weal mise pepe, IF yous! wing tk Maal. youse yw he FenChapter 2Problem 2.1 2A steel vod that is 5.5 long scretehes 0.04 im, when a 2-kip tense load is applied tn it. Knowing that Z* 29 * 16° psi, determine (a) the smallest ciaracter rod. that should be used, ¢) the corresponding normal stress caused by the Jad, Pe GH N, 8 = Hao Le SS FE= Goin, $30.04 m., P= 2uc0 te. Be fe ~ BL, (hove yieed . A Y60.04) - O13 793 in @ a-/2- [Sees = 0.381 in = . PB. ave . we AUR 17576 psi 17.56 ksi mat Problem 2.2 2.2 AGid-mong sei wite is subjected to GN toni foee. Knowing hat E= 200 GPa and that the length of the rod increases by 48 mm, determine (a) ihe smallest PL (6x1 ¥au) < a ES ~ Qod%iO*\(4e-10 37S x10 7 5 Fat de fB [OGRE — Gavi Alam diamerer that may be Selected for the wire, (B) the eoxresponding normal st PL Sm, Ee R00x10" Pa S* aE Seg th + OS in, Bi ker = Bato ps o Ack Problem 2.4 E= 73 (0" Pa $2 280.28 - 250.00 = ES (a) O= bes = = @ A=F 2B, GH go xyot &) = 5 Tempere ~ (60x10 Pa 10,0 MPa, ae Problem 2.3 2.3. A conto] zod made of yellow brass taust not stretch mare than in, when the eke a> ff RBH) ~ ona in, ~ ps AES MES Los 280 my 7 RTO%IT* Se Woot Ob) FS * Ge gizenigs 7 EIR ~ tension in the wire is 800 Ib. Knowing that £ = 15 « i¢* psi and tat the maxon allowable nozmal stess ig 3? ksi, determine (a) the smallest diameter thot can setected forthe ra, (A) the corresponding maximum length of the tod. Roo z BRK IOS RE «1S? ea REIT * Wis 1o* Yon 24 Too gage marks are plaved exactly 250 mm apart on a 12-mn-diameter ‘aluminum rod with E= 73 GPa and an ultimate strength of 140 MPs. Knowing that ‘the distance between the goge marks is 250.28 mam afiera load is applied, desermine (9) the stress in the rod, (3) the feetorof safety. 0.22 mm = ORE KIO 73 ¥Ip* aga io* SO ufor> = 81.76 x1o* Pa B18 MPa 10" Pa kN ifthe cutside diameter ofthe tbe js SO mm, er B- 209024 _ 9 overs @) & = Ee =(e4xjot\.c0025) = 17.25 «10% Pa 12.25 MPa 44.368 wm te £(da-d;)> 46o~ 44.368) = 2.32 mma Problem 2.7 2.7 A eft length of 0.25-in,-diameter steel wire is to be used in a hanger. Ibis tote thal the wire saetches 045 in, when atenile foreeP is eppied. Knowing that E=29 + 10% psi, determine (a) the magnitud of the force P, (8) the comesponding, L? 28f£= 336 in. ‘nomnal stress inthe wire Az Edt = Ayloasy = 44.087 «(0% int @) S- fe Pe AES = U4 08 ICT RTO MOIS) Ly go7 jo" Bae 1.907 kips ~< = 88, 8x10 pac 38.8 ksi PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2008 The MoGrr Hill Comune Ine. AMsishs sowed. No pan ofthis Mansa may be layed, pened 8 esbenedin 2 fe YG au, wale 900 win pebble pba, oe ae beyond uted Asbo seers and ‘hcatrs pei by Cau lil arse iodo cuss pcpsn eu anes eden unin ti Menlo wing thou peeProblem 2.8 2.8 A square aluminum bar should not stretch mote than 1.4mm when itis subjected toatensite load Kaywing thar £- 70 Ge and tha the allowable cele srength js 120 MPa, determine (a) the maximum allownble length ofthe pi > Ioxjo% Pa roquired dinensions oF the eres-sacton if he tile ond 8 E = 7oxjo* Pa, S = LY Kit om s- Pe . Sk » ES 2 Toxo Vrio") _ @ 87 ag TE BR rig = OBIT Le 817 mm = 233.338 110m = 233.383 met =£ == i ©=F Are€ Aw at ar fA = ¥235.583 = 15.28 mm = Problem 2.9 2.9 A 9-KN tensile load will be applied to a 50-m length of steel wire with E = 200 GPa. Determine the smallest diameter wire whick can be used, knowing thet the ‘normal stress must not exceed [50 MPaand thatthe inezease in he length ofthe wire should be at most s ma, Considering aMoweable stress = 150 «10° Fa, e- 2. = 2 ae sot C= RS ATS = Bewiot = 62x o Considering aMowable ebongation § = 2S¥io tm ‘I ‘gy PL = PL, (qxlo* soy wc 5 * KE Ae ES” Hee aera = G0 vper* m* havger area goverus = Go wjo* AsEgt d- fe . Feeees SL jo30 1c im = 10.72 mm =< — 2.10 A lock oF250-mm Jngth aud 5040 man cross ction so suppatweentre Problem 2.10 ‘compressive loat P. The material to be used is a bronze for which M = 95 GPa. Determine th laryesoad which canbe applied, knowing thatthe coral sees mut ol exceed 80 MPa and that dhe decrse inlet of the block shouldbe at most 0.12% of its original length. A= (SOMME © 2000 we = 2 410°S em® Gy= BO MPa = BOxlut Pa, Es 95x10" Pa Considering ahosrebde stvess o- F Pe Aes (20 Me0x10*) = oxlo™ N Considering alfaowable defamation 5° FE p= €Aa2) asco" Vento food) = 28x lot Ww Smaller value of P governs Pe iGoxlo'N = 160.0kN =Problem 2.14 2.02 1 5-m-long aluminum rod must aot stretch more than 1 mm and the normal ‘stress must fot exceed 40 MPa when the rod is subjected to a 3-EN axial load. Kivowing that £ ~ 70 GPa, determine the reqaired diameter of the rod L=hS ve 5 B= 1¥107% wm = HoxF PE = Joxp’ Pa, P= 3x1 N Stress GH ER Ae Ew SR = asym 75 me” n : - fb Deformetions 5+ © ~ Bee (ee us) An ES Tox OMG, Larger vabue FN governs. BHA HITS m= GF2T vom” B= 1S mm = Ig HM 2 94 A= Ta + TeTT men = Problem 2.12 2.12 A nylon thread isto be subjected toa 2.$-Tbtensilelond. Knowing that £ = 0.5 10 pss that dhe maxovam allowable normal sess ie 6 ksi, ad that the Feugth of the thread must act increase by more than 1%, determine the required ameter oF GG kei e GrIO* ps, tread Ss tek > £2.45. xio7* int Stesst os % Ree 2 er aie e710 tn caction : - Ph Deformation : 3 Be - LY) of _ 28 viet int A= Re) CE (2:5 \ (joe) = S0a%10* in Lavger vakse of A governs. = 500 *10%in* Asst A Af Casio) Gee"). 25.gx107* in, 0.0252 in, PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2005 Th; Meinw.tl Company acl ih esd, Nop fis Manel my eine, epmaho ‘ridin ae (om 7 my mesmo he pcre esa the pier, wae pend re teen ets ‘tana peri Mota il ndvidscomea frp, Wye asker oring soma Yost naa peneProblem 2.13 2 “Ihe 4-mmt-diameter cable BC is made of a steel with E--200 Gita. Knowing thal the maximum stress in the eahle must not exceed 199 MPa and that the ofthe cable must not exveud 6 mm, find ?he maxitaum load P that can be Lee = fora = Tall m Use bar AR as atvoe body ‘ Fac DEM,2°0 asP~ Gigtt Fel oO Pt 0.4507 Fee Ay Considering atbouabSe stress = \90x10% Pa la, A= Bd™ 2 E@.coy)* = 12.566 xf07* m* " oe Fis Faas GA = 090 x10 V2 566 x1o*) = 2,388 410" N Cowden oMbouiebte elongation $= 6 x17? m $= Fee 4g, U2.566x10*)(200 107 MEW) _ 9 94 x402 Fan ~~ Smaller Oe hoe governs Kur 2.09/%10" N Pr 0.9609 Fy = lo.asor\(2.0%1K)0') = 1.78 B~/0°N © 1.9838 Ke sslne Adngbieceied. Nop his Bimal maybe depayed epreaced eso ofthe p labo bed sp Lane rein errs Sthmor pete y MC eho ian carpet uce tee ig ie ame you se delatProblem 2.14 a erase fee 2 = fh, & EA A Foo A Requived aren is He Pargen vetue f4e a= = PL . (28% 103)(30) - oh ES ~ Qaviotoousm) ~ 72317 in + 2 Zax s = Se 24 = [AGT im 2.L4 The aluminum rod ABC (F = 10.1 « 10° pi), which consists of two eylindtieal portions li and BC, i to be replaced witha cylindrical steel rod DE (H = 29 x 10° psi) ofthe same overal length. Determine the minimum required dlamcicr dof the Stee rod its vertical deformation isnot to exceed the deformatios of the aluaniaum rod under the same lead and if Deformation of afuminsu vad = Phe Phee RL u &, 7 Phe Bf lia , bee Sao Ree te = ERS GE) = 2840/2, es . 1o.P1 (ye * was) 0.031316 Stee? vod S = 0.031376 ia A= 1667 ie® U-6667) = 1.219 Gn Problem 2.15 @) Tt 8 deform Aion? fb) Over BC See Seo = fie Spe = ISH BT IO on S= Saat Sect Seo = 7198.52 410% to O74 me et = 483, B7 x 1O"* O.484 mm att 245 The specimen shown bas been cut from a $-man-thick sheet of vinyl (= 3.10 GPa) and is subjected ta 1,5-KN tensile Load, Determine (e) the total deformation ‘of the specimen, (6) the deformation ofits central portion 2° 1.5% )O* X40 xjo%) » eee te eens = 1S4.84 1 10"* Sxict )és0 xjo7) jo« 107 Wows? Koxlo*) = 483.87 «107% boProblem 2.16 2.16 A singic wsil loud of magnitude P= 58 XN is applied at end C ofthe brass tod ABC Kaowing thet £ = 105 GPa, determine the diameter d of portion BC for which the deflection of paint C will be 3 mm. 0 ma Ss Foy be } GF he = Bias Sel bee 2 ES 2 bg. Gas? 3xio™) z _ sy Ae 7 PW Ba 7 SB wie Fiero = 9.788418 wi = bee 8 0.8 < ee Awe? gyasimo? ~ Syaewes 7 214.2810 29° ~ [AGH aaie"*) = a a a Fase _ Pang) = 16.52«10* m = 165mm we (b) For zevo deMection at A Sac = Eas Problem 2.17 2.17 Both portions ofthe rod 4 are mad ofan alumina for which £70 GPa, Krowing thatthe magnitude ofPis 4 KN, determine (a) the vlur of @ 30 tht the deflection at Ais 20 (8) the comesponding deflection off. Ag = Edye = Flo.o20} = art.se vio m™ 20m diameer Aa = Tepe = E(Q.oce)*= 2.8274 riot m* Force in member AB is P tension Las . (4x107 (0.4) Efeogition Spy 2 Boba = (axto™ Cou) * “EAs” Goo? a4. 6 xO") = 72.256 10% m Force in member BC is Q-P compression . . 2 (Q-Pile. (Q-P)(o.5) Shortening Sao * “EE RSs = 2.9263 010 (Q-P) 600i diemeter 28268010 (Q-P) = 72.256 ¥Io Qe P= 28.8 10° N Q= 28.3%) + Yxo' > a2gxi" Mo = 52.8 kM 8, Ly 7 Ske | Spr 72. 7e loom = 0.0728 mmo =Problem 2.18 2.28 The text 4BC is made of an aluminum for which E+ 70GPa, Knowing that P = 6 kN and Q~ 42 KN, detesmiue the deflection of (a) point 4, (5) point B: ta) Mag = Bug = Hlo.020)° = 314. 16 x10 ww Aus Fdge® = B(0.060}" = 28274 x1 | Pe = Pe Sx N 5 Pec = P-Q= Gx18- U2wighe 6010" N 05m mam orate baa * 0.4m bac = OS mm Sue > Gobi, (cx10% (0.9) @ : tA Es Gihierie*\Cp0.10") = 109,185 ¥ 10°F wy R. Se, = Packer. (-3er/0% V0.5) MRE (L827 rIS Xo rio") = = FOU? 10% Se = Sag t See 7 104. 18S e105 90,947 I'm & 18 IF ITE = 0.018 mun fx (b? Se = See 90.4 KITS F-00904 mm oe 0.0419 mm b AO Problem 2.19 219 ‘Two solid cylindcical ods are joined at 8 and Joaded as shown. od 42's made of stovt (E = 29 * 10° psi), und rod BC of brass (E = 15 « 10% psi). Determine (@) the total deformation of the composite rod ABC. () the detlection of point B. gin Portion ABL Pye Hauc* Fb, Lage 4Oin., A= Zin Bag = Bat = FAY = 2016 int) Ege 24 10% par Sar pale = HoH) Va. seq ein, 20hips haps © Ene Ane 24x10 VS.) a0, tin Portion BES Pes - 20x10" AL, Ly. 2 B0in., d= Bin, ° Bact Bat = Els) = 7.0686 im, Eac= IS *108 par P= 40 hie = Pagbee _ G20x10*Y20) _ 5 in, he See= EE = Gert irecgey 7 ESSRBMICT in. @) B= Sy t Se = NSE HIG — 5.6588 x10" Se 140410 ne (bh) 5a = - Se Ser Si664tS in tmProblem 2.20 fess e = So ye Rod AB? Pigs 8000, Lag = 1Oin. ) DePhection of paint B Set Seat Sey = B52 +1 Nin, Ls] (2) Strats in vod ABs E 22D A { -in-thick hollow polystyrene cylinder (E - O48 * 10" psi) aul rigid 2.22 The steel frame (E ~ 29 * 10* psi) shown has a diagonal brace BU with an area Problem 2.22 ‘0f3.2in*, Determine the largest allowable load P ifthe change in length of member BD is not to exceed ‘5 in. Sep Ti me = 0.0625 in leo 5% 46" = 7 RIOR FE = TB. 723 in Fat EAn & + Fselas - Ede See, Sen> BR Fea = ME Foor & — 22 2.2628). 5) gu wich fb Bse jomt Bar a free bedy. AZFeto! -P4 shy Fe 5 0 P a Pe SHE BHO Lec yih = 346k ps ~< Fa] \\Foe 73102 Problem 2.23 12.33 Members AB and BE of the ts shown consist of 25-mm-diumter steel rods (E— 200 GPa). For the loading shown, determine the efongation of (a) rod AB, (0) so BE. vay Lag ofl Ts Sm T9KN , Use joint E as a Frew bed Lembo HER ro: SLE Is = Oo Fees 125 UN Use triangle BODE as a Free body: DEM = © 5 Iso WwW 0.9% Fy — O28) = 6 Fae = 100 kN =e Eat. Eqsy Fe 7s Ww Ane = Nae = Bel? = GS =» 490.87 wm = 490.87 10° wn* Feat E = 2am «10% Pa = (eo ¥ 107 Y.2) WRr ttm 2 @ See” “BRE? Gea eos no epee) = hRO 1-222 mm &) Sees Faebec , URSIN) _ ys arogiotes wan ce Re OTD ESS 7h Textotm 1.710 ming 9 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2906 The MeCew.IhlConpsie In All hu eerie. No part of hi Maral nay be plone reprodused| thn any for yy mse! he rr writen pei fhe pt, or steer thomas ue se ‘hace ponutedy MeGaaveHl fri nda cons pepe you aiden ving ie Mani you ein or pees,determine the deflection of point E, SOLUTION iy iI | Fe ce Wola 0 ep Foam a | see ry DEM.=o -(0.64) Ry + lonuyisxit =o D=EM,-0 (0.64) Fi, - (0.20 MSxiot eo For Paks AB and CD A= 125 mm = S,, Faken , (3.938 sto C0,36 ) TER” UismoNas io) Sy + Habe. (usaf nyolo36) gn 4, EA CUismaarxio®) ~ = 122.00 5 109.5 ¥1e* m PROPRIETARY Ma TEMIAL © 2906 Te MoctatlConpenise.Allegs ese. oon scape thy MeGrewHel forth nv cou pregtaon Fyne ee oon oe ge © Sipe O= Ber Be . 5, Bae Se] | 28 {Se FNL EG © ¢ fe o Set S+ LO Dedormation diagvam = 60,0010" + (0. Sib ang oy a na item pees ween ep oe be Problem 2.24 2.24 Each of the links AB and CD is made of sluruinuts (E ~ 75 GPa) and has a area of 125 mn”. Knowing that they suppor the rigid raember BC. Use member BO as a Free bony Fag > S.A878 sc Fog = 1.5625 r/o" N 125 15° m* otm = Se 210m = Be 44 112.5 x10) = O.109T mm b ~ fm my be ioe paced Tiel arte aches Maran youre ag Wah pein.Problem 2.25 2.25 Members ARC and DEF aze joined with stel links (E ~ 200 Gita). Bach of the Jinks is made of a pair of 25%35-mm plates. [termine the change in length of (a) member JE, (6) member CF. Use member ABC as a tree. body EMg= 0 TSN Loowemm-ef (0.260 03107) — (0,180) Fe = & OXI WO) 9g vot at Fee = S85 = 26x10 N DZM.= 0 (9.440 IB #10") + (0.180) Fax =O be bh . A ak mad Fee = face yianio) 1). uheict W oP two phe A = (QMO. osx. 085) = L7SH19 we = Faber _ (u¥xt0*)(0.240) 6 (QA Sap = ea * (Reon 0T Ts r1o8) BOP 419 m= - 0.0802 mm met (Sa = eke = GARE Belg 17, 83410 m = ORE mem PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©1905 The McCraw Conpanig nc AK glaeseved No pat fie Mary estat rpc frcesbated in any form yay moans nn pb soir pron 9 ‘oasis per by Mee lr ilrtaine pop HyProblem 2.26 2.26 ‘Ihe length ofthe 2-mam-diameter steel wise CD its been adjusted so that with, 10 Toa applied, a gap 1.5 mm exists hetween the end J ofthe rigid beam ACBand contact point £. Knowingdit £200 GPa, determine where x 20ekg block shoul? bbe placed om te beam in order to cause contact between B and E ny od, Big rod ACE etates Hwy cungle © fe efinw gop. ' a @ = SHO” 2 5.75 wyo"* vad it te pitched | tact pelts dennends | aie Se = 0.08 8 = (0,003.75 #10) = 3004105 m on Seo Se * 300 Ki" ws Ty. Tay > ot ten = Geb = FAY B14 6 mae = B14 E eo we E = 200 ¥/0" Pa Seo * a Fea EAeSe Goontot Vs, tle nto \ gosto) = 783.09 N Dse bean ACR as a Fee body. We mg = (202.81N= 196.2 N rw : ce, 4D FM,= Ot C.08F, -(O4o-xW =O Aytenosoneg Ono ro LECBNISEIFY 4g sous a Me O.092E m = FG mm Problem 2.27 2.27 MomhersABani CD ate -in-inmeer tel ods, and members BCand AD ate { -in-diameter steel rods. Whea the tumbuckle is tightened, the diagonal i x 2 ener Cis po in eran, Koning tbat = 29 10" ps determine the largest allowable tension in AC so that the deformations in membors 4H and CD do not exexed 0.04 in A Sag 2 Sao = 0.04 in hi Afi = Bin © Leo Bias = 0.97402 int i 4 lo | Sco * “Eheo . Ese Eco. (2710 KO.9194021(0.04) Feo = Leo 4 = £4.02 «10% Jb. ow Fees body Ro~ $F? O + Ree $A =e (14,022 +10") = g.0Ki Mh i = 2.0 leips —8Problem 2.28 2.28 ior the structure in Prob. of 2.27, determine (a) the distance h so that the Usturmtions in members AB, BC, CD and AD are equal, (8) the corresponding tension ia member AC. 2.27 Members 4B and CD are 1} -in.-diameter steel sods, and members Cand AD ae J-insiameter steel ros. Wheu te trmbsckle is tabtered, the diagonal ‘member AC is put in tension. Knowing that £ = 29 * 10° psi aud A= 4 8, determine the fargest allowable tension in AC sa that the deformations in menmbers 4B and CD do not exceed 4.04 in, an (a) Stables? Use joint B as a tree booly Fac From sintdae tevangles Sa. Fe fa to Ne fie] Neon] Nm h b Te Fis > Fac e Force Trrangle Geometry Fer equal deformations = i . b Sue = See # Fe 2 Fak os Feet PORE Fac Equating expressions for Fin he tk Bde. dee Fac = % Get Fee “HR gh he a % : oF We Th b= 3ft = 86 in hz $b = Zisp> 3.86 = 46.3 in < (b) Setting Sap = Ste = 9.04 in + Feb: 2 EAe Se @aviot) FRY (0.04) a ee Fle = 19.376 x(o* Jb, Fae ® & Fa, = $14,376, xto*)} = 24.912 «to? A From the Torce twiangde Feo = A =f Fac + Fee = 0-6 410° Hh = BG kips en PHOUMIETARY MATERIAL, 20h TheMetieucO Comps, Ine Allis esr. Nope Mama eo be dpsed pro tu dintatin sy oan ety ana wit pi its psn lip lie 1 a ere Weber ‘etscoan pend Wy MC Hl rer scious: pepo If vousre scr ving ti Meal Yu sve wng ha pen enProblem 2.29 2.29 Determine the deflection of the apex 4 of a homogeneous paraboloid of revolution ofbeight , density 2 and modulus of elasticity E, duc ( is own weight cheoest Va ah cot rah kop —_ het b= vedios of the bess and Fee the efement ne b6t)™ nae ie aaa Ara: rot APs pghdy = whege Bo des Beer yay Beggs 4 = 7h h - he s- EER. ER Babar li SEP 2Eh 2.30 A homogenesns cable of ent sc union eos seton is auopended roa Problem 2.30 ‘one end. (2) Denoting by the density (mass per unit volume) of ds cable and by E itsmodulsofelutiiy determine te elongation cf thecable due tots own eight SOLUTION (®) Show thatthe same elongation would be obtained i the cable were horizontal and ita focve equal to half of ts weight were applied at ezch exci. aie (2) For edemeni at point identified by csovilinate y Ps weigh! of partion below tle petad P u = pgA(L-y) + = Ba. egAle-yly — pal-y) uy | as > x . GACY, eelb-y) dy Ww pa et a < oe w- £ ) = 2 oe (Total werght Wr pgd = E. EA r= EAS, FAY ~ apyAl saw = PROPIUBTARY MATERIAL. ©2006 The McGaw Hilarie re Al sets eaod. Ne pa of he Mea rn ile, pron cdi oany fr ary any rear, shut pie wee ge inf oe pac eed yon ented eotianon te acer ond ‘Str pensited by calf ak al comeepeton. Hp a Baden wig hs ona yau evga shoe peoProblem 2.31 2.31 Denoting by e the “engineering strain” in atensile specimen, show that the true stain is q= inl + 6. sonvti0n Dn At8 = tis B) = A(ise) Thos é, <= Pn (1+8) ~ Problem 2.32 232 The volume ofa tensile specimen is essentially constant while plastic ‘deformation occurs. Ifthe initial diameter of the specinien s aj, show that when the dizmeter is d, the true strain is, =? in), SOLUTION Ti the volime is constant Fae = Fai Le. dP. fd me GY) eee eb = B(B) > 24g - PROPRIETARY MAT AGL, ©2000 Tae MeGiey-Hill Compote, Ie, sgh eiericd. Nor the Man may be nleyed pode cba for yy ta, nba the pot wae era oe plier ual bryan lara fo ther ad ‘estas permite by Mone hl or fies lena coin peprion I yous ede ig Hs Masa eae ng Wael Feri,Problem 2,33 2.33 Compressive cane forces of 4 is are appied at both ends ofthe astembly Showa by means of bid plates. Knowing tl F,-29 10 poked 2 tO) = 10 CoS si determine (a) the nortral stresses inthe stee] core andthe aluminum shell, (@) the defurmation ofthe aszeinbly _ 4 Let = portion of wie’ force cavern by she dP. nano ae’ YF = porkion af avin? Force caresed by cor 28a, fab Esha y fab = Fak 5° ER Reape s > Bo > BAS SER Fe Sees Telel farce P= Pat Pe = (Aa t Gage S$. 2 co Pi Lo ~ EAL EA, Detar Ps 4oxto? fb Aa= TA) = BGS oh = 41283 nt Ass Bate Fi = ovase at tov to? = -6R0.4) xj0%% * (io. #10 V4. 1488) * Aplornveny) @) Som Eye = (29108 \€G520.91 x10) e218. ol nto ps. =IBLO1 ksi =i) Bi = E.€ = Wate tot\ero.abejo%) 6-6. ules: 6.27 kei =i () B= Le = (OWEeZe41 H1O%) = ~6.al «Ie in, ~ fay Po [lss108s.25)4 Garter Krol] SF = 22.9610 239 keps =a] @) 6.= Eye &, £ = (aio) OEE Sonia: 4.50 ksi PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2905 The MeGrwtll Companies i. AM abetted No pat ef is Ma ‘eau ny Cor or an) ans whut ae pot rie person oe pts ce wees Ben ‘hic gti by Mean Ha fr anid cs peptone ste Yogi anProblem 2.35 2.38 An axial centric force of magni tle P= 450 AN fe applied tothe oumpsite block shown ty mans ofa rid end pats. Krowing tt he Hoon dene ae Bass care normal stress in (2) the brass core, (6) the slutinu plates eningcr. Aluminum plates Rigid au oN. Let PL= partion of caad Force carried by brass core portion cavwied by twa afieninum Plates L é 3: BE p= Shs g- BL Ss EAS ELA, Fs c Pr Re R= (GAS BAYS a ET" Ga BA (BO VCHO) = R400 wan® = 2400 % 10°F mt Aa= (2\(6oXI0)= (200 mm" = 1209 107% m* AL = gs 450 * tof = 1.3393 x10° Casto 2400%(0*)* (10 *16* Kigo0 >to ) @) ey SL = BLE > Cosmo? (1.3393 «/07) = 140,610" Pa = 190.6 MPa, =e 6 = Ee > Como" )(i. 3398 «ts*) = a8 tyke = 98.25, me PROPRIDYARY MATERIAL, ©2008 re HsGray-i Conyac ‘rite tn a fn ya ic, ‘tacts ern y MGs rh ny 2 eri ais ered No pit of ts Mam yb i al cures wt wre pb cond tented deareone n jose waa ag tae ana. Ue wrProblem 2,36 2.36 For the composite Mock shown in Prob. 2.35, determine (a) the value off the portion ofthe Toad eared by the asinun pts al te ora of he oad ns Cari hy the fs core (8) the tal load if he tess in he rss 0 eeiecrs) vainometer fed (B= TCP ab _— oie het P= portion of ania? Force careied by brass cove Pa portion canted, hy He fae plades ado inuen > Bh ELAS. P= EeAsS Be P= Fated BR weet @) Given PL = 48 Ay * Wo Meo) = 2400 wm = 2400 x10" m* A, =4Jazxtot bSpaiet BOO = $Boo mm = QKeovh 1300, - . he yep 7 1S mm =~ =A 1 & RK Po = Av, = (tooxyo* Xgo wot} = 192 10% MV Pit tPs elon Pe R+P = 28axw Nn = 238 kW PROPRIETARY MATERIAL ©20 Th MoGras- INN Connie Ine. Alligh ered. No pare hic Manual my epee epson {dhsbaed ann itn ees oe pr wen peasant Be pene oF wes bsgond ne nkeed sei een ‘cae pered by Mera for rnin cee prepara, I you der en oA, yeu orsign poeProblem 2.37 6+ Ge: Let Pe = portion of axind force camied by concrete 6, = E,s = (Room Yeast etc) 2 67.4 lo Py (AS #10" Vaas.3 te (078) = 8.38 «fa Pa PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, £2 Te Bete Coup autem ary Fr vy any nan in ie te permission ft ples, weed S¥on! te ined selmi o terse ad pais Ine AM mei Ne yf ic Henan be payed ese ‘Arai yee ty Aran HI Eth ian ceuae cpain Irv ede gt Sank ee ne eng hate 2.37 The I.S.m concrete post is weinlorecd with six steel bars, exch Giametet. Kaowing that #, = 200 GPa th a 28-mm "= 28 GPa, determine the normal sswesses in dre steel und in the conerete wiien @ 1550 KN axoal cents force P is Aapeliod to the post potion careied by the sit ste? reds 7 BL Pp: SAS EA < e 2 BL = SAS BAS R u Pot (BA + BADE EAT EA, = B.62US #107 mm = 3694S w/O? we” Caso -2.60swiot= 155.349 «109 pan? = 153.349 10" mm” = 235,31 «107° StIMia (BAY EAE EAs? Ag = 6 Eds EB (a8)! = 2.6948 «10 vem B6FUSKIO me Re = Fdet = Ag = F(HSo\t= 3.60 sx ice 155.349 «10% man” 5 ASE.B49 xl? P= [Case io" (155. 949410°9) + (200 «10 V03.6945 IN| (720 10°) = 3.884105 N 3330 KN = PROPRIETARY MATHICIAL. ©2606 The Metran-I1 Ceapani lis Aig rare. No pan af ls Meat ay edly nue dre i an fr any rar, waa eo wen persion Ue pale 2 we bey thee dst te ates ducati hy MeGINv-HIE Be Mc mons conae repr yu us eal ag Ma soate ang wl petitProblem 2.39 2.39 ‘Two eylindsloal rods, one of steel an the other of brass, are joined at C and restrained by rigid supports atd and E. For the loading shown and knowing that 2, 200 GPa und &, = 5 GPa, determine (a) the reactions at 4 and 2, (3) the sncasione im nea deflection of point C, AtoG: B= 20010" Pa A= Ete} = ascctxfo® mms (.28c64xi nt EAs 251.327210° N osmen atera, Sb a Ct &: Ee loswlos Pa 4A B 6 o -& A= BG0)* = 706.86 mm" © 706.86 «10% m™ et Ee tte not wv & tow tous Fe AbBI P= & L= (80mm © 0180 me ~ Ph Raloisey L on Smt Eee PES = Tienomio Re Bte: P= Ry coxio* L = 120 mms Q12Om = 60¥10° Yo, 120' :n Sec * g = (Rar onto" Yo. Ds yar uric Ry - 26,848 x10% | Ct Dt Pe R,- Goxlo® L= [00mm = Q.100 m = 6910" Oto. - me su7 BE (Bn s0r10* Yla.toe) = LBH7SSK1C Ry = BO. 84m ID Dh Et P= R, - 100010% L* (00 mm * 0.100 m PL _ (Rn- oxo" Yo.loo) _ 4 a« Bee * ER = Spghorioe TN BYTSSHIO™R, ~ 184. 78500 Ate Et See Seed Sat Seo tie = 3.85887 KO" Ry 2HB.AdHIO® Since point © cannot move velehive 2A, Sue ee @) 3.858375 R-2NZHTY HI =O RAT ELBSIXIOSN — 6R.BKNS = Re = Ryn loorlo® = 62.84(0% fooue’ =-37.2"10°N 37.akve =e @\ Se = Saat Sac = 116367 ¥10" By — 26.848 4107S = U.16369 01 Wer. 831x fo") - 26.898 %10° = 46. S210 Sm YE em >2.40 Solve Prob, 2.39, assuming that ro ACs made of bras an od Cs made Problem 2.40 20 2.39 Two eplindrcul rods, one of steel aad the othor of brass are joined al C and ‘strained by rigid suppocts at 4 and &. For the loading shown and krowing that E, Dhnenstons im = 200 GPa und 5, = 105 GPa, determine (4) the reactions at 4 and £, (6) the 1 — 1304 ei deflection of point . cl ste 2 AteoG? = losxio" Pa Ae Foy = basic tic? mo Anca diam, — Bean dsm, EA = 131.947 «108 N Che: E-= 200%10" Pa a et “a A = FG0}*= 706.86 mm = 706.86 x18 wey Re EA 141,972 «JON Aw BS: Prey, La IBomn = O.1FOm Sa ER ates T HteHIR AIR Be Cr Pr & ~ bore? Le 120 mm = O.12Om 2 BL 2 (Rr -6oxto?o.20) _ wIC® BR tov Se. EA ~~ Ta1.9975 108 F FOF ASE MIO B — S4.567 ¥ 10) Cfo DF P= Ry 60x10" Le 100 mm = 0.100 m = BLL (Ra-boxio*@,100) ae < Seu = ER = “141-392 Jo = 707, BSHMIO TR, ~ 42.441 x10 DE: P= R -looxlo® Lo 10D mm 0.1000 Sue = BE = Cac orte*oteo) © 797, a5y wid", - 70,785210°¢ Ate EF Spe = San + See + Seg 4 Soa = 3.688341 =~ 167.798 «10° Since port E cannot meve refative to A, Sz =O (a) 5.68834K(1S"R,~ 167.743 xo" R= 45.47¢0T WD 45.5 lie «lf Re 7 Ry~ (00x10" = 4S_479x/0%— foo xlot= = SH.6aixlo” 54, SIN =a fe) So Set By. 7 2. 278E4KIO Ry ~ SH. S67 xO = R27ZC4H LO 14S. 479 x10") — 54, 567 * IOS = 4R.B KIO mn 4R.D Lem etProblem 2.41 2AL Thice steel rods (E ~ 200 GPx) support a 36-KN load P. Each of the ods 4B and CO has 4 200-mar? cross-sectional area and rod EF has 625- mm? cross: sectional area, Determine che (a) the change in tength of tod EF, (B) the sites in each rod, Use member BED as a tree body fe oP Re | “ { : By cymmetey, ov by ZMy eo iz Ro = Fae Re zr Pret Ro t Pee - Peo bt Pr 2Pret Per — Faslae ~ Pew be ~ Peel Se Fhe Se BRS 2 Se * Bt Since Lys = beg and Ane? Acs, Sha 7 Seo Since points A,C, and & ave tived Sg ~ San, Sp 2 Sco, Se = See Since member BED is ngrd Se Se ° Se = Pepbar = Ass hee p= 200. we EAne Eh * Pax = BMT Pop = 250+ BS Re = 0.256 Per Pe 2ie + Pee = (20.256) Fees Pept S12 Pew 2 Poe = hg = Ss as. vio" Pas = Peo = (0.286 23.80 x10") = 6.095 2107 N . . (93.870 v1? W400 ¥ fo“) 6 (A) SF Sie > oamot Cissy 7 76 R MO % m = O.0%2 mm 76 4x10 mm &) Gigs Gy > Be. Getelel . 0. seit Pa 208 Hae on 3 Sey +e =~ Ube = 38.1 «IO Rs SIMPL me “ARV MATERLAL, 0296 The McCue Cae. Ie Al ih ete ogo ie Marae. ed et amy faa by any nears, without th vy t : Fr wen peo fe pic ad ore out fae am essa nent McGraw Hinata couse epson, I jeameasdabc Was the Musk yoruceae aha aeProblem 2.42 2.42 A250-mns-long aluminwun tube (é = 70 GPs) of 36-ram outer diamcter and 28- ‘um inner diameter may be closed at hoth ends by means of single-weaded screw-on Sum am covers of L5-mm pitch. With one cover serewed on tight, a slid brass tod (2 105 acy GPa) oP 25mm diameter is placed inside ihe tube and the second cover is screwed || on. Since the rod is slighty longer than the tube, it is observed thatthe cover anust |] be-frced against the rod by rotating i ono-quarter of tana before it can be tightly closed. Delermine (a) the average normal szess in the tube and in the cod, (A) the deformations of che tube and of the tod, Rie = BCS dt) = Fl 36" - 28") = 402.12 me = HORA HIS Hn! At = FAY = BRS = 490,87 we = 490.87 210° - BE P(o2se) sg xiot Sate > Tar = Gow Gok ames = SBRT HIS P ~ PL = _P(o.ase) eo! lot P Brea Baka * WS wlo8 Vise eae P8595! S* = Ftv eS mm FOBT mm 2 BIEMIO™ om Sau = 374 Sud ce See - Sw 2 St 3.8815 x|5" P 4 4.8505nI07P = BIE xJO"* 3 P onsTsy, = an “IO ON apis + HaZOeVGom) * 27-808 «10 . 3 @) Bue Pi. 27.304 110 = lO* Pa = 674! <= Wopwioe 7 8% 7 +10 Pa = 67.9 MPa w-P_o 2 22.508mi0" 2 | i Pee « Ghd: "FS, = > gas ehaoF SEEKS Pa = - SEG MPa. CY Ste = (B.BBIS 1) 27.B0BHIF) = 242.5010 = 0.2 mm AO tbe Spt 2 ~ C4, 8805 % 177 \(A7, 303 eID) = 7132. 510° mm 270.1825 ma PROPRIETARY MATERUAL, © 208 The MeGrp-i Companies az All reseed. Na pi hc Mama my bed, wpe (Sanita fama y any mens, she epee ten perish te cao et hen howe aera eee and ‘tucmove pend by SdsGrml fn ht ica eoue peptic, ICU ae a ean wig thi Bl ow ne thr pm shProblem 2.43 243 A stool tube (E= 29 « 10 psi) with a 1 in-ouer diameter and fine thickness placed ina vise tat is adjusted so thats juwsjest touch the ends of the tube without exerting any pressure cn them. The so forces shoo are then applied to the tbe. After these forces ate applied, he vise is adjusted to decrease the Cistance betweem its jaws by 0.008 in, Determine (a the forces exested by the vise ‘onthe mse at and D, (A) the change ia length of the portion AC ofthe tbe a 4 > Fine peB in ®& © & C t | oh 3 kips Chey For the lube dy > (fin. = Lasin a: = d,~2t = 195-24) © 1.00 in Ae F(a2- 25) © Eltas*- 100") = o.4s79 ant Ate: P= th Le Zin Pk. Re (3) . 9 Sao EA = Teaviat(onitay 7 B34ISTHOR, in, Bc: Pe + R000, L= sin og = BE Cha + oools) ns" 4107 in Sa = ER Gano \Oat Tay = 23ST ISR 41.87826 107 in, Ch OF Pe Rit 2000 % L= Bin 5 = Pk . (Rt 2000 ka) 98 wis? ot tn Seo ER > Tapio’ \oayi74) 934-157 187 BF OGRE (8 tn, AbD? See Sig + Sect Gey = 702.47 x17 B+ VBEIST IO? in, Given jaw movement 5, — 0.00% in, @V 702.47 ~10" Ry + ZaHsTIS® = - 0.008 Raz - 14.7217 %I0> Me Rat 1472 eps Ry = Rat 2000 = 12,7217 ~ to Lb Ror IZT2 keys GA Bg. 2 BS41SI*IO NG IX TAT IP) + 87326 x1? = = 1.574 win. =e PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2006 The McGoeAtlil Compares In. Allighsreseved. Ne at of hic Mana nye led eroded iio ie 2 for 0: By yrange oe en bir aresestsjond We ised denny echt and cea pee by Metam-H f ir iniical cous pepe Wu va ean a on Sana You sewing Weibsckoeem2.44 2.44 Solve Prob, 243, assuming that flr the forces have been applied, the vite fs Probler aajusted to increase the distance between its jas by 0,004 in. 24} A sel tbe (E29 + 10" ps) with 1 incouter diameter and i thickness is placed in a vise that is adjusted so that its jaws just touch the ends of the tube who exerting any pressure ox tern, The we fos shown ae hen applied tothe like. After hese ores we applic, the vise adjsed to decree le {fstncebavcan tawny 0.008 in. ermine (oth tes ened bythe vise onthe tbe attend D, (the change ego te prion BC af tebe, aeponp iy R A a ¢ Dp by po For the tube da = Vqin, = 12S in, dy = d= 2b = 1.25 -QXG) = 100 in A> Eat - dd Flias*~ Leet) = o4ai7e int Aw Bt PRR, Le es Rs (3) to A C4810" O-49179 > E BC: P= % + B00 H Le Bin. BL . _ (Rit g000)(3) TBAIST*IO TR, in = 3 sto" tn Se. = ER F CET RY CR TERED) 234157 416" Ry + 187 326x109 . Ch Di P+ R,+ 2000 fb Lo Sin. = PL ~ (Rat 700032) - wis? a Seo = Eg > [gala yedy17a) 7 R24IST*I Re + O.NCBBImIC” in, Ate D? Si Seo t Sec t Sig © 7OR4UXITR, + 2341574107 in Giver jaw movement — &_ = ~ 0.004 im (702.471 KIO RA ZBHISMwIO® = ~ 0,004 £4,0275% (0? PL Ret FOB ips > Ro = Ry + 2000 = - 7.027510? ML Rov 7203 hips <— ——e WB See (234.157 «IOV 1.0275. x10) 4 1.37326 x18 =~ ANT Ie in, mel [PROPRIETARY MATERIAL ©206;The McCraw Comping cree No po ls Man igh pute {bcd a) Do yoy tc, bol he po war peiion oe pli oF sed bevons Bete een ose aed Shite powntied ty MsSsny lis ial conan arin Im atten cs Mana one ays 8 preProblem 2.45 2AS The stec! sods BE and CD cach have a diameter of } in. (E = 29 x 10° psi) ‘The ends are threadod witha pitch of 0.1 jn, Knowing that alerbeing smugly fit, the nat at 2 is tightened one full um, determine (a) the tension in rod CD, (6) the deflection of point C of the rigid member ABC. het O be te rotation of bar ABC as shown Then, Sa 66 and 5.= 106 Bt S67 3 - Fetes Pre = (Ene Mee \ Stam - Sa Loe bee = RSF > IO tm Stim 7 OF im Ace = Ed*= E(SY = 0.3008 in* Pag > Zi +10% Ko.3008 (0.1 - € 6% = 40 = 9.886 xj0* — S93.IS« 10° 6 s- Fiske. bet CM = 72 in, Ag = 0.3068 in® Fes ee p,, + (At*10%)(0.2068) (10 8) a 29-8068) (10 8) = 1.23672 ¥10S OB DZM,=0 SPe -10P, = 0 (EVs. 936 “Io 593.16 v 10* &)~ (OV. 23572 “104 @ 2d 54.316 x10" ~ IS.916 «10° @ = O = 3. 7268107 pad Co Peg t (1.23572 foo 3.23681) = Wey wie? = KG! kips = @&Y S10 8 = Yolls.72gtd? } = 37.3 x{o* in = 0.0873 m= - PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. 2406 The MsSeoniConpnit Ine Allg rcv No pr ohn Mealy edo ied repodiced sus i nn ey 35 eas, lah pr wee peru Te else redoagond a eae ete eee ek stot permitaoy Metin he ied eaes rpm, Ie sou es eae As nan you steaere when aneProblem 2.46 26 The rig bar AD is supported by te sts wires of tin. ameter (4 =29 « 10 psi) and a pin and brackst aD. Knowing tht the ines were intl tug, determine (a the ational teanion in each wie when 220-15 lod Pi mpplied at DB) de comesponing detection of point D. het © be the rotation of bar ABCD = Shen = 18.63% |0°O Using Free body ABCD DIM =o fe + 4#Re - BP = Oo (2X 106.7710) ) + (248.63 108 8) -(36)G@a0) = Oo 4. IRB310" B = (BC)Ca20) = NBS © 10% vad @) Pre = (06.77 4103 Wi.ai8gs10% ) = 204.8 Ab ~ Fre = (118.63 x po* CL G8T% (07% Y= R226 Dh “ tel 8p = 36 B= (36 W1MASHIOF = CHI KIO in = O- C691 in —_ EV MATERIAL, ©2086 The MoGins- Congas Ine Ages: Mat of hs Rann be dpa spre sy a by ats, ie pra wre peas che puso Lied the Led ten abe Mev wine cou pita, If oka unio ashe Ws Mama, Yo are ing tibet poeProblem 2.47 247 ‘the brass shell (a, = 11.6 * 10°F ) is fuldy bonded to the steel vore (ot, = 6.5 % LO*PF ), Determine the largest allowable inereace in tmperanure ifthe stress ia the steel core is not to exceed 8 ksi Let Fy = ania? force developed in the steed cove, ean 1 For equilibron with 2eve tetad farce , the aa compressive Torce in the brass shed? is Py. 5 B ss Strains eg = Be tacar) EaaB Shp uh mins Es Bes eer BB + Le) Matching f.2 te --& EA, tOlWT) = - Rs ecard CER BRR = Gua AT? a AL= G.SMLS)~ Geted= 1.28 in® As= (.0)(10) = 10 cnt OL - Ass Sy Kio’ /or R= GAs = (8«1o%Wi.0) = gxt0* 2, ' at ot A 1 EAs’ EAL * (ano jeiey * = ao ge Tewro® yCnesy = BP BIG x18 ab From 1) (a7.gre ete gxto*) = (Sr ic*)(AT) AT = 137.8 °F = PROPRIETARY MATAAIAL ©0200 The eG ill mpm, ns, Alighereie tN pn eis Mine ay be played, edad terrae ny far ay ary nam wht pir Ween oom esa fe gon Pt hanes Soohele ene sears pate by MG arti adidu arn epaden. Wout a Fula sag Sus Ju sre mee cobearProblem 2.48 2.48 The assembly chown consists of an slutsinu sell (E, “70 GP, y= 23.6 » 10PC) fully bonded to @ steel core (£, = 200 GPa, a, = 11.7 = 10°C) and is anstessod at 2 tempersture of 20 °C. Considering’ only axial deformations, dltermine the sess the alumina soll when the temperanire reaches 180°C. = B@oy = Bbist ent = 66h 159 ato mt Bat R60" - 20°) © p.cH434 #10 mae = 68841 Let Ph be He ania force cavmied by the ster? con and Pa the! careied by the afuminim shells Total ooial Favee P= Pathe = 0 Pen Pe ” DePormtion, Ss Bee Lag(AT) = ER & Lay (AT? es eC Using OY (ext EA \Po = (oly ~ CAT) — + —— Pa. CovioT1.64534x 10%) (400 *107V/314, IS4m1O* = (1A xpO ~ 23.6%10)(J80 ~ 20) (24.579 * lo) B+ — baad xto® Pat 72471 x10" WN = TATE «1b? 164434 a (o> 7.0 «10° Pa ~47.0 MPa + Lol, CAT) = (= XATY Yong OO, ER * BRP > ly YAN) (Geamerenesy * Wertonbareses)P (Io x 1W77}(1. 69484 x1O-F ) (os lO sy sqxpoey 2 T* = (20,.910% ~ 23.6«10°*)( 180 ~ 40) (32.927 «1o 7) P= — bea vto® Fo = 10835 x io N Stress Pa. uteogesio® ot Stress in aduminum shedP Ou eC Leary fo? 7 EIR xO Pa -6.72 MPa me PROPRIETARY MATHRIAL ©2006THe MeGe’ HN Comgeies hs Alig esied pa of he Mama salt nme ry 39 ey, i ite pe in he Pesca ign toi degen ee sducats penis ty eGift mse pepscion Hae ate ale mre Navan You mung itn parisProblem 2.50 2.80 A.4-ft concrete post is einforced by fou soe! burs, each of 3 in. diameter. Knowing that, 29 10" ps, 56.5 * IOP and A =36 «10° psi and = 55 » TPF, dtemine the nota Siessesindved nthe eel and inne eon by | temperature rise of 80°F, Roe 4 Ta? = GG) = teri int A, = A-Ag? 8°- 1.76715 = €2.233 in® het Pe be the tensife in the conceete. For can Dibysum with 2eva fetal force, The compressive Fovee fa the four steed rods is - Pe. yt mca) = - fe + OAT) tk CAT} a-& f+ olan : - e+ war Gao + ERR = G- we YA? EA BAs 1 to (Gestigenaay * Gane Marere)) ® = (6.5* 10% - 5.5 ¥ Jo" 180) P= B.3366 «lo? Ab Bx - 3.3366 10? Lh BL -23.3366x)0" BL te psi -_ Stress in stee! GF Bevis 1888 x1 p Shess in concrete Problem 2.51 2.51 A steel milrosd track (B, ~ 29 10" psi, @, = 6.5 104" ) was laid out at a ‘temperature of 30°F. Determine the normal stcss in the rails when the temperature seaches 125 °F, sssuming that the rails (a) are welded to form a continuous track, (6) L= 24 TE = U¢B in ce 398 long with + in. paps between them. Spr Lat(AT) = (Hes lle.s¥ lo Cas 30) = 2BB.7Gx107* in 468g 7 Ph lL kee Set ER 7 ES * Fax 1OF EK 468 oe > pe () Sp4S,50 68S 4 298.14" = 0 HIT IS ps wets U7 kei = es + =~ 24210" psi WA) Spt Sp = gig, & + aeR.ta xis? =F — 2.49 ksi <8252 A tod consisting of to eplindicl portions 42 and BC is rateined at both Problem 2.52 eras. Portion 4 is made of tol (E,= 29» 10 psi 65 10°F) and portcon BC is made of brass (E, = 1? * 10° psi, a, = 10.4 * 10%E), Knowing that the rod lly unsvessed, determine (a) the nal sess indced in potions 43 an Bo by a tersperstre se of 65° 2) dhe conespoading deletion et pint Asa = Eaux < EQagyh~ 1.2272 int Aas Bag = B@asyt= 3.9761 in® Free thermal ex pansion e Bq > Lae %s (AT) + La (AT? = ULM. KIS* ES) IS KO. 4e1O* (es) = 1S. 21x j0* in 4 Shortening due te induced compressive force P . Puy PL, = stan bee Se EUR” Ec Ae epR Py is P. (RGD \ADIZY 7108 0 om = £84 10x10" ar) joxio Pp F For zero net deflection Sp © Sr (854% loot) P = 1S.21107* Pe 27,204x 10% Ab. Gage EL = - ZERMIC? . ga aeto% pss =~ i (2) Cras Fy + > AERIS BR LIC? ps 222 ksi ~ eo = - Als ios ~ psi = = 7 Ga = E = thigh” = = 6.34% 0° ps 6.84 ksi ~« te) Sez + FEE - Lgoutar) = + Bide) _ Gaye.sxio® es) = 4 41 Oxo CAFR OF M22) ie. Ht Oxe9 inet PROPRIETARY MATERIAL 0 016 Ts Mei Conga ne. A hatred Noga Ae Maral may odie recat ‘rst ny fees yanmar aed Bevo the ree be ache hcp by McGraw er cil cone prepara. Uy ae asta sag is Mul, oui io arProblem 2.53 2.83. A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is restrained at both nds. Portion AB is made of brass (E, ~ 105 GPa, x, = 20.9 « 10°C) and portion Cis made of is initially unst HC by a temperature rise of 42°C, (8) the corresponding deflection of poiet Rae = Fdys = 5 (60) = 2.8274 wto vend = 2.8274 01" ot Act Fda? Boyt = 1. 2566 1 wg = 1.2560 21S 0a dhnneter Ram eam. Free Herma? expansion P Set bpwXtAT D+ Lg ot, (ATY + (LIX 20.9 15° KAR) + (1.3 23.4410 * X44) = 2.2705 x [o> m Shortening as induced compressive Force ~ Pla Se Ee * ER eo Pd SP Pp COs oN R278") © G2 KO My asc ¥1O™ = 18.074" 10° P For reno net dePection Sp = Sp {B.07#¥(o7 P= 2.2708 xJo"* Pr 26.62 “io? Vv "Rte Bee = = 4dY lO Ps <4 HP oh s- 2 ~ 1aSbenlo® LL poo woth - Su Re Tisterie? 100.0 10° Pa= -100.0 MPa, we er & oo s " + ed = bee CAT ~ as cade® VOU _ te >< ~ Cos xte* (28274 w1o) [Gere Koa) = -$00KJO% Mm = -0.500 mH 1:2 0.800 mm F PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2066 The Mature Mi Comps I. Allah esti. Noam ofthe Mal ty be lay, ee dined mary Tm ey a cs, wiout te pc ten pron of wpa a hyd iad etn ete ‘tue pemitd by Maan Hl er orl ous rearing ae vac ang hi Maye oe whi tee peneProblem 2.54 2.54 Tn Prob. 242, determine the average normal sees in the tube andthe rod, snug thu the lemperature was 15°C when the nuts were snugly fisted aud that ‘the final temperature is 55°C. (For aluminum, ¢, = 23.6 x JOC: for bass, = 6 sam 28mm 9x IFLC), Li F242 4250-nun fengaluninonute( » 70GPe or amawerdanterand 2 ‘mm inner diameter may be closed at both ends by means of singlo-threaded screw-on = ‘covers of [.S-mm pitch. With one cover sexewed on tight, a solid brass rod (# = 105 ean GPa) of 25-nun diameter is plaved inside the tube and the second cover is screwed L204 ——_4f fon. Since the rors fightly Jonger thar: the tube, i fs observed thet the cover mast bbe freed apainst the rod by rotating it oe-quazter of cuca before it ean be tightly closed. Determine (a) the wverage normal stress inthe tube and in the rod, (6) the deformations of the tube and of the tod, Arie = & CAS AP) = §(36* = 28°) = 40212 wm = YOR, 12 */OE m* Not = Bolt = Bas) = 990.87 md = 490.8 2610" AT > 55-15 > 407% Shute = a Pee = B,88IS vio TP +H 236 jo" + Lou (AT ) = + CAS0V(93.6 x10 M40) Seed Fh + LehglAr) = - ae seat 250) a0.9 «15* \C40) = -4.8500 110" P 4 Rode jor She Pte eS me = OBIS mom > BIS IO mm Sime = Sat + Sf B. BIS KIO P + 236 vIS® = ~ VBSOSmIOP 4 207s 4 B75 xi0* 12.782 210 P= 348x10% P= 25,342 wiDtN = Bo, 25.3410? | wot = Se = AS? lop cioe = CRO x10" Fa 63.0 MP, ~ sop ee Poe eS BHI . se Sood Re WaaBT ot © TELE MIO Pa =~ SG MPa —< PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2006 The RcCin: Ml Corns, ino. All pt rereted No pt fs Massey be Sie epeed 2 rie any oer tay se, ato ie pay we son he Tet S984 ts hed eb | hemor preity MecreveHl oie wa! ous parry, (300 tt sade ang hs Ms ess nae seriProblem 2.55 2.55 Atroom temperature (20°C) a (05-1um gap exists between the ens ofthe nds stowtl, Ata later time when the temperature has reached 140°C, determine (a) the pormal stress in the aluminars rod, (6) the change in length of the aluminum rod AV = jWo- 20 = 120% Fee thermad expansion Spo LacelATI + bag (AM) ‘Alenia Staulese coal =(0.800 (210 Wi2e) + (0.250V12 21 Ki20) Rate ae soba “ arueie salts me = B47 IBY om Shortening doe 4 Poh weet eonstvacet, Sp = 1.297107 = 0.5 riot 2 0.847 «10% > Pe, Be tpt ye Sev ERY ER CER ERP 0.308 0.250 TERS Kz000WI0%)* Thaxlotiasoriosy))P 7 367416" P BENTO P © 0.847410" Pe 232.34 4/0" N @ G+ -2£ . - B&S4x10% A Soni 7 7 16.2 x 10% Pa, -HE2M Ce . r)- Ba Wy Se Lari ~ ee , , 2, = (0.920Maarno Ciao) BIO NESS 3634 0% oy 0.565 my et PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. £92004 Te Motiv Companies oe Ags seve xd in my erm orb ay nan le ee en pein he use OIG petal by eG Hor inca coat prepuce acer: wing of i Mansalray be play eeradiced jon ee ce otescersane Bens 330 sewn wre eleProblem 2.56 2.86 Knowing thar a(.02-in. pap exits when the temperature is 75°F, determin @) the iemeratae ot wich the normal sess inte alumina bar vl Be egal to = oon 1c, () the comespending exact lengta ofthe alumina ba. a Guz - 11k Het" pas Pr G Als (ito\(a.8) = 30,8 «0% fb, Shnctening clue to P s> Be, She EiAy GA feegeinh yen) ¢ Go. BtoXie) SHIEK” (lo.6r10 (BY = 30,687 «Io Avaitable elongation far thermal expangion Sy > Q.024 BO.6S7¥IO? = $0,657 4107 in, Bt 8, = bya, (AT) + Leotaar) = UHI ¥ lo MAT) + M@ Gz. 4 1o* AT) = (Hoo.2*Io VAT Eqoting — Goo. gn AT = 50.657 xo ATS 126.6°F @ Tht = Tedd HAT * TS 4 REE © 201.6" F =< = ry Bbs iO = Lean Ex 0.8 «(0% a = Uisd¢i2.9 etor*M(r26, 6) = esate ye? = rons? lect = IB HIO.TR*IO® 5 48.0107 in. THOFRIETARY MATERIAL. 0206 Te Mesut Coup I. Alig seagd. Me of ie Malye pm “edie ay fone oF by ne, she the pt ween potas Se le, icine draenei ‘shears pod Mra fr ee nar couse popu at sada aa a 9 wha fAProblem 2.57 Brome ‘Aswnsnum Aziain? 4 = 2810" B= 1px t0tpi E106 % Ips Wer ge ex or eon . a. Phe tb) Spr Liar) = EE Sedbtbte any fae by ay oae ty ba Bot (ete? lS = _ + qoevieeemay) Por 775.36K007 P ) Eqeeking — 99S 86n1" P > $2,036 % fo? P= Sz. 279618 = (4X20 ge) — (aan = arte {PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2008 Tae MéGrow lit Compate ie, Aligiareared. Naar is Manat ry he dpa repute lus twee pena 9 publisher ie besand he ned in fas at | hast peed by Meromel i india couse earn. Ty alee ade ng Ms Min you ee ng wie pee { 2.57 Determine (a) the compressive Fores in the bars shown after a temperature rise of 180°F, (3) the corresponding elunge in length of the bronze: bat, Theresa? expansion oT Cree of constraint Spe LAAT) + Le (Ar? = (4a elo 180) 4 Cie 2.4 «to igo) = 72.026 ¥(077 in Constrained expansions $F 0,02 in Shortening clue te induced compressive forme P Sp 72.036"00* — 0,02 = $2.036%157 in, S23 kp 22.02 fa s Yoo x10-* Brasst G's BE = BRUMIS™ . iy. chr iot Pa, © IER MPa " * To these stresses must be added the stresses due fo th a5 KN dod continved‘obPem B continued For the added foad, the additionnd cleformetion is the sane for both the stee! and the brass. Let 5! be the additionad aisplacemert, Algo, fet Py ancl Ph be the additionatd fovces Aevedoped in the steed and eras, respectively. si: BO. BL AE ABE Ph = Bebe gt = Moomseycamore? 51 yoxiot 5° Ps Ane S's beset tet Si = 310s! Toted P= Pot Boe snot Yowto® §' + 3/.5")0°§' = As xio* S$’ 349.65% 10% mn = (Howjio® (3996S 10") = 8.986 wot Pe (Beet) (s44erxiss 5 nye viot N eto? Set B. AEE IO gy a7 10% Pa too » lor ® i f: ALMen 10> 18 36 x 10% Pa GOOK(O"* Add stress due te Fabreation Ge = 34.97 KIDS + 2208x108 s S7OKi Pe = SRO MPH Gt 18.36 ~lo*- Ween es Bcaxit Re = 3cR MPa me PROPRIETARY mATHAIAL, © 4 Da stcion HA Comp he, AL rs opt th Mim may ie py ead LE, = (IS0¥I0* 11. 3EM1B41O7) = 205 x10 0.205 mane as Be = VEY = ~(O,35NI. 36418107) > =HTT HE tom we) ce fd) Ch) By = dey = (20K OP 477. 46010) = = 9.55 K IO ~ 0.00955 mm th Problem 2.62 2.62 42.75 XN tensile oad is applied to atest eaupont mate trom 1.6m Mla stee! plate (F=200 GPa, v5.30). Determine the ecultig change ca) ithe St-mam gage Jength, (2) in the width of portion 4G of the test coupon, (c) in the thickness of A= WY © 14,2 om” portion 8, (in the cross-sectional aru of pomton 42, = 19 210% an" Re 13mm 143.299 «108 ‘ = ABA Stes 10" Fev ey, = —(0.80K 7.10%) = - 214.94 x10% = LB = (0.050016 is tO") = 85 aro 0.0858 mm = We O12 Sy> WEY = (o.01R CAH 84 x18) 2. 2578K 10" 0, 00453 mm <_ t= O00 lbw Se Ee, = (001 zy. 84 a1 “SASPIOW vm - 0.9008437 mm ae As wllte tie te) © wots (4 a4, +88) Ay? wet, BR AALS whete (ty 46, « nog ht Ue dere = Pan taby = B¥o.caKe.core Mean. adtc) = BAEC = = O00 825 toe athProblem 2.63 2.63 A standard tension test is used wv determine the properties of an experimental plastic. ‘The test specimen is u $-in-diameter vod and it is subjected to a 800 Ib tensile foree. Knowing thet an elongation of 0.45 in. and a deerease in diametur of (0.025 in. are observe ina 5-in. gage length, determine the modulus ofelestiity. the rmodutus of rigidity, and Poisson's ratio of the material dlavnees A= at EGY o.s0e796 int a Boo. = = . Wee qe 7 F607 1S poi 0.040 0.085, = - 0.040 485 Ee 28.973 «10% esi E= 29.0 10% psi =e v o.4d day ve O.494 sta = ino29xso* pre Gt 10.08 +10 pai ey 2.64 ‘The change in diatneter of a large stcel bolt is carefully measured us the nut is tightened. Knowing that £~ 200 GPa sed v= 0.29, deiermtine the intemal force in the bolt ithe diameter is observed to decrease by 13 yn. se Sy = IB KIO mm BxBS. =- 216.67 «10 Gy = Ee, = (20004 747.13 %10 ) = d= GOxlo em 149.43 x10° Pa At Bebb = Pleo! = 2.927010 mm = 2 a72 KIO in GA = (49.4800 (2.82781 = 4aavio® ON = 422 kN =< PROPRIETARY MATERIAL ©2006 Te MeCrow-I Congas, (or ered form yoy mvs, en pe wan perso ‘heat prt Mecho i steered. Noy his Maza ny eae, ered lise, rece epee ted eta ee ed van coone peri. Iya rem ten ig ha Moa, yo rung Woo peanProblem 2.65 2265 A tine of lope 4:10 hasbeen serihed on a co-ulled yellow-brass plate, 6 in ‘wide ond} in thick, Using th data availabe in Appendix A, detersine de slope of the Line when the pla is subjected as shown ta 45-kip cent exil load. From Appendix B, B2)Sw/O*psi, @> Sento" pat - = > Bo). 8) e Saar YF REM asa 7! F O.sa9e Ae MS) = 150 in® Hire) = Ee BP © sone pe SO Te C+ eey by > Ge SOU 0.00200 £7 — VE = ~(0.8893o.00200) = ~9.6006786 ton = ED __(A)(1 0.000786) _ lo(l+&) ~ Yo) 4 0.002007) 0- 89893 ~ Problem 2.66 2.66 A 2-m length of an aluminum pipe of 24@-mam outer diameterand 10-mm wall thickness is used as a short eofumn and cartes a cenitie uxial lod of 640) KN. Knowing that = 73 GPa and ¥ 0,33, determine (a) the change in Jenath of the Jiavks pipe, (# the change in its outee diame, (¢} the charge in its wal thickness. / ] do= 240 mm b= 10mm di = de~8t = 223mm am AT Bde ds) F(240"- 220") = 7.2257 <10% mm™ = LBST XO m* P= GHoxlo* N wos «- PL. - Ledoud (2-06) 5 ee rn HO RE © G.2a57 «103K 78 107) ATO" m = 243 mm _ = By. 2.4a7vio® 2 3 é= fe 3.05 = 1.2183 * Io Eng 7 ~ VE = ~(O.B8)CL2188 0%) = 400.4 «J0* (hy Ad, = che Eat = (240K 400. 4x10) = 0.096! nm _— (AB = Beat = (Io 400.410% ) = 0.00400 mm —2.67 A 20-mum squne bas been “rte one seo larg sel peaute veel Froblem 2.67 After pressurization, the biaxial stress condition af the square is as shown, Using the dachavaisblen Append dorset sel, Jleon slope of diagonal 8 due to the pressurization of Uxe ve 3 SONIA me , che percent change in she For obrvcdurad steed Appoedliy B givss 2010 a9 PUM E> R00GPa, G9 772 GPa = as; fe Certara - S., -4- 1 e IN Vs ge! Gong | = 0.2488 6, = 160 *lO* Pa 6y = BO x10" Pa 8 G20 ey B= $US - »6y- ¥ GL) 6 sot — [1 (08 (0.295 Nox oa. Fonwiga LIGOM @.2953\60x105)} = 0,00068187 Gt El-eS + & ~ 96) = gopnTOt [-o.2153Kicortot) + goxpo*] = 0,000 16373 [4 € } + 0.09016373 = It | b+ 0.000167 _ Shope of DE ten Tet PP oeabdhis7 7 0-97994822 CReage in sPope 6.999482 - | = ~ 0.000818 Ateneo 0% = 0.0518 Fe -_ PROFRIETARY MATERIAL, 2100 Ye kG edn fm by a) a oes ed iy MktProblem 2.68 ee #(-»6, -¥&+&) 2.68 A fabric used in air-inflared stroctures is subjected to a biaxial Loading that 160 MPa. Knowing that the 7 GPa and ¥= 0.34, determine results jg nomal stresses 0, = 120 MP and properties ofthe fabric ean be approximated as F tbe change in length of (2} side A, (8) side BC; (c) Gisgonal AC. fee EUG - ¥G - v,) Hox ~ (0.34 Xicoxto*)] 754,02 «107% = £3701 ¥1o® (a) Sys (AB Ye, = (100 mn )L254.02 210°) = 0.0754 (bh) Sq CHE) Es = (Sm LI-BTONM1S V = 0 1028 {e) Ayn Sig babel cider of right triangle ABC as ab anda, 2 b cts ata bt Obbain differentials by eatcutus. 20 de = 2ada+ 2b ob de> Bda+ Bab Bot, OF 100 mm bt 120 mm, = POOF 75) = 125 mm das Sag 2 0.0754 mm Ab = Sg = 0.1370 mm Se > de = BE Co erst) + (0.1028) = 0.1220 mm mm PROPRIETARY MATEWAL. ©2010 The Neti Companies, Ine. Al gt red Ne pad of hc Maan nny pe epeaeed| step ny fom {kal pi y Mtr rasa sous pepe joes tent a ena ns wiou erorten parm a he pais erie es inte! Gute Tots a foo ming whoa pri 6, = Roxio" Pa, Gz o, 6 = oxlo* Pa yiteel- (0.8¢X\20 x10") + 160 «10% ] A2.69 The aluminum rod AD is fitted with ajacket that is used to epply a bydrosttic Problem 2.69 pressure of 6000 pi tothe 12-in, portion BC'of tie rod. Knowing that £— 10.1 10! psi and v= 0.36, determine (a) the chauge in the (otal lenge 4D, (the change in diameter at dhe mide of the 10. ee ee ze (6, - 8) - #6) > nex [- cove ~0.2610) ~ (0. (-se00)] = = 390,192 x10"° y= El-vs, +6; ~ 26) t [- (0.60004 0 - (0.%6F6000) | 10. 1x10 = 4a7.7Z Jo™* length subject fo stmin Ee? Le Idina @) Sys Ley = Ua427.22e1O) = Siseloe om, = ) S, 2 dg © (5) 38011210) =~ 0.570 x10" in. =< PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, £70 The Meir Hl impanuy i:Allnghieneared. NOt te ara! ny be nape, pad ‘edd yf ce yay ass, wild he ee waite pease of Folic o ex bord ie Irate ben eb ‘doer peed by Mera fl i heads eure poprton. yu atts mak ig ee aes, youu Ha Uo eAProbi 2.70 For the rod of Prob. 2.69, detemnine the forcs tha should be applied to the lem 2.70 end A and D of the rod (a) ithe ain strain in portion BC ofthe ods to romain ero asthe hydrostatic pressure is wpplicd, () if the toa ength AD of he ted Ist romain unchanged: 2.69 The alumioum rod 4D is fied with ajacket that is used to apply a hydrostatic pressure of 6000 pai fo the 12-in. portion AC et the rod. Knowing that E~ 10,1 « 10° psiand v= 0.36, deverinine (a) the change sn the toa! length 4, (6) the change in Giameter atthe middle of the rod. Over the pressurized portion BC Seep GG (ye b C- oO + G& - V6) = E(aup + 6) @) yee= oO Rupr Gyro ‘Sy = - ap = - @X2.26eo00) = = 4820 psf A= Bae = BGs = 4.16718 in F= A6y = (L7ens¥-4320) + - 7630 4. ie. 7680 Lb eompvession mat (bY Over unpressurtzed portions AB an? CD G+ 8, =o ye > Ee = g For no change in Length S = bag Elag * LeclEyloe + LenlEyee = O (Lae Leo Gye + Late = O @o-2) & + 2 (2up+ 6) +0 Sy aie ~ lenssv(eoee) 5 2542 ps Pe AG, = (h.7etisy(-2542) = ~ 4580. fe. ie HSB NL compassion F]-v6, +6y - Gd] =p law ie - etre, J — PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2106 The MeGaw-Dill Capac, bs Al gs ied. Ne pa os Mana my diplaed epscct seb inary forex by ay ma, wit ho pr write erent psec sed joe lined atte echoes ctr pee ta hsm rhe sci causa prepreg, you as sce asng Bi Meal yo sagt abe preProblem 2.74 2.74 Inanany situations itis Keon that the normal stress it a given feremample =O athe te tana shown, For sca wh ' LM fs plane sires, show that if the stains 4 and 6 have been determined experinienrally, we can express 0, 0, and as follows at 9, : TW Be EUG vSy) ad & 2 $-VG+G) @) MuPbépPying (A by v and adding te (1) aw By + ve = ea on & = Ele. we) = Mobtiplying C1 by v7 anal actoting 402) jw ¢ five, = i's, oo & sil ey+ vey) = 2 EC -vo, - HG S) = —B Eal ee ey +e 8,) - PUY) ~ 2 2 (B+ > ES Ce) = Problem 2.75 2.75 ‘The plastic block shown is bonded to a sigid support and to a vertical plate to ‘hich a 40-EN loud P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic wed G= 1050 MPa, determine the deflection ofthe plate. Ae BOWIE 1Ex/0% mn = 1.6 IO Pr adouo' N te We FH - asst Pe { fe GF OSD 4 8 Pe WY Seti omen he 50mm = 0.050 im a = hT> (.060G8.4le «107 FLO KIO mn LOT amd = PROPRIETARY MATERIAN. #806 he Mi Congr Al igh eee. Neo i aa mbes (edn any far Bay mae, power-on ee, cr sed eed te te das ates lease hy Mine fort infranl couse preperation It yes ea sce ag he Mel, areg ae FenProblem 2.76 2.76 What load P should be applic fo the plate of Prob, 2.75 to produce a 1.S-ram deflection? 2.75 The plastic block shown is bonded to a rigid support and to a vedtica plate to ‘which a 24044 foad P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic used G= 1050 MPs, determine the deflection ofthe plat, = Se LS mm = LSx(O me { “ b= BO men = SOMIT? nv i s ¢ = Bp bento os # Ve Tr PP gore 7 30x it Gr 10S0r10% Pa o Dimenson Imeem dhk 4 = GY = (osDx10° a0 «107) = BIS ¥ (Om Pa At (20X80) * 4.6 110% men’ = %EHIO™ P= A= BLS HORE (O*) = ZORKIONN 02 tN 420 vio" Pa -2. ark. wu. oF ia CRS ATE FRE 254. 38) xO im a 5 BABB {0% mm” A = (200mm bY y= Ae = SRBBES S262 om - foo 2o8 - pe & = Meets nee e7 ie* Bot Te Bo as Ba Ghee = 2d me = Problem 2.80 2.80 Hor te tasers eu in Pech 2.79 th b= 70 a a 2 = 30mm dlotermine the shearing modelus (and the shear stress fora mauvitmuan itera Loed, Po LO RN and a maximum displacement = 12 ma Shearing Force P= 19x10°N Aven At 00 vm (220 mm) = BYTE mn = YN Ios 3 ge BU. ~ 431.8) + 10% Pe A Wax Lo" = 431 kPoo = Shearing stan > $= EEE = 0.400 Shearing modulus 2 wo? GE Agee” = 1.080410" Pa = 100 MR =e PROPRUETARY MATERIA. 62006 The MeGrnv-Hil Cems, lee, al gh eserves. Me pr oh Mana ay be dry epad Peer ey loc aby anp mat we ers wen prin fe Fulter arsed pom he ined ae ess an Sens ally McGee Mi trilou nanicsl cou rpuiom Ifyauatea aden asg hs Bana, yo resin wis pe,Problem 2.81 ‘Sh caring strain Shearing stress 2.81 ‘two blacks of mbber with a modulus of rigidity G~ 1.75 ks are bonded to ‘iyi suppors and toplate AB. Knowing thet e~ 4 9. nd 2 10 ps, deternsne the smallest allowable dimensions a and b of the blocks if the shearing stress in the ruber snot to excoed 200 ps andthe éeflectonof the pla iso be a east in ion — @ = a 4 P e a> a he ye a> E = 16d in — a ne be ae ree be sone = G.RS in ~ RYN Gee) Problem 2.82 2.82 wo blocks of rubher with 2 modulus of rigidity G= 1.50 ksi are bonded ‘0 rigid suppovtsand toa plate 4B. Knowing that 8 # in. and c= $ in. determine the largest allowable load P and the smallest allowable thickness a of the blocks ifthe Shearing stress athe rubher is not to excoed 210) psis and the deflection ofthe plate isto beat least in,Problem 2.83 42.83 Determine the change in Volume of the 50-mra gege length segment AB in, Prob, 2.62 (@} by computing the dilatation ofthe materia, (2) by subtracting the criginl volume of pusion AB from ts inl voiurse. 2.62.A 2.75 KN tensile load is applied tom test coupon made frora | 6-mum flat steel plate(£=200GPa, v= 0.30}, Determine the cesulting change () inthe $O-mm gage lengt, (2) in the wicth of portion 48 of the test coupon, (c) in the thickness of portion 4B, (din he cross-sectional arca of portion 48. Pate BEE caPcuPetions here 2r8iN 2T5kN 12 0 ) Age OAMEED © 1G 2 im S822 107F nt Vokume Wee loA, e (SOME RY © 960 mm? 2 R_ 275K | . . : Ge = Ko Vario 7 143,227 210% Pa. G&G =o fn 2 $(G,- ue, v5.) = Bee PEP ie is aor? By = Ey = ruby = CO. Te ISKte?) © - aM adel CF He +e © RENE WIC AV > Ye = (460)C 296.4 lo) © 0, 27S mm b) “From the sofotion te Probdew 2.62 Sp = 0.03581 yum Sy F - 0.002578 mm Bye ~ 0.000 2437 mer The dimensions whes onder the 2.75 bM food ave- Hength |» let Se = SOF 0.0258) 50,0858] mn widkh we wetSy> \2- G,002578= MN, FATHRZ mmm y thickness t= to +5, % LO - 2, 00COBIST = 1.S949ESC3 mm volume As wt = (S0.03858NCU. 49724IIC. SIVESEBIE 96.278 mm® AV = V-U% = 960,276 — HO = 0.275 mm* PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 006 The MeColll Compal. ABgkiceved Napartf te Menor may Sede cepa {rset ney fr ry anp meats, Ie por sri prmtie 9 he ables, owed beyen Pein dato to eaceeane ‘ana puety MeCauecl for thar indviuacoure popes. ys sate wing is Mo ou he sing nel pre.Problem 2.84 “2.86 Determine the dilatation ¢ and the change in volume of the 8-in. length ofthe rod shown if(¢) the sod is made of stee! with £ = 29 * 10% psi and v= 0.30, (6) the rod is made of aluminum with Z= 10.6 » 10° y= 035. tae rie = FQ) > oresane int Lia . , PF lnjot it Stresses: OE GEIB = 14.0056 v lo? pss Ge Gere (@) SteeP B= agwtot pss ve 0,20 be = EUG Gv) = Se MOET gs gems = PCA Gre): - we Fwy = ~0.30)(482.45~ 10°) WY e259 oe bv6,~ G4 > = OE = ly sasatot RAG te © 193.2 «jor! —_ E = 10.6 *10° pes we 0.85 2 i see F 182128 x10" Ey > VE, = ~ (0.85) 1.32128 x10) = — 462,45 ¥I0° E. fy = -462,45% 10% @r E+E +B = Sx x 10% 4 AV = Ver ALe = (.r8Sa98Xelaee vio) © a.4ax i> in? me PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 716 The McCrwstlill Compench. Ie. Alig eset. opt he Kab ay be dilge epee (ticiwed in ryFvn yn) ans, pte een emi of te pn o wi bye ih en ate ‘heir pened by Pram fi ainda sete yep youre» het wang the oa, ou ta a pe LL“RAS (a) For the axial loading sown, determine the change in beight and the Problem 2.85 change in volume of the brass cylinder shows, (4) Soive pert ¢, asswning that the tonding is ydeosais with o, = 2,= a, =~ 70 MP hee 18S mm = OBS Eo 105CPs soos Aor Bo = Flash = 5.6745 01o mm = S674 153m Ve = Ashe (a) =o Gy = - S8xIS Pa, GO ha? 766.060 10" mmm = 766.06 107% mn® 2 FOG HG 9G = | = ae +H $52.38)" Abs hey = UBS mm MC ~ $52.38 110°) B - 00746 mam ~ = i-2¥ = U=2r 8% . (0.34)C58 11%) er AEG er gy 6G) = GPG = (ocunese niet) 182. 8 127 AV = We = C766,06m10% mt CE 187.816105) = 8.9 meme (e) 6% = Gy = 6, = = 70x10 Pa 624 6y +6, = -210*10° Pa By = Ee + Gy - EY = (est \c roxio") = = kRG 67 xJor* Bh = he fy > UBS mm \C 226.6710") = = 0.0806 mm ~ 0.34 \— woe) ie ¥ (Ge 6y4 6) = OB alert). soo AY * Qe = (766.0610? mum IC- gon 10°F) = = S2i mm? ~ PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, 2096 The MeGox-lll Corps, oe Al vised Nope ofthis Mal maybe gan peated ited any om by my es he reese te ful 8) yr! Rotel Sula eee lucas poate hy Mee il fe ik ndwidl ous preps VIyeneamsaden up a anal, Youse wise ie pee on"2.86 A Gin diameter solid stoel sphere is lowered into he ovean toa poitl where Problem 2.86 the pressure is 7.1 ksi (about 3 miles below the surfuee). Knowing tha: £29» 20° psi and = 0.30, determine (a) the decrease in diameter of te spre, (6) the ‘decrease in volume ofthe sphere, (c) the percent increase the density ofthe sphere. For a sofid sphere WE a2 = EF (s.00)* = 113.097 ins Sy > Sy = SG, = -p = - Ri x10" psi Bet BC -v VG) = = eda lp 5 LONG te) 97 93 vio Likewise 6 = &, = - 47.93 xto* C= Ext & +, = - 293.79 xio* (a) -dd =-do et, =-(6,.001( 97,73 «10° ) = 58g x Io™* in, -— (el AV =U) = ~(118.0470(-293,. 74% on) = BB.avio® jn3 =a t) heb m= mass of sphere . m > constaahs m= Ve = pV = pulse) Lzfe . ve fp eee Uy se oe Po * g ' = groreyt wo! Tee-! ={l-ere*-et4 So 1 = -e+e* 674 2 = 293, 74x107% F7f x 100% = (293.79 418 Noo H) = 0.0294 Me ~« [PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 206 Yh Meinl Cmpuies In Alsigh ees Nop of i Maa yb pay repre cbt oa by ay stent pir ren perio of he pase nt ayer ed rn echersn| ‘hes permed McCown neue prepa, fate sero thi maya eo on Pematem 2.87 £2.87 A viration isolation support cunsiss ofa cod 4 oF adius Rad abe B of Problem jinner radius &, bonded to a 80-nun-long bollaw rubber cylinder with a modulus af rigidity G= 10.93 MPa Determine therequined valu of the ratio RR, iif 10-KN force P i to cause a 2mm defleetion of na A. Let v b2 0 vadia# coordinate. Over the hedfow TT veber cylinder Rog VER, “ee Shearing stress T aching on a cyPindncal surface of tadiusr is -2 .: A The shearing strain is yeh? G anéhr Shearing deformation over radial tength dr 2.r wv Pd : : a 432 aes phe a Tote? dePormetiw < Re : (* de oF S ds “HER “a, r “abn hel R-dn®) - 2 > abr a an & < anh . Gr ilip. 23 x1ot V0, 0%0\\o.0%8) = 0783 & = exp (1.0988) = 2.00 = [HDPMLARY MATERIAL, 6200 Thee Gai A dtc, No pet May be dole ep cpt ott mas ait sini he pba: sd pd eid itn aProblem 2.88 *2.88 A vibration isolation support consists of a rod 4 of radius Ry ~ 10 mmm anda {ube of inner radius &, = 25 mum bonded to an B0-ram-long hollow rubber cylinder with a modulus of rigidity G= 12 MPa, Determine the largest allowable force P which tnay be applied to rad 4 {fits defection is wot to exceed! 2.50 mmm, let v be o vadiad cosedinate. Over the hebfow Re vem stom vubker eydinder —— e Shearing steess T aching on & cytindricad surface B OP vadiver is 2-2 -f Ce * anh rc ¢ hag The shearing strain is Pe v= & * ene Shearing deformation aver rediad fonsth de dr Pp de a5= Yor * men Tatad cleFor motion Bye PR de a \ aS =3RGh \ r - 2 fe - dae eh anch (tn Ra - Sn B) = AT7EKS An (QR) he BOmm = 0.080 wn] 10 mm = 0,010 im Ry = 2Tmm 0.025 my Data? R, GF laxto® Pa 6 )0.080)(2. 50 x1a~*) P 2 AMUAxIot(o.03\R soe. ie yeviol 16. 4e KN mm On (0,025 /0, 010) S¥ 2.50410" m PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. £2006 Te NG Hl Commas, lias ore Nope in Mama mayb dite 2 hues ary fa oF ay eat, ou eye Ren psf he pubcenm heye! head abut ose me dst pms McGrail fort Sie cear:parparian you area waning tis Manel ou aes wl ns,Problem 2.88 £289 The material wonsants FC, & and wave related by Eas, (2.33) and (2.43) Show that any one ofthese constants may be expressed in terms of any other two constants, For example, skow that (a) & = GEA9G - 38) and (8) v= Gk -2cMKGE * oh -—_. == Kgqrm) om © Z0GD5 A. -£- cay the 26 ae RE i k ~ 2ES = 2EG RR-V] 326-26 +46 6-GE zt . 86 © “@-6E ~ koe 2Ctey OS = Ry Bk-6kv = 264 26v Bxk-26 = 2G+ER ps 32.26 -_ Gk+ We Problem 2.90 42.90 Show tat foreny given maters the ralio GE ofthe modulus. ity over the modulus of elasticity is aly tas dhaa-$ but more than + (ifn: Refer to Fq- (2:43) and to Sv. 2.12} E 6: Es 2¢tw Ge Assume 220 for atmast all metensts and ved fo = posthive budke modutos Arpty tng the bounds = 22 Ee 244-3 Teking be veciprocals PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2006‘he MeGiav-ill Canis re pis reer Mn pa of hs Macon my hse reed edie fo ey ma ht nope wen porn hep nae Une he eal Sion teats nt PEIN; MEG HI or dorset re pein yan ea mesa ht eal ows ng ul artoProblem 2.91 °2.91 A composite cube with 40-mm sides andthe properties shown is made with lass poly fers aligned in the direction, The cube is constrained apsinst deformations inthe yan: dtections and is subjected toa tensile loud ut 6S &N i Shesdireaion,Detemuine (athe charge i the length ofthe cube in tex diretion, Fe MOOR uy OH) thesteses oy ad im na Soa SWwess-fo~ strain equations ave Vey Vall vy Moe aia wy ee a w 2 (sy The emstrant condition ave 8,70 ond E20, Boing C2) and (3) with the constrannh cond. hens BS > tees ee a Be ~% a ‘2 BGI EG: BE @ Wa “FRG + ta 6. = OB Gy on - 0.48 + = 0.077016 & da Sy ~ SHS, = SESE, on Gy O.4aRE, = 0.077216 6% Sclving simoftaneousdy Gy = 6, 7 0.134993 6y Using CH ed EV in O) fet Eo. BE - BE Ey = &Li b= @.asy Yo.134993) - (0. a4 Co. 34993) | 6, “Saaie Se A = (40)(4o) = 1600 mm” = 1600 ~10"* wo? Gy = = = BAR = vo casio’ Pa continueProblem 2.91 covhnued 756.18 «10° (2.93142 Myo.6as x1?) Ex= 50 10 > Se by, = (HO mn Y786.78"1S! Y= 0.0303 mm = bb) 6) = 40.625 4j0°Pe. = 4O.6 MPa = —_ Sy = Gy = ©.134993 )C4o_6arK(0%) > 5.48 «10° Pa = S43 MPa *2.92 The composite cube of Prob, 2.91 is constrained against deformation ia the 2 direction and clongated in the x direction by 0.035 min duc to & tensile load in the x Problem 2.92 (0.077216 ay easeio) = 3.44610" Pa = 3.45 MPa ~ te, -% From (27 gy - oO tEy Pe = ~O2SHY(4y 62510") 5 Gg _ (OMaBI3.446Ex108) 50x10" TSAO? = 7 323.73 x10°* By 2 by & = Gomm W 323.78 10°) =~ 0.0124 mm PROPRIETARY MATEIUAL. © 2036 The MsGiew-Hil Componich is, All igh mass. Noperof te Mana may ented reeaed tbe in cya yay sme onen persion ne pa on ad yond ao dein echt od eatin pried i Mea i fr Weirdos prpuon Myou ae soe eg thie aml you ar Wig twa pera,(by Problem 2.93 2.98 Knowing tat dy = 120MPo, determine the mimi allowable ale af he ” ‘centric axial load P. At From Fig. 264a,K= 2.65 2 KE = Ate Srme® Ry Pe Sa At bole Booz £50) © 25 mm Ant = (S0)US) = 750 mn = P- CsonierYea@ 108) 47 «10? N Aifooabde valve of P is the smadber Pe 4ugioN = 47 kN 1g 7T tn™ wy 02 0S0in, S = 28 = 0.20 Foam Fig. 2.646 Keo 1.44 KE C99 oxo) = ip onto at Goat EE Ge9Y Mesto) = 0.25910" pri 10,35 kei = Wve oes F > 28S = = 0.25 K = 182 he (eo, . ‘ Ca “e + CBRL Lg ay pot ps: @.71 ksi Problem 2.96 2.96 Kuowing thot, forthe plate shown, te allowable tess is 16k, detemine the ‘maximum allowable value of P when (a) r= 3 in, (b)r= Fin. Sonn = 1G IO prs D- Som de2son Y= 200 Rein = AL = GSOKG) = 1B7S in® @ regis 087m $= SPE - os From Fig. 2646 9 Ke aut ~ KE Cmee = Baw AES et) = 14.02 «(0% Lb M.02 képs 0.9375 in . Srug = HeeP ce Keatet = Frou Fig 266 Bw ons ye 007d =(0.170025)* HRS in me2.98 A hole to be drilled in dhe pte at 4. The damier ofthe bits availabe lo Problem 2.99 si the hoe maz from 12 co 24 mm in 3emim increments, (a) Determine the dtiemeter dof the Sargest bis tht canbe ysed if ke allowable lose at the lei exceed tata ibe fillets (@) the allowable sts in the plate s 148 MPa, wt ie the comssponding allownbie oad 2 Lax 12350 Ad the Bitets | P= tim Az IS im NN : Bl ues, ° De NZ Sm B= UAE Ls Fe bro Fm ky nee Ke Zio Buen = U7E 21 = 900 mm™ = 900mm” = 900x10° ma” Srna = Kee Sig + Rage Asp Sia. Goo nto *idr4s 104) FCUinto* N= ERI kN re Au a At the hole? Aut = (D- 2r)t, pow where D> 112.5 mm = vadius of cincte teldmm Kis token Prom Fig 2.64 a Sime = KEL = 6 Pg = Art Seu R Hoke diam! | d=D-2r| vt | Ki | Anti} Pe, a 12 mm | 6.Omn! 100.5) 1S mm | 7Smm| 97.5 mm WB mm | ona] 14-5 mm Bd mm | 10.Sr | ALS mm BA wm | 1ZOmm| BBLS mm 0.060) 2.80] oexio® | E2.5xlo% 0,077 | 2.75 | 110% Jo% | C17 10% 0.095 | 2.71 |N34x}o° | Coz 1” O:S | 2:67 | 1ogsxion® + $7.6 » 1o® 0.136 | 2.62} lo6axto | £8. 8x Io" PROPRIETARY SALERIAL. ©2646 The echae il Campa, foe. Al phe and, Napa hs Monon edgy. eee at nay fon ey yen, woah wes pasion pute repel ped ied teoenen ieee facings ty McGraw frites preston yom meee eg hs ma ual Woot penneProbiem 2.100 2.100 (a) Fors? =58 XN add 12 cm, determine the maxiraum stegs in the plate shown, (b} Soive part a, assuming thatthe hole ata is nor delle. LB Maxioum stress at hode Use Fig. 264 a Pow vadues of K ' 3 sarc + 0.0877, K= 2.80 Brot = U2 MNS 12) = (ROE met = 1206 «IT = KE. 80X Saint) Some Rae 1206 * fo-* Maximum steess of F:Dets 134.7 «108 Pa. Vse Figs 2.04 & g2 heron 2B. Ke 210 Ann = (2RMISY = G00 mm = FH0.%107% m™ = KL 2 ee saxtodd _ . Soae Ke Qo r joe > «138.3 10" Pa (A) With hobs ond Filfets Some = IBN MP <= (b) Without hose Sue = 1395.3 MPa = PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. £300The MiCraeS Compt sites nay Fr yay esa hen ween snes paid ty McGraw Hil or te ted eos ese lig reseed No pat of is Maal my be pla repos on oe pes a Eye fs Bed dr vc ad yo a st eng is ant ou te ig nha praProblem 2.101 2.101 The eyindrical rod Aa has ateagth L~ 5 fe and «0.75, diametsr, its is maide of mild stec! that is assumed to be clastoplastic with #= 29 10° psi and ay =364si, A force Pis applied to the bur and then emo to give ita penmanent cet 4, Determine the maxinsum value ofthe force P and the ntaximu amount 4, by sthich the har shoud he srctched ithe desired valle of 6s fa 1 in 023 i Ar Fat > Borst = o.4tize in® Le SFt = Goin : ~ LG | edisewict) _ 2 Ser Lees Soe 7 OO7H8S in. Whem S.. exceeds Sy, thes causing permanent stretch Se, the maximum foree i= Ph= AG, (0.44179) 36 x18) * 15,4043 10" Jb. I$.40 Kips <3) Bee Sn 8 S.-Sy so thet S.= Sp 4 5p (a) Spe Out Sm? OC.) + O.07448% = OTS in. — (1 Sp = OQ in Sa OR+ O.O744BSZ = 0.274 in. _ Problem 2.102 2.4102 Thecylindrical rod Aithas# length .~6 flanda | 25-n, diameter: itis made of a mild steel that is sumed to be ekistoplastic with E=29 » 10° psi and 36 ksi, A force P is applied tothe ber until end A has moved down by an amount &,, Determine the maximam vale of the free P andthe permanent set of the har ater} | ® the force has been removed, knowing that (2) 6,= 0.125 in, (6) 4,= 0.250 in I Az Bate Ulicas)*s Lane in.* b= Of = 12h, : = LS . (2reexio® 2995, iM TF S22 Sy, Pat ASy = (1.22708 (Ze Sy so thef Pa = 44.2 kips —_~ *. Bo, Ge - SF ke * @ 7 Sy = 0.097379 Sp > S47 3 ONAT ~ 0.089379 = 0.0856 in. -_ (1S, = 0.250 in, > Sy se thet PA 44.2 hips =< S'= Sy Sp = S,-$' = 0.250 = 0.089379 = 0.1606 in. “ 706.86 mn? = 706.86 «iOS en Eau = baseeq 210% mn® = 1 25E64 aot mt fe Aoc = sam ‘ . : oan ‘diameter Ponaen > Kein ®y = (706.86%10 YASOnIO) = VETS KLE ~ 176.7 kN = Ellaw Pile . UMS V8) 4 (i76,7/50/0" La) Baw E Ree (AOOK[ONN 706.86 110) (hoo x104 Yi 25664 tor) FN BIBTS MIF mm = 1437S mom Sp= Sn-S' or Sm StS =e 2H 1487S = B84 mm 104 2.104 Rod ABC consists of ww cylindrical portions AB sad BC’ it is wede ofa mild Problem 2, cl that i assumed w be sastoplastic with F ~ 206 GPa and 2 250 MPa. A free P isapplied tothe rod unis end has moved dowa by an ammount d= enn Deteumine the maximum vate ofthe force Pand the permanent se. of the tod after the Force has been remcved. “a.m dismeter z 1 + ae Age = 9 Be) = 706.86 me = 706.86 210 gem Rees Bo} = 125664 #107 mus > 1.25644 «107 m* damete Fre? nin = (706.8610 agoxio*)= M6TSx1F Nv 116.7 kN toe PL Pilpe (126,11 «107 }(0.8) (IGS HP VY si oe, "TE Ree” Cooma reeeea10%) * Foonio* \eascetrioF) 143254173 w= B47 mem = S~WB4B7S = BIE mm PROTEIBTARY MATERIAT, ©2005 Tie McGraw-Hill Compr, be AN ight etted. No pun fis Blows may Se diglaye epotcd ‘sete ny fam ot by ay ars, wow tert men es a po wedge’ bea Shei acho soe ess patel McG racH fe edad cura wepton. rouse sate wont teal fone eee kee ae2.105 Rod nade ofa mild sel hat js amu be aoa wh E = Problem 2.108 200 GPaand = 34S MPa. After herd has tren atahed wo ieripe ne Cd, itis found that end Cis 6 mum too high. A vertical force Q is then applicd at C until Opole moved peivonC Donnie te oqued maga of ade deflation dite kver nto map back wea aon postions Qi emotes Ang = BGs 68.617 mm = 65.617 1a * mn™ Simea rod AB is te be atretehel porrancalfy, (Fra moe = Aaa Sy = C63.617% 107 OHS x108) = 21. 74a 108 N 11 Q-O7 Gye orm — ‘tae Quine ® 22 (21.948 707) = 13.9¢7"10> N Fee | " \B.97 kN =a 2 ss *, + En dmeclas (2448x1028) stm Q — |e Sie ERs” (ROO MONK. LIInIOD % SERS HC : os st = 3.0804 107° red 544 Le big Se LL Ole 2.39% 107% m 3.24 room Problem 2.108 2.106 Sotve Poh, 2.105, assuming that he vield point ofthe nid tel is 280 MAP. 2.405 Rod 420 is made of a mild stel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with & 200 GPa and G+ 345 MM. After the sod lias boon attached ta the rigid lever CD, itis found that end Cis 6 mum too high. A vertical force Q is then applied at C until this point has moves to positon C. Determine the required magnitude of Q and the deflection d, ifthe lever is to snep back to a horizontal postion after Q is removed. Bag = B@Y = 65.617 mt © 68.617 110% ee Since red AB is to be stretched permanently, CFigdmn= Are Sy = (68.617 110X250 «10°) 15.404 x10? N +2 IM, = O LI Q-O7G. =o Pp Q 2.3 (5. 904310?) @ 10.12 410 N a tog ke =e 1 Cimdmuban U5, F043 4 G25) aa Soo = et Geer ltimiesy 7 PS asule = Ba 2321 1 rad 8 SF Lee Z24¢Kj0 8m RE mm2.167 Rod AB consists of two cylindrical portions 4C'and BC, each witha eross- Problem 2.107 ‘section area of 2950 min’. Portion AC is mace ofa mild steel with E=200 GPa and 0 =250 MPa, and portion CB ismade ofa high-strength stl with = 200 GPa aud 0, 345 MP2. A load I is applied at C as shown, Assuming both steels to be Te tlastolats, dete thc maim deflection of i? rods irersoed on from zero to 1625 kN and then reduced back to zor, (the maximum stress in each " portion of the rod, (¢) the permanent deflection of C, ‘lan Displacement oC te case yielding of AC [ L yo!) Lge Seyr= bic Eyse = Ste = CteNasowe) © 9 woo v15* m Corcespending Force Fe = A Sigg = 1298 005* )QQ50 #10") = 7325 Kio N Fee ®= EASe = — 00M 10° Yeag9 «IO MO,H00.“kS*) 0. B20 7737.5 "10" N Fx ot For equidbeiom of element at 0, ” Teg —CRyeRI=O | Re Al- Fge 1475x103 N Since apptied Ioad Ps 1628 x1 N > h25«108w, portion ad’ yiebdee Fog = Fig - P= 987,Se10 1625" 10°N-= - 987.8 1° W a) $= -& fale. 2 A887. S11O)VOBO) og ys g@ vio m Qoo #109 R450 «toy * = O.NBI mm e) Mayimun stresses, Gre? Cue = WFO MPa -_ ~ Fe og x10 - Y Pe =. Sec BR 7 aasovjors 7 7 300.81¥I0" Pa 2-301 HPQ ae (2) DeFection and Forces fox wd ng ne Hidlae Roles - be - ee 3 ae Fe eg > 7 Phe pe sees" = Pl Py = oe Pye = 812.5000" N gis BI2.§ 108 (0.320) (Rooter GIs Io] WO MIO BH IF om Sp = S,- SG) = 0.48156 0% - O.myocemre® = 0.04068 x10 m = B.04O7:mm ymaProblem 2.108 2.108 For the composite rod of Prob. 2.107, it is gradually increased from zero ‘unt the deflection of point C'reaches a maximum value of J, = 0.5 nt and thea decreased back to 7er0, determine, (2) the maximum value of P, (6) the meximum ca stress in each, 220000 2.407 Kod Ait consists of t40 cylindrical portions 4C and BC, each with a gr0s9- svettonal area oF 2950 mm, Portion AC is made ofa mild stel with J 200 GPa de and o, = 250 MPa, and portion CB is made ofa high-strength steel with £ » 200 GPa and 9) = 345 MPa. A load P is applied at Cas show. Assuming both stels to be clastuplestic, detsreaine (a) the maximum defieetion ot if P is grachmy inereased fiom zero to 1625 KN and then reduced back w zero, (6) the maximum sess in each le portion ofthe rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C. 220 Dispfacement af C is Sm = 0.80 mm. The covsesponching starne are Ssoms = 1.6625 10% - £gene = = 1.5625 x10"? Strains ot india? yiekting Eye = Set = BST = asic — Cyielbing) Eyes = see = GHSHIOE es z5mo — Cebastic) lod Fores: R= AG, = (zasowio™* Kasonio*) = 737.6x10° NV Fig = EAE = -(200K107 M2950 «10 )(- 1.625410" Je 421.875 x10" N For equi dibvinn of element at ¢ Fre~ Feg- P= 0 Pe Fo- Fe = PSPS 110% 921, BISHIO" = LESARISMIO’ N= Ig5d KN ot (b) Stresses: AC Ca Syac = 250 MPa = = Fg 2 310% CB Oe Fe eo ert 7810" Pa 2 3RSHPa tt ‘eucarsperioe tp McCraw fr isha coue preperation. Hoos ae on ong ts Mara, yo ree ad genta,Problem 2.109 2.109 Two tempered-steel hers, euch Fein, thick, are bonded to 4 { -in. mild-steel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to centric axial Joad of mayritude P. Bath stecls ae clastoplatic with & ~ 29 16° psi and with yield swengths equal 10 100 ksi and 50 ksi, respectively fo he tempered and mild steal. The load P is ‘adually increased from zero unt the deformation ofthe bur reaches w mascimum value J, ~ 064 in and then deerezsed back w zero, Determine (a) the maxim value of P, (6) ve ouximur stress the ternpered-stel bar, (c) he permanent set alfcr the load is renioved. For the mwid steed A,= GY¥2) = 1.00 ut 2 Sat 1 Se > Lurcsonjor) = 0.024138 in. For the tempered steef A, = 2(¢8)(2) = O.75 in? Sv 18 = CMloorP) - 0.048276 in Total area: A= AeA, = 17S in® Sa Bm < Sra The mf steed yields. Tempered steed is ches (a) Forees PF, = ALS), = (hoo)Sonia*)= So nso? fb. Pp,» EASm . Cerniehafo.75Xo-08) = 62.44 vio® Mb, Pe Pe Rs Nalwjo* fh = U2.) kips ~« Ce) Stresses Ge £ + Gy > Soxj0? pi > SD kel Gt B= we Sez gesiotye: = e286 ei . > . OnPoadi ng Sis Be > Gas = 0.03094 fn (C) Permanent set Sp S,-8' = 0.04 ~ C.o2044 = 0.00906 in, —we PROPRIETARY MATERIAL ©7006 ThoMeGray-Hill Camponis, Ie. Alsighs trv. Nope et his ana amy bo dehye ended sel any ae arby ay ems, whut i pe wea prnsnion ea putes tae pend ae hen ea ee tenor erin by Mara Hl rer Indedeareprcpein Cjos hs ten tbg tne ama Yonsei ete eeProblem 2.110 2.110 For the composite bar of Prob. 2.109, if Ps gradually increased from zer0 to 98kips and den decreased back to era, determine (2) the maximum deformationof ‘the bar, (0) the maximus stress inthe tempered:steel bars, (6) the pounanentset after the load is removed. 2.109 Two termpensl-stec! bars, each in. thick, ate bonded to a $-in, mild-stes] ‘bar, This composite har is subjevted us showa Yo a centie axial Joad of magninade P, Tooth sicels are elastoplastic with E 29 » 108 psi and with yield stents equal (o 109 ksi and 50 ksi, respectively, for the tempered and mild steel. Areas? Mikd stee® A, = GAY = f.00 in* Tempeved stee2 Ar= 2(% 2) = 0.78 in® Totat? AS A +AL = 17S in® Total force to yiebd He mibet steed Ce a B= AG, = U.75)S0-10") = 27.50 «10° Hb. P> Pr, tHercbww mild steed yields. Let Pye force carnted by rrdd steel Pi = Pome carred u tempered steet P= AVG = Ucolsoxyot) = sox Jb, P+ PRs PL, Be PoP 98xio%- Some? = 4gxs0% A, ~ RL | axot Ow _ s @) Sat BR" (gapeyca7s) 7 009070 im = : (6, = Be. HBR scenic yes = 6H hei = Unloading 5! = & Gemto2 Cs) Favloe WLI) = 202708 in 0.03090 = O:02708 = 0.00387 In, = PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. £206 The McGraw HK Coane In. Allightetaved. Nop oft Maml may epee repaduens ‘ites any fr ry a ears, pr ren prmfon of e plahr, arama. Yea be ed SLU ees hveaarepemuted iy MG e Mew uid cae ewan Uyac we net wi Mona eure sg WiDa eFa.Problem 2.111 2AM Fach cable bes a cross-sectional area of 100) mm® and is made of an lastoplastic material for which = 45 MPa aad £ = 200 GPa. A farce O is applied af Co the rigid bar 4B’ und gradually inereased from 010 50 Kian then reduced to ceo, Knowing that the eabies were initially ta, determige (2) the ‘maximum sess that ecu in cable 22, (2) zhe muxiraum deflection of point, (e) the final displacement of point C. (Hint: in part ¢, cable CB is not taut.) Elen getion constraints for tavt entles. Let © = vetstion anyhe oF neqral bar ABC o~ See. See Lao Tre Seo= EE Be Be ay Equilibrium of baw ARC. FOML2 OO: LinFant Lac ig * Lape Qe 0 Qs Ret BPs Fr th Feo (2) Assume cable CE ix yiehed. Rig= AG, -lloowo"Vaus io") = 24.5 «to N From (AY Fagg = 2 (OL- Tie) = Geox tot- 24.54/0°) = 3).0%/07N Since Fao © AG} = 245010 N, cobtde BD is chthic when Qz50 WW. @) Maximum stresses. Gow = Tye SYS MPa Gage Bee BH rontot pa Gig * B10 MPa 8 () Mawinem PdeMMection oP point C ss, < Fapbae | (BhoxroF}@) ~s Seo WER * Tasovporeo rte) 7 21 x1 E mm Foun G) Soe Seg > 2 Sup = G.2H/e em C20 mm beh Permduest chong etion'af cable CE Geely * See) - Sohee (Beale= (Sea nn ~ Fishes « ‘ = 6.20 xj". BISON) 2 ae 410°? m ©) UnPoading, Cable CE is shack (Rezo) at Q= 0. Fon @) Fas 2(Q-Fel> 2(0-0) > 0 Since enhle BD remained efestre Gane Fhe 2 0 = Glee | & Saaz binePr 2.1K2 Sotve Prob 2.11, astm thet the cables are epaced by rods oft sane roblem 2.112 cross-sectional area and material. Fusther assume that the reds are traced so that they can cary compressive forces. 2.141 Bach cable has a cross-sectional aren of 100 mum and is made of an elostaplastic material for which 0, = 345 MPa and £'= 200 GPa. A force Q is applied a Co the rigid bar 424C and is gradually increased fiom 0 9 581 Kr and ther redweed to zero, Knowing thet the cables were initialy taut, determine (¢) the maximo stress that occurs in cable #19, (4) the mascimum deflection of point, (e) ‘ths final displacement of point C, (fit: In part ¢, cable CE is nat taut.) EPongation constraints. let 6 = wohwhion augte oP eayid ben ABC. ~ Se. me Be Sen = [i See * t Bee ay Equibibeiom F bar ABC ADEM= O02 Lay Fee + bac Re ~ Lee Q= Feet Hees © Ra tt Ge @ Assome cable CE is yielded. Re = AGy = (loos 345010") = 34.5 x10" N Fron (2) Fas = 2(@-Pe}~ (alsarlo*- 84. 5ufo*) = 31.0xl0% N Smee Fan © AGy > 34541 N, cobfe BD is efestre wher Q=SO kv. CQ Manimum stresses Ge = Ty = B45 MPa Fee 10 10 “ - Seo > Ee Zoe = Sioxto Py Gen > BIO MPa = G) Merimon dePection oF point C — Fables _ (Short ay “3 Seo> “BAS * Goorin? coxa) = SPOT ™ Fre (i) (Bj,= Sea = RSe0 = E.2x/oo m GRO mur rat Unloading. Q's Sonto*N, Sek = Se Fan) Sab k SE Ehestic Foo = SASu . Goouict) eo NERY riot 5." fe = EASe. Goosio* Yoo wis XSe) - loxjoS & Fr @) Q's Fide Fan 7 IRS x108 Se Equating expressions fon Qo IZ S10°S,' = 50x10" Bee 10? m Ce) Fined displacement. So = GMq_m So = E.QHI HIS e 2217 2120 wtProblem 2.113 2.113 A uniform steel rod ofeross-sectional area i ached to rigid supports and i unstressed at temperature of 45°F. The steel is assumed to be elastoplastic with 0, ~ 36 ksi and = 29-* 10 psi. Knowing that a 6.5 x 104°F, determine the la 3 stress in te bar (a) whem the temperature i raised to 320°E, (5) after the temperature nus retumed wo 45°F, }—-—,——_] Lot P be the compressive Foreais the vad. Delermine tenpertore change fo cavse pie bl sng. e + PL = - Seb - 8 Re t+ Fal) = - Stee Latlaryy = 0 (aT), = 6; 36 x1o* ooo = C90 8 FF Ea” (24x 10*Y6.5%10°) 7 Bet AT © B20-4S = 279S°F > (AT) @ Viebding oecors 6 =-8 --Sék =e Coafing (Ary = 278° F S's S +5 s ~Eb sian’ -6 ots Es ~ eqcary's — QAM10* VCE. #10 (275) F~S1. 8375 «10% pss CL) Resided stress Sis * — Gy - 6! = - 36x10" 4 51. 8375"j0" = 15,94%)0° py IS.84 ksc ait FROVA-TARY MATERIAT, © 206 The Metin Hill Cempanes, Sec Alls tetirel Nn a of is Mane may bene eens in ted in ay fy yom ean, woot ear at resin of epi o wpedbapead ha lmtesdewhoahete terteeed ‘te paves by ReGen ir aid eouaeeepraion Iyou areas ages Para oon ae 3 au pew,2AL4 The steel sud ABC is atached 10 rigid supprts and is nstreseed at Problem 2.114 ‘emperature of 20°C, The steel is assumed elastoplastic, with a, ~ 250 MPa and £ = 200 GPa. The tomperatre ofboth portions ofthe rod isthe rsd to 120 °C Knowing that 1.7 * 104°C, determine (a) the stress in portion AC. (6) the deflection of paint C: | Aug = WSO HIT Lane = 0.200 m Reg = G00 KISS a* hog = O.H00 Sen +Gealp = 0 constraint Determine AT te cave yiePing in AC. = bee _ PL e i a ar~ Bes (Ye + be) Lam EAS Ang PFALG a , Lae BO * s') ~ WSO x lo *)(A59% 108) 6.400 © (0.600 X200n ONT. TH1O*) \A50 w1o% Actusk AT = 120-20 = 100° 6 > (AT. Viebdling vceues. AL ied = —250 MPa @) Ser - P= ALS = sonto Mason} 12.5%(0% S27 Sea = oe = Lao AT) = Gee Leno) = ].meo\(. 7x10 Lio) BIE K}O* — deRwlO = - 93.010 m = ~ 0.0880 mm B27 0.0780 mm a PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 208 UeGeas- 3 Campane. Ie, Aliph esvel. Mot thi Magu my be lay et me mas a by ay pent ithe se wren pais eke pbk, et ey eared desloao acher ste cas pred eine neil eae pepaae. I yonares ser vg hs Manan, you se wm tho proneBAIS Soive Prob. 2.114, assuming thatthe temperature ofthe tod ix aiced wo 120 Problem 2.115 °C and then retumed to 20°C, ; 2.114 ‘The siel rod ABC is atiached to cigid supports and ig unsrewedl a a (A450 enn? 00 erm leinporature of 20°C. The steel is ussumed elastoplastic, with 6; = 250 MPa and & \ { = 200 GPa. ‘the terperanire of bot pertions of che rod is then raised 10 129 °C, Knowing that a 1.7 » 10°C coterie () the sess in orion AC: (Oy oe deflection of poi " eae i j Baz = HS0 10% Lae 5 0.200 we ian ae Aea = 6004108 m* Lee = 0.400 e Geale + Gone = 0 comstearet Determine AT to cause piedding im AC. = Pla Plan : Bes 7 Ack + luk @r) = 0 L sell - av = peg (Ge + ber) At yielbing RE Ay. By ir = Asc St f Lee 4 Le Wsexio~)asaxio*) (0,200 | 0.400 esr), = Aisi ( fe + Be) G.cooYddoNG. 716) | tsonio* * ZoaxlO™) = 820°C Aeduak (AT) = 120 -20 + loO°C > AT. Viedehing occurs, Ab ia0% Ser - Sy Pe AS; > USOxiO “\asontot) © 112.5 xo * nee ine 36 wo aka ise 2,200 ove ) (a whee + Me Resirlval force = P= P- Pos Na. Sxjo%~ igesexlo’ = -Is. 860i N xto® © We) Residvel stvess Gye ps GREEIOS = a0, gaiot Pa Gc = 20.3 MPa ah = = Pb . 613.86 4107 (0.400) _ ve @) SS. - Sy * Ea, * Goono*\eon5*) He. 2x 10! im = = O.04S2 mm 5 7 O.O4E2 mame ey PROPRIETARY MATEIA1, ©2006 The McGraw il Compass, Ine. Allighsiene8) No pat of is Manual maybe dle epeed che ay fm by any tans, wou poe vee ori te pee ov se sgonne food ees eee a tuatr peed by Mc Elfrtrindddcomseepoaton Myeuares atdenvong a nea yu se thee hance2.116 “The rigid bar 42 is supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 37.5%6- Problem 2.116 a rectangular efce scion and made oft mid tcl tot is assume to be clastoplastc with £ 200 GPa and o, ~ 250 MPa. ‘The magnitude ofthe force Q npliod at Bis gradually increased from zers to 260 KN. Knowing that a= 9.640 m, termine (a) ke value of te narmel sess in each fink, (6) the maxienun defection of point States! IM.+O 0.640(Q-Rel 2.64 Py =O Deformation? $452.64, 822 @0= 0.040 0 EPastic Anodysie: * 3 ey 201m = 225 mm = 22ExIO* m* ° * ia A = (875)(6 EA 120 10% )( ans x10"), © BR, g, = Boox 205 26.47 1108 S, % < Q = (26.NIWj0* Kae4 8) = 6F,88x10% 8 [Ese She = Se 310.6 x10" 6 3 = Pee = fas: capone yoasn") , = 4S4108 5, = (4810® \(o.c40 8) = 28.80 «10° B Gag = Sm = 12a xpo% 8 From Stifies Q= Pee + BEE Pre = Pet 4125 Pas = [asso mots Was (6788810 = 317.06~/0° © Q at yielding of Sink AD Sap = Sy= 2S0xI0' = 310.6 ¥/07 B Oy = 804.89 vio ~§ Qy = (317.06 x10" (804.89 %10"*) = 255.2 %103 N Sire Qs 2604107 > OQ, Dink AD yields. Gio = 250 MPa mt Prot AS = (22Sxie )(asoxto*) = 56.25 «10° N Feum Shutics Pugt Q- 4.125 Pay = 260 {0 has se.25x 10") : xo = Pee, 2297x108 Pac? 27.97 10° N Sse KR * Simo Peeler (27.47 xI0" \(.0) Se= 2 ARAMA MIC 2153 10 ER" oomoaasrio®) = SSM ym 124.3 «lot Pq = 124.4 MPa ~—Pi 2117 Solve Prob. 2.116, knowing at ~ 1,76 m and thatthe magnitade of the roblem 2.117 force Q applied at 5 is graduaily increased from zero 10 135 kN. 2.116 The rigid bar ABC is supported by two links, 4D and BE, of unitorm 37.546 sam rectangular cross section and made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with £'= 200 GPa and o, 250 MPa. The magnitude of the force Q applied at is gradually increased ftom zero 10260 kN. Knowing that a ~ 0.640 m, {eternine (a) he value of the normal sess in ene link, (4) the maximum deflection, of point 3. Statics! EZMe=O 1.76(Q~Rg)-Z.64P,, = 0 bef 46 Delormation® §; Va EDashic Analy sis 2618, See ind 6 9 A = (82.5 )(6) = 28S mm = 225¢107° mn* 3,2" Figs EA 5, = Roonorars 10) 5 ae enact 5, = (ACHP xIO® (2.640) = 6788 xi0* & Ge = Ee = 310.6 xJ0" 8 PB, = EAs, = 20oxiot Yas Se 2 4Sxio" “ oe = gy Se = SEMEL Sg 5 HSHIO' Se = (450% 176 8) = 79.2%10% & See? ie = 38210" 6 From Stebics Q* Part POE Fe = Per + t.S00,Pho = [73.8 1108 + Soe Yoras vio) ]e = 178.42j0% 6 Oy ab yielding oF Pink BE Sac = Sy = 250 vIo* = 352% jo" O, By = 710. 23'xJ0"% Qy = (178, 62010¢ \7i0.2a~lo") = 126.8610" N Since Q# IBSHION > Q,, Pink BE yields Ggy>6,= 250 HP, <0 Re From Statics Pao > 7g (Q- Pac) = 52S xI0* N = AG, + (225410 (Aso «Jo4) = 56.25 x08 W Sip * Fae + ee 283.3xloo = 233 MPa = 151.24 K10" nad From elastic ancly sis of AD 0° gon = Se 176 Ot 1. B22 x1 Sm = BRL mm =~*2.118 Solve Prob. 2,116, suming thatthe magnitde ofthe force Q applied at B Problem 2.118 is gradually inceosed fon cro 4o 260 LN ad then decreased ack to zo. Knowing that a= 0.640 nm, detertine (a) the residual sie in each Jn, (6) the final defection of point B. Assam that the links are hraced so that they ean carry compressive forces withdut buckling. 2.I16 The rigid bar 4/#Cis supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 97. 5+b- ‘mmm roclangular eross section and made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplestic wiih £ ~ 200 GPa and oy= 250 MPs. ‘The magnitude ofthe force Q applied at Bis gratuaily increased from ero to 260 kN. Knowing thar a= 064m, determine (a) the value ofthe normal stress in each link, (8) the maximum deflection carl of point B. etm See solution te Frobfem 2.116 Por the normal stresses in each ful and the deflection of pomt B after foading RSO 410° Pa, Gee = 124.3 x10° Pa Sam Se = G81. S3 «1m The ehestic anatysis given in the sofutionte PROBLEM 2.121 apptes fo the ondoating 5 Qs g17.06xj0° 0" Y-_@ = Reo < 0 = saw = iceree 7 820.038%10 " Big = 310.6 10" @ = (310.6 10820. 03 x10 ) = RSH TOXIC Pa See = 12810" @ = (Izaxi07)(g20.03xI0%) = 104.9¢v10" Pa Se $24.82 *J0™ wr o.c4o 8° (0) Residvet stresses REO KIDS ~ 254.70 210° = ~ 470x108 Pa. Groen > Sao Spo oP o ~ 124.8 vio = 104.96 */O* = 19.34 410° = 12384 MPa Sens ® See Soe 621.53 10° ~ 524, 82 x10" (b) Sap = Sa- Sy * 96.71 KL = 0.0967 mm bt now“2419 A narrow ar of aluminum is bonded wo th side af a thick see plate as Problem 2.119 shown. Filly, at Z~ PO°P, all stresses are ero, Kangising that the temperature will be slowly raised to 7; and then reduced to 7,, determine fa) the highest temperate 7 thax does no eslt in residual esse, (B) he temperatre 7 hat wil sesul na cesta tres in the aluminum equal 58 ksi. Assume r= (2.8 = UP “AF fos the sluminun aud ~ 6.5 * 10'E forthe steel, Furtier assume thatthe soninum iselastoplstic, with 10.9% 1 psi and 0,= 58 ksi (nt Neglect the sumalstesses inthe plate.) Determine temperature change 4 cause yielding SF Ex + LOT), = Lo(AT), Br © =~ @u- a) AT = - 6 by 52 x10% a Oe se et « OF) = Fea cay * TeaeGeE Cation) BR OE (@ Tay = T,+AT) = Jo+ sete, = ase - After ylefding 9 = She Lagan = Later) Coo Ping sis Feu lacaTy= Lacary The resrdowt stress is Gm = 6 Ee 6 Ela-ae (ar) Sf Sy = - 6, “6 = G - Ela.- of, (AT) 2 2h 2 s8x10%) 9 ° Ar * Elana ) (RAO 02.8 6S \joe) = (687° F () Tr * T+ AT = tot 168% = iasee = THOR > 17st 6) He afumcnum bar will most Fikely yiedd im compression,Problem 2.120 2.120 Bar AB has a cross-sectional area of 1200 mu” ond is made of a steol that is sssumed to he elastaplestic with £ ~200 GPa and a, = 250 MPa. Knowing thatthe {ores F increases from 1) t9 520 kN and then deereases to zero, determine (2) the C= petmanent deflection of point C, (the residual ress inthe bm (2= ism + nek ‘oan A® 1200 mm = IR00%10° wi Farce to yield portion AC: Pre = AS) = (20010 Vaso 108) Pre. Re = 300 «j03N At te Fle . (S20«10%)(0.¥H40 -O.120) _ 3 Fre hae # Lew 0,440 = 87B182MO N Reg = Fid- F = 378.182x107-S20Kto® = ~14). 813x109 N # t BAK 10% © She = te = SBS = gira «ioe Pa + i * « Ga. = oe = ~ Te Beanie" = ~118,182«/0° Pa © (378.182). Cored 404! xjo7> SI (200 x1 OTC 200 x10*) ~ 0.189091 x12" m @) Sp = Sor Sf= 0.298882 10% 0.18104 KIO? = 0. 1042x157 m 1 . = O-1042 mm () Gren = Sy - GL 250 xJo*- 815,153 10% = -G5,2 x10" fa ~65.2 MPa me 65210 Pe “6S.2NPR 97.5010" Mb, P> Pe; therefore mitt steed yiehols het Bor Ree camied by mild steed FL + Rrce caried by bempered steed P= A, &, + Choose xe%) = somo? f Fame PBs PRs aBeidt- somot = 43nd Mh, = B . 4axtot & A” OF = 6410" psi Unloading Gt = F = 48x1o* 2 ee Tag SE MIO” pas Residuat stresses mide steed Sine = O- Ss Co mr S6 410" = ~6 xjor* pr 2-6 ket tempered shee! Syne = Si- 8 = 64 xj0%- Sex io* F BF pal = B00 ksi ~ PROTIETARY MATERIAL. © 2905 The MiCiaw-it Commis, Tae. AD igh are. Naps of hi Mey be dplase sone Seed ony to 27 by ny sna, wa he prt ween pasion of pl feof al pnd nll Soule ee ‘tor pecmied by Matas fr erin vidual mise ppeion If seaaen stud vlog he Hanah nee oh ene aroblem 2.123 2.128 Vortec rn Pb 2109, eerie the residual ses inthe Pt tempered-steel bars if P is gradually increased ftom zero until the deformation of the bartenhes a mxinum value d= 60, andis thn dered bask ae 2.409 Too tengesststel bars, cach in. thick, te onde to fin, mild stet tar This compas bri sujeted shown toa cei an oa o waitade P. Both steels are elastoplastic: E - 29% 10° psi and with yicld strengths equal: ee kin tw 100 ksi and 50 ksi, respectively, for the tempered and mild steel. The load P is SS ‘erdually increased from eto until the deformation ofthe bar reaches a maximum value J, = 0.04 in, and then decreased back to zero. Fou the mihi steed A, = G¥X2) = 1.00 in® a oO Sr t Eee. = (Nene) = O,024138 in For the tempered steed A, = 2BV2) = O78 in Sv = Sn = Lai Gooiot) = 0.048276 in Totad aveat A= Ay+ A= 19S in® Si SF Datdr ws O60 A= GOVMBI = GOmm = 60x10 mr” m = 100 ky ge Fat m/s E = losmlot Py (0.60.00) 04. 81) my . — © (JosKio Yeauia |Zoxio*) here PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. € 2006 Te McGrr-IComponls, Tne. Allie ceed. Ne po of is Masa my be dpe, edad Stn orn ay rem, wa pe un ni of abi oie Sond emi tcc nd {Ntatrcparotie! ty Mstwow Hie dct d Cou prpanton If ovate dscns amo a wo pete2.125 Link BD is made of brass (= 15 = 10° psi) and has a cross-sectional area of Problem 2.126 9:40 in’. Link Cis made of aluminum (E* 10.4% 10 psfyand bus eros sectional ‘area of 0.50) in? Determine the maximum force P that can be applied venically at Pint 4 ifthe deflection of dis motto cxoted 0.014 in. Use memoer ABC as aFree boay WP-4 Fez 0, Fan * 1.5556 P DZMerO 5S P-Fhe2 O, Re 0.sre Sy = Sys Feber , USS56 PM90) 2g as3g ric PF Ea Aco (510° \00. 40 = Ge= Feber . LossseP Veo . 5 Se Bes EE CoasiotKosoy 7 Cowon PA From the deformation diagram Pope G = at | 2.9708 vie® P p Po q = 3305-10" P S,> Se t+ Ine 2.9333 10° P + (KO. 3805-10") P = 3.fas3a xio* P Deformation Diagram Apphy displacement mit Sq = O.0M in = 3.986B«I0* P- Ps 28h ~ a.stxie% db = 3.51 kips ~ PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 Ths MeCrae ill Compas, Ie. ‘raebaed 9 sp fm ce inp ma pk tam pra latte yin 00 fre ata wows pep, hori, No pao is Macy bs Sempre al eh it saa ae 8 eS cgeamll teetig bsp2.126 The uniform wite ABC, of unsretched length 2) is attached to the supports Problem 2.126 Shown and a venical load Pis applied at Ue midpoint 8. Denoting by A the eraes- sectional area of he wire and by & the modulos of elasticity, show tat, for <<, Popol ‘the deflection a the midpoint 3 is » = GE Pye P. Dse approrximction sO % tone # S P Stites FF +0 2Pg sin - Pro = P. Poot gine * $e . = Pol . Pst Efongation Sra = RE aRES DePfection From the might tangle (P+ Sig = 24S" 2 “sy Bis B+ 22 Sy + San - 2* = 208,54 (13 £38) > 20 Sq oy 3 ABS 3 y sa “ sx 2 ye -_ PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. £1006 The Mun i] Comqunes, AP pbs eere8. Na par of hs sou ey be Gpiyed epee | but any fare ory any mean hol he pt wes peso fe ub, wu bead lem oben eh tases permite ty Misi frend course tain you ot sade sg th Samal yous swe emaProblem 2.127 2.127 Two cylindrical ods, CD made of steet (E = 29 * 10° psi) and AC made of ‘aluminum (£ = (0.4 * 10" psi), are joined at C and restrained by rigid supports at A sn ono, md Bement ee eto ines ABD PER Lge Bi Aw = Eds = Ediasyt + 0.99402 int Vein dhametee 1B, dirmter = Rela) Rk 4 Rp = 0.77886 Jo Ry BC+ Pr Rye lexi?) Les in, A= 0.99402 in® > Bh. (Ras 18107 Kio) ae ot Se EA * GatstoeYocaaiog) = O° TE7B2IO* Re = 17.419 wt CD: Pe R= 1exlo*- 42107 = Ry - 22x10" LetOin As do = E(.easy = 2.0789 in® Se = i = ka 22H M0) yg Iee27 wid Rh - S.azixto™® © (AF 10° V(2.0789 Sip? Sap t Sect Seg = 1. 7O7E KIO Ry ~ 22.733 wor! Since paint D canned move refative to A Se = O lea) V.9075 «16° Ry - 22.73884167?= 0 Rat U.az—to" fb me Ry = B2Kio- Ry = 20-08 v10* Ph ee ~~ (ed) So = Sep + Seo FUTUR uO" Ry - 172.412 ¥10°* FLT MIO O92 21) = THQ HIS* 2 3.4K ne 3.34015? in ~(2.128 The concrete post (E,= 25 GPaund a, ~9.9 > 10*C) is reinforced with six. Problem 2.128 stoel bars, each of 22-mun diameter (£, ~ 200 GPa and @, = 11,7 « 104°C). Deterisine the nonmal stresses induced in the steel and in the conerete by a temperature rise of 35°C. Aye GFR = 6 Elagy = 2.280810" = 22808415 Aa = 20° Ag = 240° 2.2808qj0" = SS.BR x 1O* mm = SBR ITE ea Let Te > tensife Force devehpod ja the conenete For equidibrivm with zero totad force, the compressive Pore im the six ste? pods is R eo Bar), a= Be soar -@& ar) = - Be ar a= &s Ex * y Bex, + %E ) (2a.t BR) R = MH-RIET) 1 | - Lane Yensario®) * Gooner zcamo) il Re suo as) Po = 2l.éixjo* N = BR. absinor 10% = 0,891 MR <= 6. = Ro Sani? 0.39P Pe 7a, 2 o> Bee F-20710" Pa = * Rrbes wi0 ~ 947 MPa met FROPMIBH AY MATHIUAL. © 2905 The MeCrsnl Compania, All ih eerved. Ne tof hs Vana my esha, cepeced| odin fr 96 a 20 aur aii roma he pb, of peste ch tsb tea ec ‘lasers pnmiind y Mae eds oar preparers met ins Nem one ate ee osProblem 2.129 2.129. The block shown is made ofa magnesiua alloy (or which = 65 »10" pat and » = 0.35, Knowing that g,= -20 ks, determine (a) the magnitude of o, for 4 which the change in the height of the block will be zero, (6) the conesponding change in the area of the face 41CD, (¢) the corresponding change in the volume of the Blok, $, 70 B20 . & > FG - eG =o @) Gy = YG, = (0.35 Y- 20% 10%) TPH psi = The ) 6 whe - 2G) = 2 x x“ = 3 = oo = 1.4838 «10° 2 = = 2RexIO” ~ (0.35 ¥-7 *105) Ber ECG YG) = B5 x10 Foray? xjo? Ay 4A = Lee hse = LL +e +e 4 Be) Bet As = Lyel. AAs Ll. (e+e, + &&) 8 (4.0 WO) ( S38 107-2721 & madd deme) “4.98 x10% in® = = 0.00498 int = f) Since Ly is constant AD ” Ly (AA V2 Ga7S M~ 498x107) = -6.as io? it = -0,00685 int =e PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2006 The Matin Compa fs. Allg eee. Me pa of hs Men may be played epic 3 ime any Lm or by ay mest, win theres tn enone he plier or edt el deabuto tee leas ped by MsGras-H til eves pearson. Hyun ange aa you se set wae poetProblem 2.130 2.130 Koowing that £ = 29 + 10° psi, determine (a) the valuc of @ for which the lem 8.2958 mm* = 8.2958 #10 we Aem Ay Ly, = Lg = S00. = O.500 mn ~p . GAS _ Qooxte 3.2453 102) Fae fas SERS = G.S00 ° = 3.8183 xloo & Roe BG = B14iC me = BE eS amt Le 250 mmr 0.250 m poe EAS. (Zoxiot Xs, ties! be. 0.450 F O.BTUES IOS & 2 Hh ZA =o Ri P+R-P = 0 (3. ste3to)S + (8.3183+10°)S +10.874¢5%10%)S - qoo = 0 Bs UG x1oo om A Pre Pav (3, 3183 04.74 10") = 397 N RK © (0.87965 MOOV THMIO® = 05.2 N PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2006 Zhe tint Cerpeni ln, Aleigte red. Ne patois Masa ie tye eed bid nym by amg mes, io To en jcmsnn pba: entender eee ana cas perishable sea eon, yu ea el age Suh se et pret2132 The mee hare A and. AD cach bere a elon cons ection. Koosing tat Problem 2.132 £= 200 GPs, determine the deflections of points 4. 8. and C’of the rigid bur ABC. Ose vigid ber ABO as a free body {en aon afd oe DEMg= 0 (S)Piy ~Gools.ad= o Pao = 12.8 kw st kN SER 0 - Peep B24 R, 0 Pac = 16 kN Del ormations As (GXIBD > VOB me = 1081S we Pag = $,:5, = Thebes . U2aio* Y4oonw*) A Spe TEA Roo «10 W108 xo") abs = 237,04 10% m = 0.237 mmo _ Tho : = feeble . U6 x10*)(4oo zi5*) Ser See Hebse = 46 v10* (Yoo xi0*) EA Goo HOC #18) 8, = 296.30210% m = 0.296 mn , = Se+8e | (237.04 4+ 296.20 ict) Lae. 7S 10% 9 = Riz xo on S& = Set bed & 246.30 107% (800 x10 WE. Wa xto™ © 2ARGP Wm = 2B me = PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2106 The MC ll Compares, is. Allghe stan Nopon chs Mev ey be ih em kon in nf 9 my nn, eat se prin pemuion 2 pater, wes Uepund ie vaslanbaion cee ad dias poi ledty MGrawl rsa rive cou: pepsin. Hguw ses mate ages ema yume sop narreee2.133 n Prob. 2.132, the 1.24KN force caused point Cto deflect ta the right, Using Problem 2.133 11,7 « 10FFC, determine the (2) the overall change in temperature that causes ! point C to eturn to its original position, (A) the corresponding total defection of Points mad 8. i 2.132 The steel bars BE end AD each have a 6 L8-mm case seetion, Kaowing that E=200 GPa, determine the deflections of points A, 8, and C of the rigid bar AKC. Dee vigid ABC os a free body DEMgso 2 Por Goo(3.2) = 0 3.240 . 7 Pao = 12-8 KN Hohe -Pae + 32+ Pe =e Pee = 16 kN ae Delecmations: | : Pac | = Sa = Sho 7 ER + baollQT) to = a-tetet tuo + (4006 *)(11.9 i5* MAT) (G00 r107 \oasie 8 = 287.04™1o*e 4 4,68x10"°(AT) 7 Sq + Supe Biches Lectlar = GEHONGOOHO) 4 Goons? itr 15% LAT) I (208 210% X08 <}Oe} re = 296.30 %[07 + CB x IC SAT) | S.=0 Sg 203000 -S, + 0.375 8 S e 3,7 2S 5,5 as & -% - (937.04 #108 468 OAT) “uanyfane 0 1S" + 4.68 IO tHT) | “10. 83MO War) = Go7NS uo* AT =-57.684 6 = -57.7°C — 82.9200" Sa = 237.04¢10° » (4.68 10° E7684 ) Sa = O.032T mm — Se 296.20W10* — (4.68%15° 52.684) = 4 26.342 10% im Sq * 0-O263 mn —> =Problem 2.134 2.134 The steel tensile specimen ABCD (K = 29 » 16° psi and 0 in tension until the maximum stein is €= 0.0025. (a)Nealecting the effect of the fillets on the change in length of the specimen, detcrmine the estting overall tens AD of the specimen afer ti lned is removed. (6) Following the removal af the load in par a, a compressive toad is applied until the maximum compressive stain is € = 0.0020, Determine the resuiling change in length 47) after the compressive lost sin istemoved. ee - & = S22. overs 8 Evae # 0.0025 > Ey Yoedding ceeurs im portion 86 tin See By = 50x10" psi Pérmanent strain in BC Bac = Ema ~ & 7% 0.0025 = 0.001724 = 0.000776 Jn reversed Poudting , <4 point & on stress-strain plot E = - 0.00%0 as given. During rewovad of the veversed toad, the chauge in stvain is G-/E = 0.001724. The permanent strain in BC is Ege = ~ O.0020 + O,001724=0, 000276 = See = bt, = (#C0.000276) = - 06104 Note thet ions AB and CD are always elastic, thes their delernations ducing ford ing and ondoading do not contaibute fo amy permaneat deformation. Hence Sia = Sac whenever the Doak P is zero.2.435 The uniform rod Chas arose sctonal area 4 and is made ofa mild seat Problem 2.135 which can be ussumed to be elastoplastic with a modulus of elasticity F and a yield scent Using he Woeh-a'speing este shawn, desi sil the ceflection a end of thevod ae thea roo is rally applied an rere thats the deletion of points Cand C"should be the sate Sr all valu of P. Denoting by tbe colts’ of fon between the block and the horizontal surface, derive and expression for (a) the tetrad mass mw of the Bleck, (3 the required constanc & of the spring. Force -defPection dtagran Far paint C of nod BC. P V2 i at mq. For P< Pe = Aby PL EA ard Pe & tm JP ER Fe Pane > Pe = ASy N Force - deletion diagram for peint Caf beck ane spring system. ABER Oe Nam = oO N= omg RIRSO! P- =O P- Fe TH Wack does net move, ne Fe < aN = Hmg or Pe wma , He sf Boog Pe Ks! TF P= ymg , then ship at Po Fa = amg ocows. THe force P is He removed, the spring returns fe ts wikia feasth. P +r (@) Equeting Pe dt Fine AG ie AGe= Ama vn = ag ti, 6, (B) Equating sBopes:2.C1 A rod consisting of elements, each of which is homogeneous and of PROBLEM 2.01 ‘uniform cross section, is subjected to the loading shown ‘The length of element nnenta Elemest tis denoted by, its cross-sections! arca by 4,, modulus of elasticity by E, and . Ue Loud applied tb its sight end by P, the magnitude P, ofthis load being assumed eB to be positive if P,is directed to the right and negative otherwise. (a) Write a ‘computer progrim that can be used to determine the average normal sess in each clement, the deformation ofexch element, and thewtal deformation of the rod. (3} Use dis program to solve Probs. 2.18 and 2.19. SOLUTION FOR EACH Fupnen7, ENTER Li Ae, E COMPUTE DEFORMATION UPPATE AXIAL LOAD) P=P+ COMPUTE FOR EACH ELEMENT TA Ss PLS AE TOTAL BEFORMATIO, UPPATE THROUGH ny ELEMENTS f= St PROGRAN OUTPUT Problem 2.18 Element Stress (iPa} Deferaation (nm) 1 19.0986 -tost 2 -12:7324 =,0808 Total Deformation = 0102 mm Peeblen 2.19 Deformation (1a.) Elexent Stress (ksi) 1 12.7324 2 laz94 ‘Total Deformation = p76 10087 .G1190 in. PROPRIGTARY MATERIAL. © 2056 The McC Compan In, Ags tr, Noa ia mye eed tied ed many fm ry ye a an pemiaon of he ple, eter it ssa rl ayNisbeseTit tr dexkdhiealcousereponvon mats sde weg ne Hana Yous tg ene gemPROBLEM 2.02 lament Elerent L 2 5 2.€2 Rod AB is horizontal with both exds fixed; it consists of n elements, euch (of which is homogeneous and of uniform cross section, and is subjected to the loading shown. ihe length of element / is denoted by Zits cross-sectional area by 4, its modulus of elasticity by £2, and the load applied ta ts right cand by P, the magninide 7. of this load being assumed to be positive ifP, i directed to the Fight and negative otherwise. (Nots that’, = 0,) (a) Write a computer program ‘hich can beused to determine the reactions at 4 and B, the average normal stress in each element, and the deformation of each clement, (8) Use this program ta solve Probs. 2,39 and 2.40) SOLUTION WE CONSIDER THE REACTION AT B REDUNDANT AND RELEASE THE ROD AT B compure Sp WITH Re =O FoR BACH FLEMENT, ENTER Ley Ary E; UPDATE AXIAL Load PoP ee; COMPUTE FoR Each ELEMENT T= PA 6 = Plif Be E; UPDATE TOTAL DEFORMATION 65° Set 6 COMPUTE f, DUE TO UNIT Loan AT & wit; = If Ae omit 5 2 kif Ack UPDATE TOTAL UNIT DEFORMATION Umer gy = uit ge omir > 0 SUPER POSITION FOR TOTAL DISPLACEMENT AT B= 2Ero & r Rg Ualy og 20 SOLVING: conmiurn |PROBLEM 2.02 CONTINUED FOR EACH ELEMENT ge or Rp unit f= $+ Reon & PROGRAM OUTPUT 239 62.808 kN V9 a Element Stress (MPa) Deformarion (mm -b2.618 05011 alara looz7a 21238 looiaa a9lou2 Toaasn Problem 2.40 BA = 45.479 kN HB - -54.521 kN Element Stress [MPa] Defoxmation «nm 1 “77.134 ~.93857 2 20.542 101027 3 Wiilsss =101324, a 46.151 to6204 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 2106 Tec Meru Compan tests ary fo hy 98 ‘oer pared 9) eG cha hep sen reese af vane aida couse pepinion. Myeuar a Al ge teed eps fhe Mam ay pao opsooed ees evo nid eno ees i ha ann yore a as pePROBLEM 2.3 Elenjwt Emer Y N 1 | {aon Fig. 203, 2.C3 Rod 48 consists of n elements, each of which is homogeneous und of uniform cross action, End is fixed, while initially there is a gap 8, between end ‘Band the fixed vertical sucface on the right. The length of element is denoted by its cross-sectional area by A, its modulus of elasticity by E, and ils cosficient ‘of thermal expansion by a. fer the temperature ofthe rod has been increased by AT, the papal Bis closed und the vertical surfaces exert equal and opposite forces ‘on the rod, (a) Write a computer program which can be used to determine the ‘magnitude of the reactions at 4 and 2, the nornal stress in each elercent, and the deformation of eat ekemsat. (4) Use this program to solve Probs, 2.52, 2.53, 255, and 2.57. SOLUTION WE COMPUTE JAE DISPLACEMENTS AT B ASSUMING THERE (3 NO SUBPORT AT Bt ENTER Li, AC, Fike ENTERS TEMPERATURE CHANGE T COMPUTE FoR FACH PLEMENT b= oy UT UPDATE TOTAL PEFORMATION op = Sat i COMPUTE dp DUE TO UNIT LOAD AT B UPIATE TOTAL UNIT DEFORMATION uniy fg = UNIT f+ UNIT & COMPUTE REACTIONS PROM SUPE RENSITION fa = (dy Sf UNT Se THEN Ryz~ Re FOR EACH ELEMENT CONTINUEDPROBLEM 2.C3 CONTINUED PROGRAM OUTPUT Problem 2,52 Re 21.204 kipe Element Stress (esi) Detorm. (10%=2 in.y 1 222.168, 4.103 2 26.082 aes veoblem 2,53 Re 125.628 kN BZlement Stress (MPa) Leform. (microm) a 44.432 +500 2 39.972 1500 Problem 2.55 Re 232.390 tN Element Stress (4Pa]— deform. (microm! 2 =116.195 363.220 2 ~290.487 136.780 Reoblem 7.57 R= 52.279 kips Elen stress (kei) teforn. (104-3 4 1 721.783 8.203, 2 -39.671 inest [PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2006 he McC HN Conpni, ne (J nyu a Na pat of hi Maan ay ecg readied (eats any fn any maar wba ewer een prin of hepato aed byl che hires escheat ‘Shear petaited y MeOranli ic idfoe owas propin, Ary renee wig ts Mr. yes tet pera“ 2.04 Bar AB has a length Z end is mae of two diferent materials of given PROULEM 2.04 cross sectional ar modulus of clastic, and yield wrength, The bri subjected asshowmto load B which ssradual'y increased from zaro until the deformation ofthe bur hus reached amaxiroum value 4, and then decrewsel back oer a) ‘Write acomputer program whieh, for eaci of 25 values of 8, equally spaced over a range extending fiom 0 w a vaiue equal to 120% of the eformation causing both materials yield, can be used to determine the maximurt vale P, of the Jed. the maximum norma! stress in each material the permanent deformation d, cof the ber, andthe residual stress in each maveral, (8) Js his program lo solve Prob. 2.109, and 2.110. SOLUTION NOTE; THE FOLLOWING ASSUMES (a) <(o,), DISPLACEMENT INCREMENT Sy = O05 (ry), L/e, fin DISPLACEMENTS AT YIELONG S= LE 8 = (0), L/ Fe : FOR EACH DISPLACEMENT TF Sin < Bas 2m Efe 2 &, Eft in = (Sn LICALE, + Ay E, ) IF 5, < bms bet G, = (ay) 2 bm Bef By aA t+ (Safty As Es IF Sm > Set G(r) elt), Pm= AT + ALT, PERMANENT DEFORMATIONS , RESIDUAL SIRESSES ———ES——E—E StoPE OF FIRST (ELASTIC) SEGMENT —_ SLOPE = (AE, AE, fb Sp = Sy, — (Pm SLOPE ) ya (Joes = % ~ (Es Pm/ CL store)) CO daey = Ge ~ (Ean Ct Se) % % 7 yo | coxrmunpPROBLEM 2.C4 CONTINUED: PROGRAM QUTPUT 2,409 and 2.110 Frobleas bee me Or3 im, Kips woe +905 2iald gl ase Saze 17.500 Fiza. ze.e80 ges 35,000 izio6s a3.750 1alas3 52.500, 16.897 61.250, 19.310 70.000, aiid 780780 Dal13B 87.800 26.552 911250 28.566 95.000 31137998. 780) 33.793 102.500 36.207 106.280, aale21 110.000, aelosa 113.759 ayaa 117 800 as a62 1211289 48.276 125.003, £01690 125.009, 53.103 125.900 55.517 128.000, Stlass 125.009 Stout ust 000 51000 10-000 15.000 20/000 25.008 30.000 35.000 40.000 45.000 50-000 '20:000 450,000 50/900 50,000 50000 5e000 50,000 50/000 5000 501000 50,000 450,000 50.900 50 "boe sist (ey koa 2 35. 20 25. 30 35 40. a5 50. 35. 60 65. 10: 25) an a5 90, 38, 190. 1902 100; 100. inp 09 boo 000 ou 00 ogo 000 oo. ooo ‘008 ou 00 00 ‘000 Doo ‘000 ‘080 oo. 00 oo. oun ooo 00 og ono loses in. ve 09 ua 09 doa 09. oa 009 ono Soao 0 oa 1373 73 138 517 Bar 236 505, bse ret 198 1207 art 034 aaa sige 11) he. = 4 6 =. “18. “1 -15 “a nis mat oh a2 on 28 ove ‘o80 000 090 ono. 600 ono. 009 00 S000 ‘00 14 266 429, sit TA 857 ogo 143 Bee 29 aaa 423 323, 529 sreqay kod 2 3. a a. cre i 2 o2 2s. 20. oe 28 be! ca 90a 2009 [903 foeo Vaog Tova 90a S909 ‘900 S000 Tea 257 na aa a3 266 13 203 257 ns Su 511 sn on Su a 2510 42,109 PROETARY MATERIA, 26 The MeGnwt Copies ns, Al irre of ts Maa aye pied epreded rae any Namocty try seim cour eres peoman 4 ean evel bed ote ne ant CTRL Hi recta sus pipe, sous scoring oon use ng tw piPROBLEM 2.C5 2.05 The plate hus a hole centered across the width, The stress coneentation factor for a flat bar under awial loading with a centric bole is = 300-315 74) aed 2)" usd 2) = se- 34 =] 364“) — psy \D) D! Di where ris the eds ofthe hole 3b isthe width ofthe bar, Write «computer progam to determine te allowable load P forthe piven values of 12. the thickness of te bas, snd the allowable sles oj of the mseral. Knowing that fo Fla, D 3.0 lasand doy 1G ksi, dotesesiue dhe allowable load P for values ‘ofr Fm 0.125 into 0.75 m, using 6125 jn, remens. SOLUTION ENTER 1, O; ty Sau COMPUTE Rb = 2.0 vf K = 3.00 3:13 RD + 3.66 RD-1,53 RD COMPUTE AVERAGE STRESS Fave = Sai’ K ALLOWABLE LOAD P= Sigg (0-204) t PROGRAM QUTPUT Radius Allowable Load fine) Gaps) -1250 3.9802 72500 3.8866 13750 ainis4 15000 3. 4gaz 6230 3.1523 17300 Dota PROPIUK TARY MATERIAL © 2006 The McGraw Hl arpa Ie Allsghenesese. Noga tts Maal nny delayed epedesd [rattan any fam hy anes wide he pt ue persion ft pubes beyond ie Ke ete elm hear germte oy Ute i yon ksowenspepuatin foe ate a ednting be inca You Se wing that eae,Chapter 33.1 (2) For the hollow shaft and loac determine the maximum. ir Peniano ain atettnarcctemes | ‘stress in the loading shown is the same as in part ®. = a4, =EXL6) = 08 in G2 ada = G¥e4) = Len T= Elet- 6") £02" - ast)= 26138 in! ae) T= 1800 Mbt = 21600 fbin @ Tae te. Gigee ling) 2 9917 psi Tone = 92 ksi = . re ze wo. Fs, wdc 2T _ CP pe = SRCaatTy CF LUE ine A= 202 2.23 in. d= 2.23 in, -d Problem 3.2 — 3.2 () Determine the torque that can be applied to a solid shat of 36-in outer diameter without exceeding an allowsble shearing stress of 10k, (b} Solve part a, assuring thatthe soid shaft is roplaced by a hollow shaft ofthe same mass and of 3.6- in. innee diameter (a) For the solid shaft c=gd = Ase) = 18 in t. fee Fa) = 4.1609 int Tones LO ana > eT. (09.1609) = (b) Hofow shabts 9.60% Ripsin T = 26S kip tt <0 ot dd, = (43.0) = Lain. For equal masses the cress sectional areas must be equal, As 7e*> W(et-o2) ov ae fei e c, = f04aFsOer = 2.5456 in Ts Flat- oc") = 44.469 int = GoeF (10)(49.469) _ , T> oe CNAME) 5 1g4 a3 kpin TF 16.19 kip-Ft+ 33 Determine the torque T that cmuges a maximums shearing stress of 80 MPa in Problem 3.3 the mee! evindrical shaft shown 22 mm Sag as geet x Ts Bele. = Eloozay(goxiotd F 1328.1 Nem TH 188. BRN Problem 3.4 4.4 For theyll haf show, determin the maximo sherngszesctuxed by a torque of magnitude T= 1.5 KN m. PROPRIETARY MATIERIAL, © 250 The Moti Compare, Ine Al ihe uened, No pti Manel iy ke diye, ped {rosea ogy fey ay mew, wane pc en porasin oe publsbe ies eyo eileen eset ane eas pened Wy Mt rav for th iia censepreptatn ‘yey Suda wine 5 Mowe, oe win ba Foe = ZEer ze Te = aq. (AS00) | ‘ Ses * Glos 2 87.68zw10 Tong = 89.7 MP aProblem 3.5 3S (@) For the 60-rns diameter soli eyiader and loading shown, detentine the ‘aimum shearing stress. (8) Determine the inner diameter of te hollow eylinder, ‘of $0-rom outer diasieter, for which the maximum stress is the suine asin port x, {A} Solid shaft! c=td= $(0.060)= 0,030 m ile. (2)(S000) me ee 7 (0,080) = 17. 8934108 Toa N74 MPa ot (b) Hofllow shaft: td + 4(0.0%)= 0.090 m ats of QTc. _ (0, 040)". 25000) (0.040) 4 BT. . = 1.48 x10* Want 7 GNT.293* 10°) " C.F 0.032237 m = 84.87% mm 4, = 2c, = 69.8 mm Problem 3.6 3.6 (a) Determine the torque that can be applied toa solid shatt of 20-mum diameter without exceeding a allowable shearing stress of 80 MPa (0) Solve part ase ‘hat the old shaft es been replaced by allow shaft of tke mune cosy sett area and with as inne ameter equal al of ts own outer dametes (2) Sefid shet#: c=td = 4lo.o20) + 0.010m T= Bet = Egou)t = ¢ Toke x{o-7 m4 ~ Stim _ US. pope i(sexio4) _ a. . — Te. SS Soils = IRS6CH Ts 12S New (e) Hoddow shad t 2 Same area an subiol shaFh Az wep!) = we -(tey ds Gmoy = met GRO = Zl.ow) = o.onsayo m c+ Les 0,c0s7785 m Te Flof-o")+ E(o.onsaze!- 0,0087785")= 26.180 x17 wn? “ x1o* eT _ (80x10%)(26. 180 x10 de arse ee 6. OUSHTS T= 181.4 Nema -FRONRIGTARY MATERISE. ©2006 The McGrail Compute, ine_allrgh steered. Ne part of ie Mate yb phd pics Wee ian ro by ay mea, win pur Ween Fes pant wd her! he ded anion oko ‘luemors genie iy McCnw Tt or ide come papas Hea ahden angi Mara ne eet thea eranProblem 3.7 3.7 The solid spindle 48 has a diameter d, = 1.5 in, and is made of a stee! with an allowable shearing stress of 12s, white sleeve CD is made of atrass with an allowable shearing stress of? ksi, Determine the largest torque T that ear be applied a A Sold spindle ABt 6 sad, = KOs) = O75 in, T= Eel = Floss = 9.49701 int Tne 2 TS Tro = ote. (HATOIK 5 gen Rip-in Sleeve CD? C= $d, = £80) = LS in. C= G-b= LS -0.aS = 125 in, Te Eleat 6%) © FOS 2s") = 072 int Tey = SEE AMT = 9 a3 kip sin Mboweb le valoe oF torque T is the smafer. Te 24S kipein ml Problem 3.8 28 The sui spindle Ais made ofa ste! wih an aowabie shearing stress of 12 kai, and sleeve CD is made of « brass with an alloweble shearing stress of 7 ksi ‘Determine (2) the largest torque T dust can be applied at A if the allowable shearing slress is not to be exceeded in sleeve CD, (6) the Corresponding required value of the diameter d, of spindle AB. @ Sfeeve CD: ogekd, 7 ElBole 1S in. Qe G-b e NS 0.85 F LAS in . T= Flof-of)= E(u 12s): 4.72 int 20850 Tome = TEs Teo = ye. (4.172)C) = 1% ALB kipsin For equibiheiom T= ital kipin CH) Soke spindfe ABE T= 19.413 kip-in - Te. 20 x Te? v ~Yar . OAS) _ enV yee = 10084 in, d= 2 = (aVi.co64) de> 2.01 ineProblem 3.9 3.9 Knowing that each of the shafts AR, BC, and CD consist of slid circults rods, determine athe shafin which te maximum shearing tres oscurs (8) che magnitude cof that strens Shaft AB? T= B00 Abin emhd = OM in, sh a 2, 2: &, Tes Ce ae Coe ® FETS 7987 psi Shaft BCS Ts ~ 80042400 = 1600 tb-in Crkd 2 OS in Tong? Gree = BINS par argect) Shaf# CDi T 2-800 4 2400 41000 = 2400 the in ange REID _ etd = 06 in. Tiees T7668 pst Answers? ta\ Shaft BC (b) B15 ksi = Problem 3.10 3.10 Knowing that a 0.40+n.-diameter hole has been drilled through each of the shafts 4D, BC, and Cd, determine (a) the shaft in which the maximvam shearing stress ‘occurs, (8) the magnitude ofthat ecess en Hole c,= dd, = dodo} = 0.20 Wn. Shaft ABS T= B00 Sb-in cL td = O04 in, Ts Flo-o,"}= Eloy 0.20") 24001 se S01 ia Fy ~ A. = AOSET? in’ 2 ee Trae * te : Beek) 3486 pei est) ‘4 SheFt BCt T= - 800+ 4400 = 1660 dbrin C7 ay = OS in. I= Elat-o") = F(os'- 0.207) = 0.09566) in” Cou? The. {1800105} we YT * “oreaseeT Shaft CD! T = -200+ 2400 + 1000 = 2600 Shin T= Flata*)= E(o.67- 0.20") = 6.20106 in® Toe = Tes ¢ f2b00)o.0) 7784 psi 0.20106 = 8363 psi Cr5 Gay = OG in, Answers? (a) ShePt AB Cb) BAF ksi =Problem 3.11 ‘3.11 The torques shown are exerted on pulleys, B, and C. Knowing that both shafts are solid, determine the maximum shearing stress in (a) shaft AB, (8) shaft BC. 1) ShePt ABE T= Yoo New cstd= tO080)= Gols m Te 2 ag: Ect Lou= TE 2r J war ~ (2Ge) AUN 3 - a ose 7 8 x10% fa. Cuu= 75,5 MPa, aa tb) Sheft BO: Tr 200 Mem e a= tof = 0.010m ho Toe? BE Bkooed = 68.7108 Pe, Tg = C3 MPa Problem 3.12 ‘3.42 The shafts of he pulley assembly showm are tobe redesigned. Knowing thatthe allowable shearing stress in each shaft is 60 MPa, deterntine the smallest allowable diameter of (a) shat AB, (8) shat BC 00x (ay Shaft ABE T= 490 Am Tew = GO MPa = GOXIO* Pa. = iy ie, 27 gk te 7 ) i . JRE . 3 ay CFV CorIOy 1 = = 161910 mS 16.19 mm hes 20 = B24 mm bo (b) Shaft BCD T= B00 Nem Com = GOMPR = 6oxlo* Pa, ce 2 - [Geos Tes” Yow leo nr) 20,40 #107? m = 20,40 ming ge 26> 4O.8mm PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 2006 Thy Metin Hil Compare, ‘edsibedin ay fom. by ap meas, ite tn prt ie pr All gwasetsned. No at ofthis Mana maybe diy, oa sna pobe of wes bjand kame ativan o eset a ‘heats prey Metal oy ive cous peptone ares reese ie Me, ume m0 wh erm,Problem 3.13 3.13 Under normal operating conditions, the electric motor exerts atorque of 2.8 kN m on shaft 4B, Knowing that each shat is sod, determine the maximum shearing stress in (a) shaft AB, (8) shaft BC, (c) shaft CD, (0) ShePt AB! Tres 22 kM-m = 2axiot Nim, Cthd? 28mm = 0.028 m Ts. 87 _ (avagxio*) ‘ Ter pt fe = SNA Ss zor Pa Ta? 81.2 MPa Te , 2 = VE Toe =F wee CON ae ee eh Tha = 1200-400 = £00 New Shedt AI = A 20v1T my = 210 m minimum dpe = Ze = 42.0 mn ait Shodt BC! Tee* Yoo Nem 5 cr - 9] aitepeary = 16.667 ¥15"m = 16.67 wm rointmum dae = 2e = 333mm <0 Problem 3.16 3.6 Solve Prob, 3.15 assuming that the direction of T._is reversed, 3.18 The solid shaft shown is formed of a brass for which the allowable shearing stress 55 MPa. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, determine smallest diameters coy and dye for which the allowable shearing stress is not exceeded. Note thet the divection PT haa been veversed in the Figure to the LaF, inn | de | Tn SEMEL = ES «IO Pa y= Nn Te = A008 “an ar ste. & : tte: Be = 1600 Nem Shaft AB? The = 1200+400 PEP ON 26.HG HI RENE tom ce WSS x fF niey minimum Aye = 207 529 mm ae ShePt BC? Tae= YOO Nem « fRWedt _ sm = Fo c Tete) 16.6671 Orn (6.67 . 2 aaa . tninimum dae = 2c. = 38.3 mm YROPRIFTARY MATERIAL © 2005 The MeGewUil Conpiney I, Allg nerve. Nopute is Mens yt layed graced else ase keys etd soe nls ad Std yor oy any nl wen peton 9 i Scat poles bp M:Grns ere ndidul couse eatin I yewate decay hs mua Ye song ha eeProblem 3.17 3.17 Shaft 4B is made of @ steel with an allowable shearing stress of 90 MPa and shaft BCis made of an aluminum with an allowable shearing stress of50 MPa, Knowing ‘that the diameter of shat BC is $0 mm ond neglecling the effect of stress concentrations, determine (a) the largest torque TT that oan be applicd at A if the allowable stress is not to be exceeded in shaft BC, (8) the corresponding required diameter of shaft AB. (@) Shaft BC2 UL. = COMPA = Aovi0t FR dan = SO mm Ox gol = 2S mm = O.025m Tur Tes 20 TeEn,e T= E (60 «108 Vo.vas¥= 147262010" Nem THI473 New 28mm = 0.033 m ¥ Coxto*lo.082)" = 3387 Nem oe fa Tew Teo The Mowebde torque is the smadfer of the -two cadevsated valves. T= (129 Mem = IQA KNe rn a + & * > Fyp (S287) WR WemProblem 3.23 3:23 A torque of magnitude T= 8 kip in. is applied uD as shown, Knowing that the dtreter of shaftof shaft Ais 225 in. and hat the dameter of shal Dis 1.75 in, determing the maximum shearing stress in (a) shaft 4B, (6) shaft CD. Teo =P kipein Te = Bt b> Zo hip-in he = He Te fei (a) Shabt AB! c= bay = 1125 in tar TE. 2 y ° We ~ Mad _ . Tae F as, B94 ksi 2) Cormse 7 3.44 bes (B) ShPt CD! O= $a, ~ 0.875 in, .at , @@® = . : Tun * Fea 7 ome 7 EEO Me! Ce) Tang = 7.60 ksi Problem 3.24 3.24 A torque of magnitude 7'=§ kip - in. is applied at as shown. Knowing that ‘the allowable shearing stress is 7.Sksi in each shaf, determine the required diameter of (a) shaft AB, <8) shall CD. Too = 8 Kip vin : & - : test hp in Tia? GE Tea GEC) + 0 kipsin Tre © VS best Te, 20 Tome = EF HET (2a Shaft ABE c= {Re = 11929 in, 8 OMB. 0.8784 in. (b) ShaFt CD: deo 2OF 178m ee PROPRIETARY MATENIAL, 23 created nay fry yo eas ery Mctinw S Di MsGia Hi Companies Ie. Allis eevee Mam nas te dpa prince she wr watinpo in othe blir, wal as ond We ancl dswon oeanes ead nda coe Fuse g te Maen ou se any sos periProblem 3.25 3.25 Under nora operating conditions a motor exerts atorue of magnitude T= 1S0N-mar/ The shafts are made of a stcel for which the allowable shearing stress is 75 MPa. Knowing that for the gears 7» = 200 rom and 7, 75 nun, determing the fequireddimeter ofa) sha CDP, (8) shat POH. Tre = Te ISO Nem he. 200 The = wie FE (ise) = 400 Nem Toe? TS MPa = TSH10* Po -Te , av tae? Hf (@) Shaft CDE: ce “aie = 18,08%10" m + 15.03 mm dy.7 26 + 30,1 mm <0] tb) ShePE FGH: . Faisey os = . . CV arepemoty = (OBIS om = 10.84 0m they = 90 = 21 T nm Problem 3.26 3.26 Under normal operating conditions a motor exerts a torque of magnitude Fr at The shafts are made ofa see for which the allowable shoring stress 8S MPa and have diameters dng = 22 mim at dy 9 20 mem. Koowing that 7 ~ 150 mm and 1, = 100 mun, determine the largest allowsile value of 7, Tig? 8S MPa = 85{08 Pa Shaft FE: = fd=lOmn= 0.010m eo Se Pe 4 = Tiasvio'\(o.ojo)* = 133.5 nem ShaFt DE: c= daleilmm* O.0!l m Tet Tes Elssviot 0.0) = 177.7 tem By stebies Tee Te eT) = 8 Nowe The largest Aowabte velse of Te is the smadler of the two cadteodated vedses. Te? 8S Nm3.27 The two solid shafts are connected by gears as shown and are made of a stoe! roblem 3.27 P for which the allowable shearing stress is 8500 psi. ‘Knowing thet a torque of magnitude 7, = 5 kip - ia. is applied at C and that the assembly is in equilibrium, determine the required diameter of (a) shaft AC, (5) shaft EF, Ven = BSVO pri = 8. kee @) Sheff BC: Tle g.te . ar Trew SE = Se J i y et f@IS) 2 9 720¢m WT e.5) . d= 20 L482 in, Tee Bes Ble 3.128 kip-in ta Waa) 7 ASE = 0.0168 im. he = 2eF 1,238 in, <8 3.28 The two solid shafts are connected by gears as shown and are inade of a steel for which the allowable shearing stress is 7000 psi. Knowing the diameters of the two. shafis are, esponively, dye 1LGin. and ogy 1.28 in determine the largest torque Te that can be applied at C. TCnag © TOO psi = 1.0 ks Shaft BC? dee = 1G ine z 2 = Eee = Et0o.8)* = 5.€3 lipsin crx 0.62: ies 2 Thee Ts Ee Shaft EF? dep = q,- te. = (zo) (oers = 2,684 kip- in By stebics Tee Tp = gt (204) = 4.80 kipein AiPowehbe vabre of Te is the smables, Te = 4. 30k% “4 PROPRIBTARY MATERIAL, © 2006 The MGs till Companies Ie, Alig woerve. No pao he Mans iy gael repos in ay em arby Any men hoo rie writes poses of the pat, te bone te bono tears ‘exon: pried by Meow Hl ar nsigial cavuc equim Igoe esto leg Suan yous etce recocon rdanibain anyProblem 3,29 3.29 (a) For a given allowable stress, determine the ratio Thv of the maximum allowable toruue T and the weight ger unit length w for the hollow shaft shown. (8) Denoting by (Tw the value ofthis ati computed fora solid shat ofthe sane radius es expres the rato foe the hollow shaft it ers of (7?) a ws weight peruut fength | pg = specific veyht 4 wt tobet weght e deeabh wes * = aya = pgA = pgt (0,*- 6,2) Te 2 Ue BOM yy 2 mlete rio?) te z 2 - Cy (Fp Geos - Collins shaPh) C)=0 for sodid shabt (ZF) = St Cotel chat) Cte ya @), = (FL (i+ &) « anproninete vlue i y= TiAr, where Tis the applied forque. Determine te ralio a, + “nad ofthe tne valve ofthe maximum searing sre ants appeal SE ee for values of ele, espoctively equal to 1,00, 0.95, 0.75, 0.50, and 0, ® @ = . Ta. 27 _ 2Tc. Pov ahedlow shatti ta, = Te. STS = Tea rer = AT AGP 4S?) ati, Ys. ._ 20 By delintion T% Bra = Rta) Dividing Zou = 226+) ot (ea) Te cE eee —- sue | ue o.as fos | os | oo Te lb | 10 | 1.025 11.120 | 1.200 | he ~Problem 3.31 3.31 For the aluminum shatt shown (G~27 GPa), determine (a) the torque T what causes an angle of tis of 4, (8) the angle oftware caused bythe same lorque T in «solid cylindrical shaft of the same lenath and cross sectional area Gre Th TT o p> Tb, PMs CF RISO ped Ls 125 = 27 GPa > 27010" I = Flog") = Flo.018* 0.012") = 152,324 0107 nt = O27 #107 Y(132, 374 1 OCF, 813 «fo, nm T Las = 199,537 Now Ts 14S Nem me (b) Matching creas As Te? = 7 (eq ct) ce Vea = of0.018*= G.012™ 0.018416 m™ T= Bets Flo.orsae = 50.994 ric n* TL . (isss3@) Ci.a5) 53 Bos SRS IY IO pce P* SF (PTET VEO. 84x IO) ” '33%a) For the solid steel sft shown (= 14.2 10°psi), determine the angle of Problem 3.32 ‘twist at 4. (P) Solve part (@), assuming that the steel shaft is hollow with a 1.2-in - ‘ule diameter and a0 84n ier diameter. ta) c= dd=O.6in, Js Te’s F(0.6)'= 0.203595 in* Lh = GFL>72im. Te Zkip-in = 2000 fb-in 7 Bee) £8,157 % 107 yd 8° Wave 203578) p= 362° Pr 10.4o" Wl Ge gdy = 0.6 mn. c,t4d © O4in, Te Retect) = Flo.6% od") = 0.168868 in* _ te. (2000) (72) . 2 vad O° SF * Tait yo eases © 7708 gr 4st = PROPMIETARY MATERIAL. © 2005 The MeCawsitCompanic Ine. Allrigs eervek. No aero th Mem yt played cepabieat ‘reseed a ry fr aby arp meas, sites the pri wen ee ests on he heaton ese ‘Sen permicel by Matas forte aia core pepsin yoy ares ee ig is any eu bot permeProblem 3.33 3.33 Determine the largest altowable diameer ofa 10-R-long steet rnd (G~ 11.2 10" psi) ifthe rod is 1o be twisted through 30° without exceeding a shearing stress of 2st, Ls loft = 120 iw, = Visi = IZ IO pss = 390 pr Sos SBE © 0.52360 red Te = SI - Te, Gioe , Be ~ eb So gr TOE, TF TL Lo S* be Garis) (1209 a SES in. = REE D4 in. U2 1O HOSIS60) OQKSES ite a= Res OAM in Problem 3.34 4.34 The ship at has just started to dil for oil on the ocean floor at a depth of epi 1800 m, Knowing that the top of the 200-mm-diemeter steel drill pipe (= 77.2 GPs) rotates through two complete revolutions before the del bit at B stars to ‘operate, determine the maximum shearing stress caused inthe pipe by torsion _ SSP rey te - Sige. ape Ji. L Gr Row = ROM rad = 12.566 ved Ct EA = 100 mm = 0.100 m GP TRA GPa = TP 2xlot = G47 10% Pe ce C47 MP ae SROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2M TheMeCixeillCompaies Allies apd. No pat fis Menem Be capye epee date my Sem oy an means, wu he writen of te puro eed boven ited Gav to ecroand loceor powering euae pepsin, H yea ascent nph Wara yon Ne soos SelbProblem 3.35 ew 3.35 The torques shown'te exerted on pulleys 4, 8, and C. Knowing that both sbafts are solid and made ofbrass (G~ 38 GPa), determine the anglecftwistbetween (@)A and B, (6) 4 and C. HN in \ 12) Angle Ptwist betveen A and B mo ” Tha = $00 Wem, Lage 2m cates 001m Gs 39rfot Sor Fete 792.524 107 Dan = EE = (Hoe 2) nm? GE * [sau 79. Sano = O1S4772 wd D Prat 3.87°D — ) Angle P twist between Aad C Tec = 800 Nem jLet Bm, 24d -0.020m, G = 39x (of hz Fo? = E(0.020)"* asi.227 «107 mt (822 U1. 8) . Pon CF Hi0F CAST. BoP aTOT) = O- NETRA AP DE Dare * Paves Pac? O.1S4T72=O.MGAZ = 0.007850 vad D Poy > O4S0° D> aio" VTTRSTRIO™) 7 181871 rat Part CD* ¢,= te, = 0.020 m Cpt gd, = 0.080m, Le 0.250m Te Ela-c')= F(0,030% o.o70") = |oziotwia’ mt Th _(2t00\o.280) : seo? Feto™ BE” “WARIO UHR TTSE) = WL OCB+10* rat Ample of durst at A Gn = Prat Pant Pw = 108.082 «10% wd Pye 6.02" ate Problem 3.38 a 3.38 Solve Prob, 3.37, assuming that portion BD is w solid 6O-sumdiameter cod of fonn Jength 625 ren 3.37 The aluminum rod AB (G~ 27 GPa) is bonded tthe bras rod BD (G=39 Te ~ 1810S GPa), Knowing that potion CD ofthe brass rod is hollow and hasan inner ameter 88me ‘of 40 mm determine the angle of twist ar 4 Ty smi Sy q aria 4 000i SS © TL B7SRI0 aot 0 eam Rod AB? G = 27« [07 Pa, b= 0.400 m T = 800 Nem crdd + 0.18 m Ts Bet Blooisy’ = 164.896 wo" Fnt ant Db (gouXo.40e) MGT” a7 s 108 Wet. B46 107) Rod BCD: Ge B4xi0" Pa, Le 0.3751 0.250 = 0.625m, cabal 0.080 m Tr 800 +1600 = 2400 Kem Ts Bete E(c.oacyt= 1.27234 «10m Dang = Tee a0.) Wo GT” (B4v I S172 108) Ang de oP torch at A Tet Past Pero = 102.104 x10 pad Qe Sas me = 90,2294 10” wtProblem 3.39 339 Two solid sft are connected by geurs as shows. Knowing thet G-= 772 GPafor each shat, determine the angle through wich end 4 rotates when 7, = 1200 “mm, Cabeofation P torques. Circunfevanticl contact Paver befween qears Band C reese ot ot tee te XN Too = BE (ive) = $600 Wm Twist in shePt CD: csbde 0.0380m, L = Lam, G 7%2x10" Pa T= Bet = Elocacyt = 1.27284 x10%m* = Tk .__ (3000012) . ion? Pe BE RRR IO TIO 7 AS TREO veel Rotation angle at © B= Rio = 48.981015° ynd Civcemfecedtiad cfisplace med at contact poids oF gears Bone fn Retation angle of B br Ege B82 (9.481410) ~ 181.44 2= 10 vad a Twist im shat ABs c= deb = O.02lm, brie, G= 77.210" Pe P= kets Econ! = 305.49 «107? mt = TL, (reo 11.6) + Pan EF * Pinawto™ \Caosaaetony SP NANIE™ eed Retutien angle act A Pn? Fas Pye = 23.359 s107 rad Pa 12.22" = PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2005 Tie M-Crewll Conponies, ellis eso, No gat of ie Meme yb lad rend ‘er cava nyo yay mau, he pe etn fn i ie msn esd gael imc oa oases end ‘hvalr pete ty Bin il erin eae amy arse swig ie Blas eng wet pereionProblem 3.40 3440 Soive Prob, 3.39, assuming thatthe diameter of each shaft is $4 mm. 3.38 Two solid shas are connected by gears 2s shown, Knowing thet G-77.2 {GPa foreach sha, determine the anglethcough which end 4 rotates when T,~ 1200 ni Cabcvletion of torques Cireumberentia® contact Force between gears Bad C > Te . Te of XN Fete a bt > Tae = 1200 New Ten + BE (1200) © 3600 Nem 16m Twrst in shot CDi chad O.o2tm, Ls 2m, = 77.2%/0% Py Ie Ret = Fle.027)" = 924. 7441077 md = Th ~__Geoodt.ar — wto® Re” SF Trasio WE Tane ty 7 CTO HIST ea Rotation angte at C Pe Per = 67.0383 «(07° vad Civcomteratiad aisplacenest at contact peits of geavs Bund ¢ SVR = ef Retution angde at B Pee Be = G2 (67, o2anfo")> 201 10 Kd rad Twist in shaft AB: crdel= O.027m, L=hGm, @-72.2H107 T= 234.749 ¥]0°7 - Tk. (200 YI.) = vio on” GE” CR Rsio esa. 74010) 29. 1210" oad Rotation angle at A P= Det Pre = 230.89 x10 ved % = 13.23" at PROPRUETARY MATERIAL, ©2906 The MeCis-Hil Communes, he Ags reeres. No pa oft Maat nay edly emaused iste i any om ty ma, al pier Wee pers eee aed ee lined erecta estos pid by MEG wt tie euo preparaom geet auc ace kor yo wing iwi peraProblem 3.41 42 A codes Fuse io secord in dial fora he rotation of sah Ais commeced | to the sha by means ofthe gear tun shown, which consists of our gears and hee Solid eel shafs each of dinmeter Two ofthe gears havea radius rand the other ‘svo a radius nr. If the rotation of the coder F is prevented, determine in terms of T. 1.G..3, andthe angle though which end 4 rotates. The? Th Te = Bee Ins i Tet EQ Be - = Veeder _ Fe= Poe = S56 = Bide hs Bees Ge. Be = Toots . T Ges lees Bee P= Fos Pa = Hite + Be = Bh eet) : Problem 3.42 ‘3.42 For the gear train described in Prob. 3.41, determine the angle through which ond 4 rotates when T= $i in, (= 2.4 in, d= 1/16in, G= 112 10* psi, and 2 =2, (3.41 A coder F, used to record: inital fom the rotation of sat connec Ss i. to the shaft by means of the gear train shown, which consists of four gears and three See sofstion to ProgLen ‘solid steel shafts each of diamucter o. Two ofthe gears have 4 radius 7 and the other BAI For deveDopment oF ivonratusar itn rouion fie code Fe porctel ieee te equation Foe Dy 4G. 4, andn the angle through which end 4 rotates. ae EF (ie sh) Datat Tr 5 tein fe 24in 5 cr dd = Sin, 6 = U2x10%psi eR, T= Bet = ECky ev ugeos x0 int - LE a4) a —3 Me Trane Vnmenen Tete) F958. tor we ee a)3.43 Two shats, each of 7/8 in, dameter are comested by the gets shown Problem 3.43 Knowing that G= 11:2 x10 pei and thatthe shal a Fis xed, detemnie the angle through which end A rorates when 8 2 kip: in. torque is applied at 4 Cobcvdetion of tovquesy Civeomfeventind comtuct fone Mebween geart Band By te Tort ET - Thst MR keipein + 1200 Pein eet Elizec)) = 1600 Abin é Ry a < a Twist in shot FE. Sou eo Le iain, Cede s Zing GH Re lO ps T= Bets E(tyt = s7.s4eeiot int = Th. tieno ay 29, 789 x10 red | fee ore C2 10° S754 81S?) . | Rotation ot E, Pe Vey 2 RUBRIC red Tangent ict chisplacemest at gear cirede $= Vege = ToPe Rotation af B fa= ee + Gn 78972) = BF TBO ved Twist in shaft BA, Le 8aG = Man Ve 57.548% 107 int Tve™ Th 2 Waco G4) GI C11 2910 VS7. 548x107) RG.C6S IC vad Rotation at A, n= Pat Gy 7 GS.723x107 mat PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 20% The MeCiawill Compas. lac. Aliph ete. Nope of ht Mansa may bedi, epuodscad (tl ty Gr ty any ar, wa espe nein pei of eer ewe yore aan ache ed peedey McGrane erin sere pepo, Myon se sande ing (eM yeu ae un i witout pees,{14 Solve Prob 3.43, assuming hat afer a design chage te radius of gear Bi Problem 3.44 Gin, and the radius of gear E's 45 in 3.43 Two shafts, each of 7/8 in, diameter are connected by the gears shown. Knowing that G= 11.2 «{O! psi and thatthe shaft at is fixed, determine the angle Cobevbction Bf torques thy ough which end A vtates winen a 1.2 kip in torque is applied at Cireumfesentiad contact Foren between qeart Boat E, - ila. fe Fi Tact lee Tha 1% kipsin = 1200 Pein Pa Tors 48 (aoe) = 400 Abin ee Twist in shat FE Sam ee Le idin, ordeals Zin, Ge 1210" pst Sa a 2 57.548%10°7 int ~ Pep = - oo UR) = or ed IO" (ST. S48 19?) Ie. 756 110" vad Retution af E, Ge * Depp = NG TISEWIO vat Tang entia? Aisphacenet A gear cirele, SVE Pe = Uae Rotation aA By = Oy 7 AS icc 7S6x15F) = reiseTH165% wd Turst in shat BA, L= 846 = Hin. Ts $7. 54Bx)0% -it. (200 \Li4) = 6. sa a= GH * Ticker VST Slot) POO MIO vd Rotation at A, Gy Og+ Pay = 38-6324 10% vat Qe BRI ae PROPWIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 The MeGinIil Congas. oe Al igs tered. No pir Ca Mama oy {2 inoacn ing Frys means. about spot a pen he bie, a tid the aed eat permis y Rte Hi for ena course epraton,Tyca ete g te Nana yu ae ig mot pemiaion,Problem 3.45 ete waitin of -lng sid cia tannin sarge shoei soe peo of not crceet Os hen | torque of 60 kip - in, is applied. Determine the required diameter of the shaft, that the shaft is made fase wien atovate shin es of Stusndamehirctagee ance ar T= 60 kip-in = Covi thei P= OS = 87266410 wed Le GH = Tin. TF IRS ksi * 18S «10 ps: G = WR JO% psi Sse? Based on angde of beet eee: SE ATL Q\ ox fo G2) . In "Y¥ weg ~ of SS Weawto® TOO NEE aes = 4.3080, Based on = stress, 21 2T / OBO moh Last io. a UW ZS x ioF) Use Damer value, > 2.2031m, de hee 4.ctn ae Problem 3.46 3.46 The design gp the angle of twist, Jel torque of 750 Nm applied Determine the requiced diameter ofthe shaft, kncwing tht the shaft is made of steel ‘with a9 allowabie shesring sess of 90 MPs and a modulus of tgidity of 77.2.GPa, ectications ofa 1 2-m-long solid transmission shaft require that the shad not exosed Tr 150 Nem, pede s 6FBISKIO" me | Le iam, Ss Et T~ FOMPR = Faoxwlot fe GrITA2GR = 722x107 Pa. Based on aug de Push ga : ark Yate. q YIU cs Weg © FOES) = 18.06 x10 m Based on en stress ‘te - ar cs {zz AT eT = = Jor* Flaoresy = UH IO Use danger vebve Cm IBOG KIC m © (806 mm ol = Ree BE fm a PROPEIETALY MATERIAL, © 2005 The Mote FL Copies. Al viscose. Neparce tis Mana ye dg rprotiad SERS OGER EA mee rh ee fran wpa wed tprt edenen scsi peated by McGraw Hil tek edo omc pnpunian, [vausies vale stsgie et oe rein tot peorProblem 3.47 3.47 The design of the gear requires that stoul shufls of the sare diameter ved fe bain tD end CD. Ts ues eg hal 9131003 thatthe angle fp through which end D of sha CD rotates not exceed 2°. Knowing that G = 11-2 * 10" si, determine the reuiced diameter ofthe shafts Teo 2S Mipsin = S610" Priv The > Tee EG io) = 12S ¥10" foein For design basco! on otrecs use the Barger vedoe oP turgor, T= 12.Sm0* Abin = BM lsi = Delo" per Tr TT fat we Tee ar ee Design based on votefion angle P= 2° = 3490710 yee — ShPE AB: Oe = owt EE | Lag LE FE + IB in, . - . - Ms Gears t S= Yee = Ya Pe ee t bs de® Law. C#M1aS* to? KIB) $63.5 wio* re Le 6r GS Shot CO gy, = Sate Lest APE = 24m. ~ hSalOMIWAHY _ ROxio* Poe EF er Retdtion of D Po = Pet Poe > S8R SHE = 249070107 Gr = HGet= BLS = 19. g5200/0% hein BG07s 1o°* og > Eee! ~ [RET _ YONA SSO“ _ . fae ~f WGiawtory = 10267 Use the farger vadue c= 1.0267 in. a= 2e: 20S in Guo) 7 12.810" kip-ie Twist in she AB: Ls LS HL = 18 in C= ddyg? |.00 in. J= Bets Fires)’ = 1.8708 int . Tk. HOMEY yy agg vier? Pou BE * ChaxtoNnsvesy 7 (784 vIO red Retution af B, Pa = Pan > 12.7841 07 vost Tenpentia? displacement at gear civele S=hAT MR Rotation af C fist be : 7h (a 784 m6") > B1.973 10" pad Twist in shePt CO: Ls 2 Pt < 24in stelys 0.75 in, | I= Bet = Flory + 0.49701 int - Tk. Gee ean _ 4 Poe EFF tinaeoStenarary 7 USS7P MOT ed Rotation oA DL yt GA Poy = 53.530%10 ned @7 3.077 =e PROPRIETARY MA1DKIAI, ©2016 The MeGawssl Compan Ia All:plsmersedNopan ois antl maybe lee eee died afloat, yt en sian he plier of ane ep etd dbo acs ‘huars yoni by Blac er tet nda souaepepuahim, yarn sk wag he Stanal gonangar eeeProblem 3.49 3.49 The solid eyindvical od BC is attached to the rig lever AB and to the fixed support al C. The veticl force P applied at causes asmall displacement A al point 4 A. Show that the corresponding tuasinaum shearing sires in toa zad is | i A = 8 a Lever AB turns Hroogh 9 angle te position Ne as showw ts “AE eonifhieny Figure. oe Vertical elisplacement ig A= a cing a from whieh Q = avesin & The magtim um sheaning stress in rod BC is A n= GT = GEL GEE = SF cresind For sath £ aren how & a - Gab Toman = Ra PROPRIETARY MATHNIAL 22006 TheNcOrweill Compan igteumved. Xo at of hic Maal ay be din pred nebula for oy es, athe gen wten pron a pablo wed by ited de toe tsi and ‘Shue peraed by McGee Hl fe resa! eoutepreparin on areas sa oa yas eas wet peso3.80 and 3.54 The wlid cylindrical rod BC? of length J ~24 in is attgched to the rigid ever 42 of lengsh a = 16 in. and to the support at C. Design specifications equire that the displacement of A not exceed 1 in, when a 100-Ib force P is applied ‘at 4. For the material indicated determine the requized diameter of the rod. ISO Steel! Ty = 12 ksi, G= 11.2 * 108 pst At the afovable tut anjbe sings Ae wt o.08as P= 3.5885 = O.0crsul vad T= Pa. cos @ = (100 16) cos 2.6838" = 1596.9 Join Based on tut = Te - BTL. ote Se ets BXis96.9(24) td? int - tn; eve See an = $4832 iw ¢ 0. 43Z0in, Based on stress te Te > AF x ots BT fa oy (= 12 000 psi) ck = 208969) _ mg . . T goon) ~ 84.718 x1O™ iw CF 0.4392 vin Use farger value for clesign C= 0.4392 in, de Res 0.97 in me Problem 3.51 r J.S0 andl 3.51 The slid cyindical rod BC of length £'=24 nis attached to the ral ‘aid lever 4B of length « = 16 in. oud to the support at C. Design specifications. | ‘quire that the displacement of 4 not exceed 1 in. when @ 100-b force P is applied tA. For the smcrial indicated determine the required diameter ofthe rod, 351 Alumina: Fag.” 9481. G=39 10" pai. At the alfowable twist angle P= 3.5838" = 0.06254) pad. Ts? Pa cag singe Aad -oces > (U0e WS cos $5989" = 1596.9 Abin Based on twist ge Eh. 2TL 2 o¥= BTL 2 VUTEC) oa . » Oe To Yo.ocasag) = 120.08kxt0 Cr 0.5624 in, Based on stress a= Te 2 ar we = BIH) 5 112, 958 %10% in (Le 4.000 psi) CF 0.4834 in, Ose farye- vadue for design Cr Osean, deeeriacin,Problem 3.52 3.52 A torque of magnitude T=35 kip «in is applied at end A of the shaft shown, Knowing that the modulus of rigidity is 11.2 * 10% pi forthe steel and 3.9% 10° pi forthe akuminam, determine (a) the maximum sheasing sess inihe stel Gone (2) he msi shenring sensi the huis acket, () he ane fei a Le eH = 9m, Ts 35 «10 Mein Stee? cone! stds lp w= Liar in Gz Bet= asic »* J i G5, = (Uae MASE = 28,180 «10° Ibein ston A pee Torq ve ceric? by steel care T= ade ‘Aluminum jock : Alominum jacket! C=ddy= LI2Sin, Ceebak = bon t= Bled ot) - Bis" bias") = 5.4360 in * Gi T.> (2.910 VS.4360) = 21,201 XJ0% Bh in Torque cannied by chuminum jateh Ty = aie Total tee T= Th = GG+G ge 2. Sg i = gor 73 018* ved/in Oxi I QV ROI (Oe CO GIG 7 2 OD Maximum stress in steef cone TEV = Gok = (i. 2epot)lliasWr08. 78 r/o") = B.aguio® pai Ty = 8.93 esi ey G) Mazimom stress in cfuminum jacket 1 GT GL (3.44108 iS 708.7810) = 4.15 *10% pst Top 41D ksi mee © Angde of twist gre = (4708.98 410) = 68.043 «10 ved PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 20 The McGraw Hil Compaen, In. Allie remved. No art thy Muay be pare, ec teen ny fn any es, pie re pein epee eye he ted etn eee a Chessrapermitel yao Hr they sara cme popstien Hote stan ang thy Maou ou as voy web pei,Problem 3.53 3.83 The composite shat shown i o be twisted by applying ¢ torque T at end A Koowing thatthe medulus of rigidity i 112 » 10" ps forthe steel and 3.9 = 10" psi forthe aluminum, determine the largest angle through which end A ean be rotated if the following allowable stcesses are not be exceeded... = 8500 psi and tea 6500psi Ls BFP > 96 in. lee = Ble © SCZ os L bee for cock medeniel G Cnn Stee? cove! Uys 8500 psi Genes bol = fin = tain . 8500 . alot in a Unio WT Tas) ~ CTF. GO RIOT ed / Ahominum fucked t Uy = 650 psi Coe Hd, LS in Le, . -< Lo Teaiot iss TMI lot wt Zin Smalder vere of BH governs Be. ED4,6onte* vad Ln Ablow rtde cuomte oP twrsti Py? LBL = (96624, 6010) = GNIC «OS ned Gap = 37h ee PROPRIETARY MATERIA. © 288 The McGom-Hi Compas. ecl. Dy a of Mam ye dyed epee ria ay fem 99 meas ate par terpenes phe a sec Lyon ech catsoe en eee ee ‘corp by Mesa thei cane pepsin, fu tes auersasap tis Mom yeu se er weve chere,Problem 3.54 3.84 The composite shal shown consists ofa S-nm-thick bras jacket (Gig, =39 CA are tetera te Same tes te Gen a 1" shuf is subjected toa 600 Nm tongue, determine (a) tke maximum seating sess 2a inthe brass jacket, (8) the maximum shearing stress inthe stel core, c) the angle of ss tis of 2 relative to 4. 1 ~ sass rcket Le 2m = 20mm = 0.020 m Simm Te Eat = F(o.c2a"= 251. 3anto mn? GS = CID AMO CRS BRIT") = 14, 4O2T aC) New" Torque carried by steed cre T= GS, z Bracs jacket S,= Bles- "> £lo.025"- 0.026") = 362. 2¢5 mo? mt ©, Ftd, = 20mm = 0-020 m y= OFS = 2mm = O.0ZTm GiB, = (B91 109VG86 2. 265 nie") = HIRES xfO* Nem Torqve eurnied by brass Jacket 7 Ghz Tote? borqve Te Teh + 65,4 GI - Coo _ ee? hn * TalqoiSaot a Phaasajow = FPR TH IO” rad (A) Mewimve shearing stress in brass jacket Ve ONT Gy ok = (34 ulo" (0.025017. 294 ie) = I74S»10% Pa Tine? (LYS MPa oe (BY Mari man shearing stvess im steef cove Comm * CV ron * GOP « (77-25109M0.020 (17.844 v10") = a7 x10 Pa Tote = 27.6 MPa 2 2) Angde of Hurst pe LE = (RMi7. BFYNIO") © 35,288 10 rad gr ROS me PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 2006 The McGia¥-Hil Compania, lee. Allg reer. No pref is Mansa my be dgyet,tepocaced au yey troy ar ents, bo! he peony peccson We paler tse mydeco teschers ene ‘educators pred oy isl or ar al ose ami Hye sade sing he Monee yal ig ta pereet oe2.58 For the composite shaft of Prob 3.54, the allowable shearing stress ia the brass Problem 3.55 jtcket is 20.MPs and 45 MPain te tel core. Determine (a) the largest tongue which Gan be appiod to the shaft, (8) the comesponing angie of twit of B relate fo A, 3.54 The composite shaft shown consists ofa Smmethick brass jacket (Cheng 39 GPa) bonded to a 4-mm-diameter stee! core (Guy = 77.2 GPa}, Knowing thatthe shai is subjected to a 600 Nm torque, determine (a) the maximurn sheating stress inthe brass jacket, (5) the maximum shearing stress in the steel core, (e) the angle of ‘ewist of B relative to A, Tae GY Gone Bee Tet eh weateoeal Cone, Ti = GLB for euch materiat Brass jacket? ta? 20 wJof Pas, 0, F 0mm = GOZO m, Cy 204 TF 2Fum> 0.025 m fu, _#OxJoe_ Lo” Gtxo*)(o.0%5) = Set Fale) = Flo.cas*- 0,020") = g¢2, 2680107 m* FO. SIBX1O™ odd Sm Shek core: Ty* WS elo’ Pa, 27 0.020 » Be Het yet Lb” traarioNowiay 7 RESO ad Ay J Bet = Foote)" + 267,32 vio et Sradtor sedse PB syvecns Bee 20,513 015 cack Torque cantied by bness sieeve Taz Ge dee (89% 10362. 265107 (20.518 *107) = 289.8 Nem Tore carved by steef core T= Go SE = (rari W251 s2010" Va0.880IS*) = 398.0 Ym 0) Abiosebbe torque Te T+ © 6828 Nem Tews 688 Nom CRA vio? G Tec ta 7® 0.450 Eqriftbriun & coupling disk T+ The + Tec LH lo? = 222, 08441 + CS.21Ya10% Ps Per #8078 IO ae Tae * Ga22.048 10° 4.9078 10) = 1.0897 x10 Nem . S1O.2% Mem Tee = C68. 2196 to VG4.9078 » 1e™ ) Reactions a4 supports Th ® Tas 1090 Nem my Te = Ten? SIO Nem =e ) Manimom shearing stress in AB Te = Tee. CeggarntV(G.055) S UD4 RI Pe Tae HT mel ©) Moxie shearing stress in BC » Tet . @lo.2vifo.0i9) viet . a Yact 8.8 MPa al PROPHIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 The Metrw 101 Companies, ie. Allvighic ane. 0 profit Man be ped pda ined in ah chy ay meat, ste writen prmanine a he pula cs wactroyew Mo tmtede tbat ent te wo esas pee ty Crawl trial eowe papa, Hn ee snc tpi Sana se meg caocoa es4.38 At tima when rotation is prevented atthe lower eof each sha 80-N- Problem 3.58 smtorquois aalied tocend A of shat 48. Knowing thar = 77-2 GPa for both sha, ietermine (2) the maiz shearing ues i shaft CD. 2) the anal of rotation et Let Ta= tovque aptied at A = 50 Nem Tara = torque in shett AB Tes = torque in shed CD Statics OF ° Ta-Tas - FQ, =O Ter FY, = © eo Tee? zn - Te) = $a The) Gear & Gear & Kinenstics > Pa = Qe Dt FREE Angles of turct gy = Taal o= Be = ¥ Tasha Be 3-3 Gz ($+ gee Te = C4468) )tie = 4 ‘Tag = 0. Ta = (0.479%60Y80) = 28.368 Nem Tee + $ (80-38. 368) = 27.755 Mem ( Masimam shearing stress in shat CD ye teh, Te, BVUAIISS) eT, | Tes * anlo,0075 77 = 4 dro Pa Tot IMP. tb) Angle rotation at A ht Trl . 2Teb _ (2)(98.8¢8.)(0.24e) “G3, WE A(T axto*Vo.609)7 = MST #10 pf Qos PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 203 Tee MsGoew-Hil Campsie, Ie. Asgh rtersed No pan of hs Moa omy iam apne (sae inary fr 0: yan nen, sit eo re persion the eer of pe yond he lah sues texcbersans ats peri by McGill cou Pepa. Ifyou then ng in Mim, yuereving how pretence,Problem 3.59 fz Some Prob. 3.8, asmuning thatthe 80-N mm true is appli to ead C of 3.58 At atime when rotation is prevented atthe lower end of each shaf, 5 80-N marquis applied o end 4 of shaft AB. Knowing that C= 77.2 GPa for both akafts, determine (2) the maximum shearing stress in shaft CD, (8) the angle of rotation «t Let Tet torque cppiiat at C= SO Mem Ten = ferqve in shat CD Tig > torque in shat AB - F Stechics . Ta- iF =o Te-Teo = fe F= © Ta = B(Te- Te) = 3% - Teo) Geard © Gear Kinemahice? Ce > Reh Rm =3% y = Tet — = L Angles Ptuist f= Tab gs Tae = 0b Tlh 2 BT “(E+ 4) Te = 8% 0.4796 Te = (0.52042 GO) = 41,632 Nem “Tha = EC RO - 41.682) * S755R Nem @) Maximum shearing stress in CD aye eS 2 2 Tee, (2682) og gyiok Py yt 62.8 Pom J, Tee w (o.0075)* (i) Angle Fritetion ad A > Tol, 2TebL | USP SS2)0.240) 17. 364157 pad Go" Ea SET TO race (0, oon? Dx 0.995" atl PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 106 The 3eGiaw Hl Carpi, ne Al sigh rsared, No patti Manca ay tented ptoaeed ‘er cstiomedin my rm et by ame mean, sre poo ea piscn tener ore yen he bated bianss eae ae ‘stat peie ty afew yo coms: pean sae ie ada uss Bem, Yo al Wang kwatok pera4.60 A solid shaft und & hollow shaft are made af the same material and are of the same weight and length. Denoting by nthe ratio efcy, show that the ratio 7/7, ofthe torque 7 in the solid shaft tothe torque 7 in the hollow shaft is (a) 1-7 #(1-+ 27) i the maximum shearing stres isthe same in each shaft, (6) (0 ~»)(1 + 2? if the @ @ SRREEES & Problem 3.60 Foe equad waht and Fength , the ovens ave equal wets Tlet-e2) = Watd-nt) = = Gq Uenty dg= Fea = Bet (i-nt)* The Ble'- 6t)= Een) (a) For equal stresses ge le 2 he a Se is Be Gee. Balen e, te ten peak ho NGe BG nadine Cth oni (b) Fonegond conaydes oF hast Te SL eee = ae eft Gen) en? he $: Fertet , Gent. tent ~ He,t (i-n4) Problem 3.61 3.6L A torque T is applied as shown t0 a solid tapered shaft AB. Show by integration that the angle of twist at A is Trtroduce coordinate y as shown. re & Twist im Bength oly ~iey . Tey . 2TL ap EE = gh + Seat a pee The rebtive circumfererticl displacement rn padiak fength ale is aS: Ydp = p de dg= 7r# lL, # 2. Git * 29GE pa he \ ape + phe (OH. dg IGE Pe aIGE ‘, e = seem et} 2 T ton anGt Cant ants "Weble ” % <= PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, © 206 The Medinet Campsie Ie, Al eared in amy fen amy eas, nate te pie mit poe ‘dnonin: pend oy Meee eth ei coe pepo, Maus ofthis Meaea ay by dese seed sed earth mas etibuon oc ad syd Mina, ye re «wen,3.63 An annular bas pine (G = 39 GPa), of thick Problem 3.63 comet the brass shaft 1, of length , = 50 um an ea tube CD, oflengthE, = 125 mm ine race r,= 75 mm, Raowing thai a 8KN-m torque'Ts apple fo cod of shah AB an that end cf tube CDi xed detemine 2) the mao searing sss stapltetube systom, (the ane through wih end coats (int Use he forma derived inProb 3.6210 soe par) Shedt AB aN = re T . AT ze * Fe = Hs = Biases), = 66,0 «10° Pa = 66,0 MPa Plate BC (See PROBLEM 3.62 fix dex RIMO = ce Fale ooey o.caoye ~ BSH Ae = 92.5 Mh a = c ane, Shat OO 6,2 Rt 0.07 Mm, CLs +b = C,0154+0,008 = 0.078 m T > Flo4. 6) = E(o.079'- 0.075") = 8.492) x107F in? Te; oO eo + Tee. (800r(0.078) = 8 T= Tee GRO OR = 1.9 MO Pa = 29 MPa (a) Largest stress ShaPt AB Tay = B25 MPa we Gant Tht 2 ZTLL _ (gWa800%(0,050) “GS > Tec > aGarenNe ors = 2921 41073 vad Plate BC (See Problem 3.62 for denvation) s—t $i. =e yt ee weet mts FATS OG LOS aos} = 0,389 ¥I0* vod = The _ (g00)(0-195) _ “3 ShaFH CD Poo = Gy * GrnoT(E mee) © LOSS HO mt () Totelroted iom angle — Py> Dn + Gace * Peg = 4.773 X10" rad Ga= 0.273"Taps 4S lew + 4800 psi Pe (Rhp + 0216600) © 79.2410" deen /s @ Pe BS = go Te php = BAM. 630.25 Ani = ie. 2r « JT me ce fe - 2 GESY = o.uyers im d= 2a = 0.893 in, we) Fo BP 2 40 ue 3.64 Using an allowable shearing stress of 4.5 ksi, design a solid steel shaft to Problem 3.64 transit 12 hp typed of) 1200 rpm (9) 2400 roan ‘ FAAS 2 315,127 Abin 0. 35428 in. Ae 2e= O,70%in, =. Problem 3.65 3.65 Using an allowable shearing stress of 50 MPa, ‘wansmit 55 KW a€ a frequency of (a) 10 Hz, (8) 60 Ha a sold steel shaft to Pris kw + isxjo* w sae = 79.577 Mem 27, meh 2 LORS _ -3, [OGY = 10.044 KIC im = 10.044 mer A= 2e-* 20.lmm at = 39,784 Nem 7.972107 wm DAT az e214 a PROPRIETARY MATRRIAL. £2096 The MeGreyil Comyn All oghs std. No put of hs Manta my lye, rota ede nf yay was wake nr ee pemissen he patho me yond De inact eek a dns vei McGimi foUiedical cuce equa Hoa gt astaber aon ishbomelg ee we taee hehe3.66 Determine the maxicum shearing stress ina solid shaft of 12-mm diameter Problem 3.68 aL iranamit 2 5 KW a a equency of (@) 25 Fz, (6) 50 Hz. e = 0,004 m Ps2S kW > 2500 W s ta $= 25 He Te eps BB © is. 55 em re & -4z- 36a + 46.4 x10" Pa "0546.4 MSe, 25 ) Fe 50 te Te a = 7.9577 Nem 267.4577) T+ Teor 7 23.5 «10% Pa. 2 2B SMR ne Problem 3.67 ‘3.67 Determine the maximum shearing ses ina sold shaft of L5-in, diameter asic transmits 75 hp ata speed of (2) 750 rpm, (B) 1500 rpm. Pr 2S hp = (7siec00) © 44s x10* fein Ze c= tds 0.75 in 6.025 vio" thin TE Lak , Ake r02s0/08) . _ . ee oe ose 7 2S Priolpsi Ee ST esi a £ - 182% sas He ° T ae 3.1513 x10% hhein te eee > = 4 7¢xt0 pe TNT est me PROPRIETARY MAYYAUAL. © 2008 The McGrath Compan te, All igh eee No put hit Macua miy edgy iced tad any fr nam mea wou he pro wri peisoe the BT a nb yd ie raed nba tw aces and ‘ear pemiaes 9p NSOneHl for elena cones preprint ya Stuns qian SU A,Problem 3.68 3.8 A steel drive shat is 6 ft Jong and its outer and inner diameters are respectively equal to 2.2$ in. ant 1.75 in, Krowing thatthe shaft transmits 240 hp while rotating at 1800 qpm. deteroniue (a) she miexinaim sheeting sress, (2) the ance of tvist of the shail (= 11.2 = 106 psi, Le GPE = in. C= Gd, = 125 in, e,7 dd: = 0.875 in. Pr 240 hp ~ (2He\ {e600} 1.584 «fat bin /s po 1808 _ = QP. bey poe et Avian Fe 2S = $0 He UT? BaF Galen 7% He8teto Abe Fo Fle" 6): BGs oars) = 1.54834 int (0) Maximum sheneing stress. We & 8.4024 w iO V1 12 i? Sa = GL 92S4 10" poi VSB ee Th fe) Angte of twist ete (8. 4034210%)(92) 3s ot - = BAHowdol V2). x = ha ~ PS Uasioe Wiisasay, 7 S586 OT wd P = haHO Problem 3.69 3:69 One of two hollow drive shafs of a envise ship is 40m long and its outer and inner diameters are 400 mim and 200 man, respectively “The shall is made of Steel for which 5. * 60 MPa and G=77.2 GPa. Knowing thar the meccimuas speed of rotation of the shaft 8 164 cpm, determine {a} the muxhawn power that cen be Le ue transmite by one shaft ts propel, (8) the comesponding sage of tis ofthe a= FA,= 200) mes ~ O80 me G7 Faz + 10040 = O.100m Z (0.2087 0.wo"} = 2.3562 41d" Te LE LB. 8862 1060010) age ge wto® Nem Con O.R0% RCCL) He (2) Mavinum power Pe anh T Pe 2m (2.6667 06. 8610) = WL BEY loo Ww Pe ise MwW -2 7 2 (e) Angle of bast e° 25 og (286, B6«10"}C 40) < Pawo Na save FROPRUGTARY MATERIAL ©2006 The Wenn 2h Cromer, Allg eee, No pf it Meal may be ilo itt ihre i yf by any wea ees te prroiten pes ejb" ea oyun thee sibu o escer a ‘Slain yA HE rent Ses pepo. Hac asl wigs Pasay gh tom penn,4.70 While a steel shaft of the cross section showa rotates at 120 zpm, a Problem 3.70 stroboscopic wensurcment indicates thatthe angle of twist is 2° in t 12 ft length Using G= 112 * 10" pa, determine the power being trneited | pe 2% 34,207 K10* wad LeIPe= 144 in, vii ye tds Sin yt hd 0.6 in jt | Te Elegues}s GS-06) = 27496 : f2 Boe ath . eam 10e MT PODS?) . Ts ese (iL 210: Wa Tees ite 10°) 21,087 «io! thin Pe ankT = an(aVal.ostvio®) = 264,36~/o° fin & 264.36 “qo O01 40.1 bp =< Problem 3.71 3:74 Determine the roquized thickness ofthe SO-sim tubular shaft of Example 3.07, iit is to transmit the same power while rotating al a Mequency of 30 Hz. From Example 3.07 Ps fookW = fooxjo* w Ky = COMPa= €Ox10° Pe Cyt kds Wem = 2,025m Given, Fr 20 He Pee ge "oak 7 F40,52 Nem 4 ~~ ia, ATE T= Hg%-") vee Tare < 4 (2530.52 (0,025) _ = 0.025) ~ ary 7 RT SO ae IG m = 22858 wm L264 mm RE rom= WLBEG ram = 2.G4R tom PHOPRISTANY MATERIAL. €2005The Mein FE Companies Ie, Allnghteeend. Noon fe Meat my sly, eraduced se disesuad in afr ot any ans, ete eit piesa of ple, ae ben re ‘hacan pine ty Mone Hl fer tin aso prcaran Hous sadn ingle Mes sou ews Hee eur3.72 The design of a machine clement cll fora 40 mam-outer-diameter shaft to Problem 3.72 transmit 45 KW. (a) If the speed of rotation is 720 cpm, determine the maximum shoaring sressin shaft. (6) 1F the shall ofrocation ean be increased $084 0 1080 ‘pm, determine the largest inner diameter of shaft 4 for which the maximum shearing sttess wil be the save in el shaft co) C2 Fd = 20mm? 0.020m ~ 2L (2X 596.23) _ we J Wee = “aioloye = HTN AF 10% Pa Fue? ATS MP, ~ 4Svio% 12 We > te 7 397.27 Nem ve = 2Tes te pt. Bee e Wt oy Se am eae 4 (2M397. 840.020) 7 wg? 0.010 ER TIGHT 7 3-388 x10 = S205" my €,F ISRO m = 15,20 ram A= 2c, = 30.4 mn ome Problem 3.73 3:78: sea pipe of 72-mm outer dames isto be used transmit torque of 2500 N+ in without exceeding en allowabie shearing stress of 85 MPs, A serius af 72-m3- cuter-diameter pipes is available for use. Knowing that the wall thickness of the available pipes varies from 4 mento 19 mum in 2-men increments, choose the lightest pipe tat can be used, Cae bd, = 36 mm = 0.086m, Te: te te o%. 27Toe 2 9 ogc 222500) (0,036) Cot Gln Se = WEEE wig) «827.82 w10™ C= 2B.2E 10% m= 2826 ame BE Cy- C.F Bl nm BBE mm = Tt Use t= Bim 8 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2001 MeGist Conary, ns: AU gH cere. Ko at is Maven way be dpe pede 2 tun po 9 Say an, wt De pekwsuN peoton ae dct. eckson a ened aches een aor peri by Gian Porter aval eure ego fia nately ME Suma, Youste se hea ae aaProblem 3.74 4.74 A.2.5.:-ong sli ste! sft isto transmit 10 KW ate frequency of 25H Determine the required diameter of the shafl, knowing that G = 77.2 GPa, chet the allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and that the angle of twist must not exceed 4° Pe lokW = lod w $225 He PA CABISHO® rad io ¥to® Ts Inf 6 2n(@sy 7 63.662 Nem Stree requirement v= TE = SF ~ fee, awe ek Sie or aoe yes. = nose) = MOSS men ; otk . AT Twist angle cepuinenent or ee a SATE VCR. < TED ~ VwG7axlo Ker sario7) 1709 com Use the Larger valve C= L709 mm = 2e> 23.4 me Al 4.75 A 1Ssmvlong solid ste! shaft of 22-rom damter isto transmit 12 KW. Probem 3.75 ann er we ce oa Bhs, sat she allowable shearing srt 30 MPs, and thatthe meg oftwiz must not LeiSm cakd = Mmm 7 O.0tl me Pe i2kW= ojotw Pe BS° © CLOBTHIC® rad Gr 71dwlo Pe ee B0x/0° RK. Stress requirement vets. 2g T= Exes Eoxtoo.ouys = 62.772 New > Th . 47L Twist angle requirement 9° Gt Fee EGP, TCyaxto Vo ote). o87 (0) Trapt Nts} © T2308 Hem Manimum abforehte torque is the smabler lve Ts 62.722 Nem Minimum Frequency te transmit a power of 12 kW, PrantT - Pe -_kxlo* : Pe aT * Gert) 7 30.4 He fF 30,4 Hz 1Soto? Ww e- Be oe ~-P , ovr . Tay F ae (ey 7 BFP RT IOe New = Soxjo® -Ts , a0 Stress requirement 2 SoviOSP zg: 7e e wfAT 2 (QAR. apoanto tm = 37.00m ole WT (sax j08) a [Om = 37. Angde af twist requivenats ge 8° x 52.26+15” wach ~ Th. ath . 2 . p> oe Ae GeTLer1o" Ke, L= 25m ce fate. \[ TENET TE EGY 35. 39nd me 35.38 nm Tee T7720 (52. 26 \T*) Use Larger valve. Cr 37.00 mm d= 26740 tm at Problem 3.79 4479 A.2.5.m-long ste! shaft of 30-mm diameter rotates uta frequency of 30 He, ‘Determine the maximum power that tk shalt can transmit, knowing thet C= 77 2 GPa, ‘hat he allowable shearing sitessis SO MPa, and that the angt of twist mast not exceed 78 eats Sam = O.01S m LL 2S Stress pequivemest To 5Ox10° Pa zd T= EL. Ere* - Bow koe) = 265.07 Nem Twist anghe vequivemest Q=7S°= 130.90 010 rad G=77.-2x10" Pa - Te. 2TL 2" GF Wee T? FGer@ = E(77.2x107 Vo.ows\%i30.90x/0") » 03.00 Nem Smatter vekse of T is the mawimum oLlnrlte toque. T= 265,07 Nem Power Fransmited at Fe 80 He Pe AMET = an (ae \lzes.o7) = 49. 9¢¥10> W P= 50.0 kw a PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©1005 Tue Moti Hil Cangas, lee Al igi tts. Nop fh: Mansa mey be lye oped an ay Se oy Any vans, wt We pk ean perry fe pba wut been the nel erase secon soe ‘daatas patie by McCue He te sal can earn Hower sey Ving NS Aemea you ean Ceaoo eeeProblem 3.80 380 A 1 S-in-drameter steet shaft of length 4 ft will be used to transmit 60 hp between a mocor and w pump. Knowing that G= 11.2% 10° psi, determine the lowest speed of rotation at which the stress does not exceed 8800 pi and the angle of twist does nat exceed 2° ettd * O05, Le WP 48 in | P= 6Ohp © 296 v lo Abin /s Biress requirement — ¢= BS0O pal td te = an, Te Ere E(asoollors} = S.as2nule’ fb-im Twist ongde requirewest ~ re. ? GF ~ Weer Ts ESctg. Zo Pa 2+ 34. 907410* rok UL 2 ee pas (34 sot Os 4 4x tot Dorin Moaimum ablowabfe torque isthe smabter value. Pe awtT Pe 346 v fo* = Pe Rar” ately ~ IS.S67 He 4.048110" Bin F734 nom ee Problem 3.81 3.81 A 5.f-long solid stool shaft of 0.875-in, diameter is to transmit 18 ‘hp. Determine the mniam speed at which te shaR can rotate, knowing that G = 11.2 10 psi, that the allowable shearing stress is 4.5 Si, and that the angle of wst must not exceed 3.5° LesPk= 60m C= gol~ 0.4875 in P= Bhp? 118.8 «10 Abein/s Stress pequivemest Te. S kel © SHI? pws vet Tes Te Beet = Blasio vossisy = 591.92 fein Twist ougde requirement — g a.5%> Gi.a87elstrat gz Te + GSO WEN — TULZxtO0.4375)(6l.087110) L ZL (AMGCY = 686.21 Pb-in Mertimun abfowebte torque is the smaller value Pe 2ufT ~-F, s.a to? Feat * “EuC S41. FR) 3h 44 Me T= $491.92 bhein = 40 epm md PROPRIETARY MATERIAL 0 206 Te MeGro1U) Caan, ue. Alluigtcsnavell Negatef hs Maem may Se eyed pede ‘tte ey on oars pe ues prea ple or wee bent hein scbetatoecets e dors eowind by Mee oe hea ence gman. wares veg a Bane yous sig tel pmcaProblem 3.82 3.82 At S.mlong tubular steel shaft of 38-mm outer diameter d, is to be made of a steel for which 5,*65 MPa and G= 772 GPa Knowing thatthe angle oftist aust ‘not exceed 4° when the shat is subjected 19a torque of 600 Nm, determine the largest ~— inner diameter d, which can he specified inthe design. Leh Sm Ce bdr tine t O01 im = osm Ts ES¥tot Pa Qa 4 = 69.813 «lo et 5 Belo) - te 42Te es Stress ve quire ment q “ke - 4S «poor -2 Twost ogde requirement ?> GF Tema cf hee ny OO Te aastaF Cy = TRAY fO% my > IRIE mn = NCBA RLO wy = 184 mam Use smaller vetue of c, Cyt UBT mm Ap = 2e,* 23.4 mm Problem 3.83 3.89 A 1.S.an-long tubular steel shall of 38-mm outer diameter d, and 30-ewn inner tiameter d, is to transatit 100 KW between « turbine and a generator. Determine the ‘ninimane frequency at which the shaft can rotate, knowing that G="77.2 GP, thatthe allowable shearing stress is 60 MPa, and that the angle of twist must ot exceed 3° Ls ism P= BP = F2.B60%10" nnd Cae hd, = 14mm = Q0%%m , 6 = 4 dz7 Sem O.01S mm] Te Etc") = F(o.0147-0.018")= 125. 126x107 wl Stress requirement 60 re Pa ve Te ¢ s\(60 T= aes 28. seve Ne HOY age 3a Nem Twist ange requirement g= ue spe GIG | (I grto*Ni25. 196 ¥1T1V52.HOKI) 325 20 Nem L Ls 7 Hawimum abfowable tere is the smebler valse T= 332.35 Nem Power transmitted P= 100 kW = loo¥lo* W Pe anh ooh. oer tots = Frequemey Pepe sage = Te He A242Q2H2 —e3.84 The stepped shaft shown rotates at 450 4pm. Knowing that r= 0.5 in, «determine that auaximum power thet can be transmitted without exceeding an allowa le Problem 3.84 shearing stress of 7500 gsi. i Mb A= Sin D= Gin PO.Sin From Fig 3.32 K> 1.33 7 fe Ee. os, = ge 7 Lae ae = G10 For the emaMer wide kde 2.5 im ce ST. 247 i 2 TAS) 750 Te age , ane = 138.404 10% Ab. in. Fr 450 rpms 7.5 He Power P= 2mFT = 20 (25 3A. HOFHI Y= 6.52 «10% Ae in/s P= 188 hp =a ‘3.85. The step shaft shown rotates at 450 Kr that r= 0.2 in,, Problem 3.85 isc tt eatnn ponent urbe cannetondoar eens aaa shearing stress. of 500 pa a> Sin D= Sin Y= OO] in Sin 4+ ~ 2. BR, OR. . : 5 & = 120 fe Qn. 0.04 From Fig. 3.32 K= ss For smaller side 22 fde 26 ae Kis. 2X7 mee Tash soe) _ 2 aR assy = NBT +10" thin Ft 450 rpm 2 7.5 He Power Pr 2ifT = an(asXiistexto*) = 5.60 x10* Qb-in/s Ps 248 bp ~— PMOPREETARY MATERIAL, € 208 Te kG Capri i Agha et et ofa ny ede epee ‘sain nary orn ay menses psoas ion eden Me olka eS ickotpenais Soins nisenerrharace | ‘ett perdied by Meinl Bt86 3.86 Kdnoring thatthe stepped shat shown must transmit 45 W speed of 2100-Tpm, Problem 3. determing the minim radius r ofthe file ifan allowable shearing atess of 50 MPa is Tom not o be exceaded zee, ee = as Me m0 P= 4Sxlo* Ww = PL ds Jot _ %)) U > aaF = Ga tasy > For smallen side c= Fd = Sam = 0.08 - Ete? _ a(Sovio*Wo.o1sy4 Ke “oy” > actor esy 1-245 GB. B-2 From Fig. 8.32 Y= 0.07 VS OT a = (OUTVMBOY= SH nn Ke Sil mw » 1% “, Te Qe IGE) 7 (18-80% 10" Nem Pe 4s kW. 45x107 P= antT 2 Pe SIO . Fe ae Balics.sovio®) ~ 1.6 He $= 42.042 a PROPIIKTARY MATERIAL, £2006 Te McCaw Hill Compas, le, Alug seid. No yar of hi Maal iy ie oe epi ‘een din zy frm ory any nee si ren ps al hep owed Voync the hse ita nant ‘dors pened ty Mero il arte once prpuatnn, Myo ae ste ngs wow sve asa Ske pe te88 Atorque of magritude 7 200 in. i applied t the stepped shat shown, Problem 3.88 ‘hich has a Zul quarter-creule let. Knowing that D= in determine the mderom shearing stress in the shat when (2) d=08 in. (8) d= 090 (a £8 FURS Ped(De ddr Ot im For smabler side ee RE. BAT. RUBIO) ict pas Full uarer-cireale let ‘ston to cdg of larger abt Us Zep ksi eet eek (D-dY= 0.05 S. O8F . 00s Foom Fig. 3.32 0 K= [.4¢ Fer smaller side cetel = O45 in 2KT _ @M4iy200) 2 . — See = PG) = 2 on eto? ys = 201 ks 4-89 Inthe stepped shat shown, whic has a fll quarter-ciccular fillet, D~ 1.28 Problem 3.89 jn, and din Knowing thatthe speed of the shaft i 2400 spi and that the allowable shearing stress 7500 psi, determine the maximum power that can be transmitted by the shad, TLRS pe D-Als 9.15 in. Ons From Fig. B.B2 Ke 1.31 Fir smaller side C= td = 0.5 in - KTe 7VTe , Tee ves Tet ae ve wigalose) = WARY DIO” Lbein Fa quater mins oie flag shat Fe 2400 rpm = 4O He Pe ankT = amltolliirdixio): 282.5 ¥10% Bb in/s Frans hpProblem 3.90 3.9 Inthe stepped shaft shown, which hasa fi quarter-circular filet, the allowable shearing stressis 80 MPs. Kowing that 2)~ 30 mm, determine the largest allowable ‘enue tat can be applied tothe shat is (a) d= 26 min, (8) d= 24 ma, = 80¥]0% Pa. oy Be Be iist vr EWAY> 2mm Lf a? é = 0.078 From Fig 332 Ke 15e Smaller side Cr td = Bem: 0.018 m ~ KE, 2KT FU quater irettar flit C= Te Spee siento cg ol lge ht qe BEE. Moonen x10!) = Re > GCaB) = 203 N-m “T+ 203 Nem << Qa Be Benes p-HD- d= 3mm Gree ons From Fig- 3.32 Kr 13h crkd= i2emz 0.0!2m 2 EGE. Blogente) «yes in T= 1653 Nm al PROPRIBTARY MATERIAL © 2005 Tae MG HEN Commies Ie Alegre Noy ofthe Mena a be payed eric sein yf ery any teas Wt pos etn pee of he pubsh,

Th plastic region with ebastie cove The maximom Shearing stress is Tne 2 Ty 220k at 3 TdT -&) ; Tr B49) 4-5 : y- Bie 0.18028 Be = 0.56492 Pr O.8099Z 6 = (0,50492K 1.0) Pet OSES in, mat Problem 3.92 3.92 A 3t-mmedlameer solid shaft is made of «mil stel thats sumed tobe slastoplatic with 5 ~ I45 MPa, Determine the maximum shewiag sess an the dus ofthe elie core caused by tke apalication ofa torque of magaiude Ca) 1 2 SNe, SRN erg ad = 0.019 m Ty = 180 «10° Pa f Compute Ty Tet Bete = Flo.crgPiusxiot) = 15622d«)0% Nem 1.28108 Nm << O ebastic PEST Imm ae ve TS 2 ATL Bhiznio T 7 Ree Voy = WEST +I0 Pe LM Pa en (eb) TE LG not Nm > plastic region with efastic core, The maximum shearing stress is Toran = Te 14S MPa, acs PET i- &) y . & = 4- a + 4 ~ Gee = 0.54542 EES 0. $1004 Pe = 0. 81604 > (0, 216049(0.019) = O.015S0m PrFIS.S2 morn]Problem 3.93 3.93 This observed that a straightened paper clip cen be twisted through several ‘evolutions by the application of a torque of spproximately 60 mN m. Knowing thatthe diameter ofthe wire in the paperclip is 0.9 mm, determine the approximate value of the yield stress of the steel cg FOS mm = 04S *IO* mm Te = GOmbem = Goro” Nom G4 = er, TF = 3)4a1De Pa ToBI MPa me ‘A 12Sin-diameter sold rod made of n asoplstie material wi, Problem 3.94 = 5s. Knowing that te laste core ofthe rei of ameter | in, determin the ragritude ofthe torque apple tothe rod a-fd-o.6asin, Ty = Sx fo* psi Pr* tde> OS in. Tye TEs Betyg, = Flocasv isn) = ai7a7 wie Shin . a T= $y 0-4 Fs Bam 4 BES RAB KIC Lh in T= 2220 thin ae 495 The solid circular shaft shown is made of a steel that ie assured to be Problem 3.95 lastoplastic with )~ 145 MPa, Determine that oagnitude Tof the applied torque | - when the plastic zone is (a) 16 mm deep, (8) 24 mn deep. caine P22 Bz mnie 0.520 Be nisrio® Pa ne |e in = Bex = EO.022)'4ss10%) y = 7.4634 x10% Nem 0) tee 16 mm = 0.016 Pr7 on tee 0.982-0.016 = 0.016 . : Te SHU F 4) = brea ig SB = 4.6402 410" Nein TELE Ae me GY Eye tm O02 fy 7 Em bp = 0.032- 0.024 = 0.008 m > + anes fe Y= $7 te34 10 l= 4 SR, = 4.4123 * 10° Nem TH UU PROPRIETARY MATERIAL 206 The Melati Compas ne Alig raced. Negi of his Maou ay eave eprvauesd (yaaa my lsc by ay ston wet th pit ben rion fe pus oy, 9! weeks es ron abel here pemined oy Growl eens cou preprtion190e res stn inne thi Maal yo ring ia peasProblem 3.96 3.96 For the shal and loading of problem 3.95, sesuming that G= 77.2 GPa determine the angle of twist in a £m length ofthe shaft 4.98 ‘The solid circular shat shown it made of see! that i assured to be lastoplasic with 5, 145 MPa, Determine that mugnitude Pot the applied torque hen the plastic zone i (2) 16 mam deep, (8) 24 mm deep. = Blmm= 0.032 mm iso Pa G = 77.2 «108 Pa, as ct) s aa a Ga asiot = BROWS” rad A. & oe (02 Up IE mm? 0.016 m Prim bp = 0.016 m £~ 0.500 p-e: #8%0%2 «(0% Ble * 0.800 = 176.08 1107" pad Pr 10.09% a (Tye 24 m= 2.024 m Py = C-, = 0.003 m Bs 0.250 grat F T BS2NCT IO ved Gr RO.2 mete Problem 3.97 3.97 The shaft AB is made of « material that is elastoplastic with s — 90 MPa and G =30 GPa. For the loeding showa, determine (a) the radias ofthe eleticeere ‘ofthe shaft, (8) the angle of twist at end B (VC = IZ mm = OO mm ~ z= i% ae? aS Tes W108 Pa Savon Ty = Eon = ElooaT9onto%) = 244,24 Nem Tr 200 Nem > Ty plastic region with efastic core : 4 TE -g) Bee 1- SE ~ 1G llsee). ~ 9 sises & = 0.68102 py =(0.68(02)l0.012) = 8.17s15* be am G = 80x07 Pa a bE = BTL _ (AV 244.29 V2) Pee BD vim af IGF WEG *WeayiGoxiory = 0-S000 me A. oe > aOSo0n . ge P* De oetizg = O74 ml Pr4ese ae PROPRIRTARY MATERIAL, ©2006 The McGrail Cena, ell nate awed Ne part ft Maa ny nese lee my fy any mes, on the por imo eater a wed bayon He Enid te atx ses penmited kp Meramec eed prepwron, Uf }0U$%7% ae ing tit Manvel rave oir win preProblem 3.98 3.98 A0,75-n-diameter sold circular shaft s ade of material that is atsomed to be elastopiastc with ry 20's and C= 11.2» 10* ps. For a4ftlength of the shaf, determine tho maximum shearing stress and the angle of twist caused by & 1800 Ib in. torque “Ge = 20 bei = 2OvIC pai, enke 0.375in., L= 4 FE = 488 Te Uk. Bog = Ele.srs Gout) = 1056.70 tbe in Te 1860 Abin Y c Toh Pests region with edevhic core Toa? Teo 20 et 2X 1656.70) (42) DG. ee Be > T(o.a7s gerry ~ OR2BST vd Te nO, 4£) (af zy a. 4 Brisco) = 0.7451 2. 0.70471 y . = O.R2BS7 . . = gba ~ SEBS ~ 0.28264 mad Hy = 1448 = Problem 3.99 3.99 A soli circular sod is made of a material that is assumed to be stascoplatic Denoting by 7 and d, respectively, the torque and the angle of twist atthe onset of yield, determine the engl of twist isthe tarque is increased to (a) T 110, 0) 7 1258, (P= 131 T= $h0-48) Be Syl iT ow 2. g id oe a Ps 2 mF 5 116 226 oy = % ” pe Xie) ? . zt. @,. ! 2 th ; was 7 anaes S87 Prissrgy - 3.100 1.25-in diameter solid cireular shaft is made of material that is Problem 3.100 assumed to be eastoplastic with r,~ 18 ksi ad G = 1!2.= 10" ps Foran 8 Teng of the sh, determine the maximum shearing siness and the angle of st frused by a 7.8 kip in tongue d= O.625in, Ge Ih 2lO* psi, T= igkei = 18900 par FR 9g in. TH25 Kipein = LSxIO® She in Ty SB. Bete, = Blo. crs ¥isooe) = &.9019 ¥/0% Hein org Lea T > Ty plachic region with efestic cone Trage ts leksi we =f : 2 bY 2b 2 (geIb12 000) —% Ws She ys Oe EG ~ Geer ianpor) 7 HEB rad T? HU-4B8) $ Poet lS 7 v-s = p= 1 1O58s FOR Yu - Sasa P * 1.10583 Fv UloSB3K 246.864 bo") © 272.1 ed P= 15,.63° = FROPKIDTARY MATERIAL, ©2006 Te Maw) Copan, tall ngs cers Mop a he Manny played readies ec ibd ay Kany mar, Wa ep sen penn of fe pba bas dome hele ete a ‘chests onan by MeCrae il fe om mba couse prepa 9 an hams ng hs Sanaa yu nese noe eyProblem 3.101 S401 The hollow shaft shown is made of stee! which is assumed 10 be elastoplastic with 5; = 145 MPa and G = 77.2 GPa, Determine the muynitude Taf the torque and the corresponding angle of rwis (2) st the onset of yield, (0) witen the plastic zone is 10 mea deep, ta) At the onset of yield, the slress distribstion is the ehostic distribution wth Tame > Te C= Fel, = O.080m, c= 44, = 0.0125 oT = FE." - 6,4) = $(0.030°- 6.0125") = 1.2840 x io“ Ty 6 ©) Vane = Ty = ke . Be te = di2940 «id*) (49 n0 = OF Ne 030° = E.4648x]0" Mord Tyr SNe ae Oe = iH (913010) (6)__ = giz feist od = = 1 * OB ONG ABO 18) {b) B= 0.010 m pre Gct= = oe. ALE = th (14s «10% (5) 5 - ° me. s xlor Ms 2 = 469. 56.6 IO pad ~ 26.9° =a 9 GPy ~ (7. PON.020) " Prk Torque Ty carried by ePastic portion 4 SPE pe Te % at p= py. T= BEE shone T= Elp/-c,") 5, = £(0.020"- 0.0125") = 212.978 «10 m* 9 Te Lt 22. meio" (SHO) yyy eto? Nem ows T, carried by phastic partion Ts ants,

$7701 «io* Nem Total toryue 6,030 ~ 0.0/0 = 0,029 m Te T4T, = 5S4bete’ 45.7701 ¥lo* = 7.3142 1107 Nery TA ZS) KNe maeshaft first becomes fully plastic, ®) the corresponding magnitude 7’ ofthe torque. Skee the 7-9 curve fo the shaft 3.101 The hollow she shown is made of steel which is assumed to be lustoplastic with f= 145 MPa ard = 772 GPa, Determine the magnitude T of the torque and the corresponding augle of twist (@) at the onset of yield, (5) when the plastic zone is 10 mm deep. Problem 3.102 $4402 For tho sha? of Prob, 3.101 determine (a the angle of wist at which the ao Getd=oows, c= 4d, + 0.080m (0) For onset of fully pfestic yielding , pers Tea 72 Bs AP = OP sh 2 (8 ¥jas xo) _ 3 ~ 408 He ae GOTT IGE 7 TS RASS? wel Qn 42.0° (Tee an a cap « ane le Bu(ei-*) = Bos x10*)(0.030 - 0.015) = 7.606" 10% Nem Tp S76) Nem ae From Problem 3.10! y= 17.94 Ty = 6.496 kNe im Also From Probfem 210) @ = 26.9" T= 7.31 knew Plot T ve @ vaing the following clita. 43.0, 7.61) 6-4, 7.31) (7.94, 5.90),Problem 3.103 3.103 A steel rod is machined to the shape shown to form a tapered solid shaft to-which torques of magnitude 275 kip in. are applied. Assuming the stec!to be wlastoplastc with F;~21 kai and G = 11.2 16¢ pi, determine (2) the racius ofthe elastic core in portion 4B of the sha, (6) the ength of postion CD which remains fully elastic, (0) Th portion AB cata 25m. Te Sigil Be, = Elnas Girt 64,427 110" Mein ve eh0- &) by 27/4. ST. Af, Sasi). Bry tn Fo Neu atTeos 7 O-1F17S TAIT © 2(O.TETISULAS) © 0.99718 in Pe2 OT in at (bd For yielding at paint € we Ty, CFG, T= 25810 Abia GR. tet fQEIOT . TB Bet, cee AE DORRT - s 2r904n Using proportions From the sketoh Laon tnt. & te = 8.70 mel PROPRIETARY MAYERS ©2506 Te McCaw Compas Alg ne, Me pet i eye ed oped indy fn ty inp eae, tho te poe rte 1 pte nde mtd dk onan “acu peted by Mtr oe ans core psn. eee a ace ao hil Yow te akg Uwe peesProblem 3.104 3.104 Tf the torques applied to the tapered shat of Prob. 3.103 are slowly increased, determinc (a) the magnitude F ofthe largest torques which can be applied to the sh, (8) the length ofthe portion C2 which reins lly elastic 3.103 A steel rodiis machined to the shape shown to form a tapered solid salt 10 which torques of magnitude J'=75 kip i. ace applied, Assuming the steel to be ‘lastoplastic with ¢;~21 ksi and G = 11.2 « 10* ps, determine (a) the radius of the clastic core in portion AB of the shaft, (9) the length of portion C2 which retains filly eesti, 2 The dargest torque that may be applied is thet whel makes portion AB tally eheehic™ In pertion AB cz gals 25 in, » TH. ey = Rash Gime) = 64407010 tbein € Ty? Te 4h Ut Ber Ts 85.4 Por Folk, phestre shaft p20 T= $(64.427j0") = 85.40%% 10" Hhein in =e = BS.403%10" bein GD For perding at pot C, T= %, o- &, Ce af BT. =_f Nes. 708) — 1.37580 in, UT, Wal x tory Using proportions From the sketch 150 ~A3ISBO 2 = RAB in, al3.205 Considering the tic stuf ne Problem 3.105 dering the paral plasic shal of Fie. 3:38, derive Ea.@.32) by ‘ecaling that the integral in Bq, (3.26) representing the sevund moment abou the + axis of the area under the =pcurve The steess is that shoun on the fePh I ce sgh = a, Tah pede = an pda = Ar Ab here dA = Vp and Te 2nd moment about a the T-axis. le-— C LQ - AN -# bk « — kas r-L-h =4Hc8- apts Fu PAYS 2hG0- wtp? = $uctli- es) Tsarl = Bre(i-$®) Rec thet Ty >The = $y Mewe, T=$1,(1- $4) Bue -$h PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 206 The MeGesisi Canpanie taney be ip reprted tle any rm oy ne mere, he pe een ferns fhe plies, ced go’ he Utena exes perled by MaGicw BN rH dl ease agin, VO Tea ig ema, ou ei ero Al\igies mere. Ngee3.106 A sold brass rod of Zn. diameter is subjected toa toque which causes Problem 3.106 ‘.mexintim shearing sress of 13.Ssiin che rod, Using they diagram shown for the brass used, determine (a) the magnitude uf the torque, (8) the angle of twist in a Din length ofthe rod. ke i355 13 @) Ung = IBS ksi c2td= 0600 in Fron the stress-strain diagram Yrux= 0.003 oT Bae Tn Let zee = € Tox Tran ptrde= ames zx de = arciT where He Wwhege? I is given by De Sate de Evabscte Z using a methed of numencad integration. IF Siapson's rule is owed, Ihe integration Forced, ig Pe Ts 3w2r where w isa werghting Factor, Daina Az = 0.26 we get the valves gives in The table beLlod a - z [|v [teil ee, si] w | wets, wes - —— ° ° oO 0,008 ' o 0.25 [0.00075 4.5 0,aal 4 ccs 0.5 /oo1s} x6 21s 2 4.20 O.75 [0.00225] 12,2 6,86 4+ R745 1,0 }o003 B.S 305 1 13.5 46.928 174. 539107 vad Cead = O.4ooin LL = Bin, Tog SP = LOHITH S310") mee Lb Bo = 0.00283 -Le beh ze € T= 2m & ptdp = ane}! Zedze = 2neer where He integra? Tis given ty 1 = 9) ztrde poke a oaed id Senet romereed ibegnahion. IF Sinpen’ I= Bzure h i ighhing Factor. Usin ad we off A wher Senay Fectons ong ta ob we get the valves z vr thsi | z*z,ksi | w ° ° ° ° ' 02s | 0.000533] 3.5 0.219 4 os | o.voes| 7% 1.98 2 0.15 | 0.001748 | 10,0 F625 4 1 12.2 12.6 Lwee T= 0208018) . 32a ksi Fe anci l= 2alo.t00°(3.29) TH132 kipsin Note! Angwer may differ stghtd, due te ahMerences of opinion mm teadding’ the stress stvay cove. . fb) From the graph, Tame? 12.6 Kai amProblem 3.108 3.108 A sold aluminum rod of 4. damier is subjxted to a torque which produces in te roa maxim shearing strain of 0098. Using the 7 daggam 7 iMPay shown for the alominuni alloy used, detunnine (a) the magairude of the torque 1807-——- Te) anole othe od, () the ane of tvs a 750 lent ofthe rod 100; Yue 0.008 e+ gd= 002m 8 ; — Lo= TSO mm 2 0,150 m Fa 2 @ lef 2e¥ 2 € 2 wen ea Vw oF Fics eT THe Te an(ip'tde = are Sata: = ant T where the integral I is gives by Is Verde Evafucte L using a methed of pumecieal integration. IP Simpson's woke is used, the inlegrakion furmuta is Ie Bower where w is a weighting Factor, Using AZ = 0.25 we get the vadues gives in the table “belo [we MPa 447.8 l- Zweir p= OA5YHI72) © a7 3 Mew = 37,8 «i0 Pa T= Zi (o.020(37.2¥ 10°) > 1.976 «107 Nem TH STE Kem = ) tio ge Rb = 1M 0009). 3504/0" vad prnie et PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©1006 The McC Hil egudes ts. All eM tec, Noto ie Mw be abled pean isi ae an tr ery any mes. erm Whe pur, of usd soy elie dla vis al ‘tions permed ty MaGia Half ther wit ots pep. Ajo eset ate Mts a ing wb oesProblem 3.109 3.409 The curve shown in Fig, P3.108 can be approximated by the relation + (MPa) \o F= 27.8» 10 y - 1.390% 10" seep } Using this ceteion and tgs (5.2) and (3-26), solve pecblem 3.108 10 =|] 3.408 sid sluminum rod of 40-mm diameter i subjected 0 one which ! prodzcs in the co8 a maximum shearing srain of 8.98, Using the diagram * r showa for the eluminam alloy wsed, determine (a) the mugnituds of the torque 0 applied to the rod, (8) the angle of twist in @ 750-mom length of the tod a7 | Vine = 0,008 c= td= 0.020m oF Bee Dame in GOH TY | ASE mim = 0,750 m a @bet 2-H FE Te on Sera ane (ated The given atress-sfrein curve is = BYLCT= BY + CvL2* whee B= %2.8"107 and C= ~12¢0 «0% > ane? f 2BY%2 + ChE de = ane? e Bx meon eon Cotas & > amecften, +4ornt = an (o.o20\'f $(27.8+ 10" \(0.008) + $(~1,310~(0" (0.008) t = 1.900 ¥ 10% New T= 1900 kN- wm Flu sess3xe [1 - 4G] = 1.7547 «10* Nem 3 ” The stresses are 0, 006 im ot é O, 013m tyre Cr 24S MP ot Pr Torque change ducing on foacbing ToS +R ISH7 St Nem Stress changes dering ondoading v= Te Cohstic? Mt p=0 . 4, — ANTEHT HIF (0,006) _ At p= O.00em > jetsiexio OT OBS MPa At p > 0.018 x'=- legge gor) = 141.5 MPa Residocf stresses ave taund by aceling Lier Tout — 7" At p zo ae BO At p= 0.006m Ty > WS~ G38 BLZ MR Ab p= 0.01Rim Trey = WS - 1ALS = 4b. MPa z, «162 MPa vention Zaye RL2MPa ae Bar f2™ I n46.5 MPaProblem 3.111 2 2 f= i : 4- Oe = 0.25218 Bs ogi, p, = o.crisge = 0.7874 in, Undoading: vs ye where T= 78 kipein - "(7S YG-29 At pre 7-2 29,62 kei = (95 Y0.73749 _ : AY p= Pr Cage OT 1B. TB ksi Residual? ee > Tea = E! At prc Togs = BR-~ 21.62 = - 5,63 kev AYP =Pr Tg RNC. AT = S08 esi PROPRIETARY MATERIAL © 2106 The MeGineHl Companies, le, All:ighs sarod, No a fe Meal i be dopey repeat gee ay flor oy ny means ‘Stators basen ra msuaenae pains Selig i Mw so ee wn wba Fe 3.111 The solid circular drill rod AB is made of a steel that is assumed to be lastopasic with = 22 ksi end G ~11.2> 10% pei. Knowing that a torque P= in is applied to the rod and then removed, determine the maximum residual shearing, stress in the od. SOLUTION CF 1Zin L= aS 4t = 420 in, Te fet = Baw = 2.2572 int Ty EE, GASTANID. Sa.ig kigein heading? T= 75 kipsin ve $70-48) Mraationwm Toes? 5.63 ksi ihcu he re snap fhe pac wed Bean eile ar fect taProblem 3.112 SAL12 In Prob, 3.111, determine the permanent angle of twist of hero, SAUL The solid circular drit rod 4 is made of a steel that ix assunied to be clastoplastic with 5, 22 ksi and G = 11.2 * 10° psi, Knowing thet aterque 7 = 75 kip in. is applied to the rod and then retioved, determine the maximum residual shearicg, stress in the rod. From the sofution +o PROBLEM 3.111 Cr Rinne SF 8.2572 int Es o.Gtss, py 20-73249m. Per toudins = Pf. 4% 4%. Lt 23ST 420 | APten dowding Y= 7 pe Bs oes Ee Le 3Sfte 420 in, = (HRo 2A Ke IOF) . Pron = Ge = LMS pad = 64,09 During onPosling 9g’: Zt (efustic) Te See Mem f. (Si dsc) : 2 F* CuaaioKeasray ~ ORST al = a8 Pecmanent twist ang fe Prov = Prag ~ P > NMBES = 0.86347 =0. 26519 gece? ae PROPRIETARY MATERIA. ©7106 The MeGias- HL Coroaey, ne. All rg reserved. Nopart ofthis Mania may edgy eroded sia ay fe ym, wa he pean persian tea ee, awl yen he ie een eee | ‘lara pemied ip MGOrtM ee nia eowe repay te sade lg is apa, you ste sg ea peresm3.113 The hollow shal AD is made of ml steel that is assumed +0 be Problem 3.113 slastoplestc with ¢,= 18 ksiand G = 11-2~10°ps. Themagnitude Pot tore ‘is slowly increasod until the plastic zone first reaches the inner | ‘surface; the torque is. then removed. Determine (a) the maximum reside sheatae sine Gre permanent agi of tw c/s OS im cy RS in Le VPLS Hin, T= Bec") = EF (Lesbos) = 3.3374 int Lain % = 12 ksi > 18 10% pss ov + When py venches the inner surkce , then T= 2% everywhere. 2) c 4 me av) pide = 20% Sls Bald = Bis xto® \,25°- 0.759) = 57.727¥ 10" Phein “LY Le vy: gr es SE + GeKiBx10") = og po28s7 wat = 5.3938" Pao > 575MM B xO) Y= dp-c and Undeading 2 T* $7.727810% Povin Eleste ths TE : i = SPAT OPUS) _ a. At pe Cy> h25 in, 2 Se 82 H1OY po’ At p> 50.15 im p's SRTMLCNOIN «19 ey 16% psi . ee Th, GRIN) orang ead = 4.7967" ? GI ~ GI.2~ 103, 2374) Residult Ua Ta -T! Prem? Frat = P @ AM p=C, Uys IBxlo% ancarior= ~ 3.62010 par Tees 7 ~ 3.62 ks MTC Tay = IB KIO [2.47 IO? + S03 107 par qrewinum Tas? SiO8KSi = 00) rn = 0.102857 - 0.074114 = 0.028738 rad Pp G47 oe PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ©2106 he Meck Hil Comps foe All gb seated, Ne pr of hic Man esol, eogusad abe nay fener any sn, wi he ot won pominc f Be pice, oe bead te ned tan wee od ‘Soars atin hy Meee ei mis eoare eeparn Mea et sing amaly st ing tit pm= ~86. To rad = 497° 10" (102.944 x1O7) $6 TE xIO" “a7 Ces © Tima =" Poarm™ Dnt — F @ Ab prc Tay = MSwIOt- ITZ SaKIOS = = 33.5210 Pe . +335 MPa a) Probiem 3.114 3.114 The sold shaf shown is made ofa see that i assumed to be elasopastc with F045 MPuandG =77.2GPa_ The torueis increased in magnitude unl the shaft has oom ban twisted dough 6 the torque is then removed. Detexmine (2) the magnitude and 4 Aceation fhe maxi residual shearing stress, (8) he permanent angle of tw — a ~> C2 0.0m P= 6? = 104,72 HI0 wad 16m + Pag LP 5 LQ.016K104. 7210 be 0.0021945 ul OG | al aI x 6 0.0018732 Yh, 7 coors * 0 67260 s Fot= ECoows= jorge stot m* ty> SB 2 Bote = Floors P(insio*) = 942.92 Nem At end of Soesting Tana "$1 (1- GA )= Slasa.oe lI 46.0709") 2 SSS ¥foF Mero Doboading: — elastie Tle A. Wass io® Nun _ Tle _ (1514 85810" )(0.016 ) < At pre e r 75a @¢a Ie 178.82 xjo° Pa A ps pr qt": ree (178. Sax lof 40.6433) = 120.3810 Pe, Ye TL sya (0.6) 9° EE a fsnaahiteey, At po Pe Tee © IWS tO 120.381 = AYR HOH RG Re Maximum resiclal stiese: 325 MPa atpsibnm =e Poen™ 1.032% ~et3.115 In Prob. 3.110, determine the permanent angle of twist ofthe shaft, Problem 3.115 3.10 The solid circalar shaft AB is made of a stl thet is asaumed t0 he ‘elnstoplastic with c= 145 MPa and G = 772 GPa. The torque T is increased untit the radius of the elastic core is 6 mm. Determine the maximum residual shearing stress im the shaft after the torque T is removed, Feom the salution to PROBLEM 3.No 270.018 m, Te 164,890 x10" mn" After Loading To 1.7547010" Nom Pr = 0,006 m = LY. ~ iY Le Y= EE or FRE where L=600mm= O.600m, Ty = IS x io* Pa, G=77.2%/07 Pe = (0.600 WIS « Joo) _ . Put = (0.008) ax Ory = ONFSA vad = 10.76 Undoad ing T = 1.7847 «10% Nem g" Th . _O.7S497 «167 10.600) = 0.08270 ved © 474° GE * 7 2*10 NET, 8964 107) Permancat angle of tuiet Porm > Prat ~ 2! Gren * DBTBA - O,08BZTIO = O1OSI2 ved PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 205 The MaGirw-HllConpsse, fe, Al lpi gues. Nap of Matus my be Give mre ‘ot ducioued aay frm oy any ans, witha por wien gta te pub on wed hep ihe led Sieatsoere othe el ‘cacy met fr enue core gerpra yu en lg ia Masel yororeug het posses3.416 A forgue Tapped 0 sold od made of a eistplastc materi ners Problem 3.116 luncit the tod is fully plastic and then removed. (a) Show that the distribution of residual shsing sess representa inthe fare (5 Determine theme of eto de othe stesses ating onthe prt fer sae wisn cleo ads (a) Aten Posding — y= Oy Thay = VnPowding = Residuad Toes Te Find Co Set @) Ts anf" trap = an (Mog 1- SL ep sang (PR) = annie) $G)-GRG)T 2 2 - 40 $e * sare jfe-2t - Mac = oz04 ne PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2006 7h Mec Hil Coupe nel ered, Noyes is ana my Be set in ny fra by any ens wth Ie pe tn pen he eer mee ens ene ie ‘stn pried ty bcGsa Teese vars repens nace ng i Snel soeSLT After the hollashafl of Prob. 3.113 has been loaded and unloaded as described Problem 3.117 in that probier, a torque, of sense opposite to the origina! torque T is appied tothe shafl. Asquming no change inthe valve of f;, detcrmine the maynitude 7, oF:h torque T, required to initiate yield inthis second loading and compase i with the #::2-ude 7, ‘of the torque T shat ceused the shaft to yietd in the original loading. BANS The blows AD is made ofa mil steel that is assumed to bs ctustoplastic with 5; = 18 kat and G = 11.2 © 10 psi. The magnitude T'of the torque i slowly increased unt he plastic one first reaches the inner surface, the torque is then removed Detererne (a) the maximum residual shearing sees, (6) the permaent angle of tisk From the solution of PROBLEM 3.113 OWS i, OE IRS in, Tee AB ksi = (Be 10* psi WS = 3.3379 in At p> 0, Tee — 3.62 ke = = 2.62«)0" psi APowrukte reversed stress for reverted foad Tt = Te + Tas = 1B MICs - B.KAx1O® = 14.3810" psi Fun cfastic behavior = LE T Tty , G.3279 ie sR xto%) 4 Ca as = B84xt0" Mein Tre B84 keipnin a qe oh . fass74\s 1) sue teic® tiin Te 4B psin FROPIETAILY MATERIAL. ©2006 The MeGan-ill apa, s.Allriehe send Nopatf ths Mai! my Be liplgedprecaced Of Ase nary foe yay 2 wr pein a erable a byundt smn tach ouon pod ty Craw Fa ow ers rep. fou are ade ge onl You re angie pc ec‘3.118 Afr the solid shaft of Prob. 3 114 has been longed and unloaded us described in tha problem, « torque T, of sense opposite to the original torque T is applied to the shaft, Assuming no ceange in the value of @, determine the angle of twist for which yield stint inthis second loading and compare it with theanale for which the ahaft started to yield inthe orginal Toading 3.114 The solid shatt shown is made of ste] that is assumed to be eastoplastic with 5, 145 MPa and = 77 2 GPa, ‘The torques increased in magritude unt the shaft has been twisted through 6; the torque is then removed. Determine (a) the magnitude ard location of the maximum residval shearing sires, (8) sve permanent angle of twist, Problem 3.118 06m eam From the sedotion te PROBLEM 3.114 C20.016m, L=0.6 m Tt INS x108 Pa, ST = 102944 not mt The residoal stres at prc is Ta > 33.5 MPa For Doading in the opposite, conse, the shange in stress + produce” reversed yiedding is T= Te ~ To = 19S x10" - 33.5% 10" = IU. SHIO* Pa - ie . 22a us ES a = FI7 NM Angle obtwist at yindding unden reversed tovgue. «, Tb | (y7 v10*) (0.6) . 3 > GE ScapotYiozaipae ty St text vod GF Boo Angte of tis For yiteng in ovigined dosing. veh. & Ors Hie = (OVE #108) = oy ung t0"" yadd Qs ot CG (0.01672 ¥10*) sete ny fom oy any mang wut ie ils Pe igor, No a fis Manan mayb cp rer esd ofthis, oF ied ben! he ted buen sacs ans uaa wg: Mapa yu a aac pie.‘3.119 Knowing that 77 kip in. and that @= 5.6 10ps, determine for each Problem 3.119 ofthe colle yalow bras tas shown thesia seating a a th gle of wis of end Te Tet tein Le Weim, lo} @22inn bz@ine B= LO From Tebbe 3.1, €,20.20B, C50, 100 eT te Lg ars ict Tn Gab Grea yayay~ FA1> 10" pe omg 421 esi eh _ (teto* tie) P > Babe To. ton (aKa 6 1D = BBFKIO wnat p> O.507° ae (b) a= 28in be Yin, B= 2.0. From Tabhe 21 €,* 0246, 0,50. 204 Loom? ee = ee O* ne mee Cyd” (O.RNCHA RIA ~ tb. TIO UCY . eis socsi" Pe GAs ~ HUMVQBCP Serle)” W215" end PF 0.651 a SI «10% psi Tran SNF Ki ee PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 Te McGrav-fl Compote, Al sighraerved. Nop of hs Manas may esky, greed fies in ny fre bony ones, she ir weer pein of he palit, ores sod he he Seed acer étage gy MEG HE for tenn ce prepay erie ng ba bv, you so pmo3.120 Using tq 75 ksi and knowing that G~ 5.6 > 10"psi, determine for each largest orque T that can be applied Problem 3.120 of the cold-rolled gellow brass bas shown the and the corresponding angle of twist at end B Cap? ESI pel Le tein. () a=2m. b= Zin. Beto From Tehde 3.1 2.298, 6,= 0.1406 T a Tut SAGE Tr oak t T= ©. 208M 2AI7.Se 10") = 12.48 10" Dean T RI248 kipsn O.1406 ee 200 _ e am Tne? SATE” TEgoT NO OLS WEST 7 OESHIO® Re Tone CLS MPS, ah tL QooVe.900) FINI P= 645° wel P* Babes ~ Temec\(o.cas yo. caso) 3.122 Using tg = 70 MPa and G= 27 GPa, determine for each of the aluminum ‘bars shown the largest torque’ that can be applied and the corresponding angle of twist at end 3, Teg Tox 108 Pa G27 IO" Pa Lh = 0.900 m Problem 3.122 () a-45nm b= Emm B= Zo From Table 3.1 6,5 0.267, c,- 0.263 Ts Cab %.. Corse =o Cak* T= (0.267 (0.048)0.015 (70 ¥t0°) = 124. 2No mm T= 182 Nem me Tt. Ua% 21(0.900) —_ 3 ag net P* Cae” BHaYo ousKeas Garin | SERIO red F 2 T05" Wb) er RSmm 6 525mm 2 eho Frum Table 31 ©, > 0.208, c,=O.M06 net EE TH Cb tine = (0,208 )(0.025Y(0,025)'C70 1108) = 227.5 Nem T= FAB Nem mat ~The @47.5X0.900) _ PCa © (0.1906 Yo.025 a.01s > Gri57) (BBL I ied De Za? =m3.123 Esch of te three steel bars shown is subjected toa torque of magnitude Problem 3.123 7=275N-m. Knowing thatthe allowable shearing sess is 50 MPa, determine the : ‘requited dimension b foreach bar. Te 275 Nem Lone® SOwtO* Pa @) Spwet asb Bho Foom Table 31 6,7 0.208 zl Tomes can *. C1 Toe * = 24.8010 m ) Civeke rhb Cr ISB (2) Rectangles 3, 275 sift a - * Vizbe inom” of CR KO. BAYCOWION) = ARGC I PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. 3 Ade Ihe Metre Companeg (cated ay fom ob ie he pr wen sean ‘hat yest by twa for oe dace pepo In hate el DS (2.208 BOx1o*) FAD 2 J@Qse _ 3 I FP rGsonree) = IHS? m AztRb From Tehde Bl C2 219 ea? hee * GET seated, Nop tis Manel may epee repaint te pablsinr er sed on elite’ eben b= Res B04 | be 27.6 mm << sg wih pei3.124 Each of the three aluminum bars shown isto be twisted through an angle Problem 3.124 of 2. Knowing that 6 = 30 mm , tq =50 MPa, and G27 GPa, determine the shortest allowable length of each bar Pe BH,407 IS ad = GO xto* Pa & = 2710" Pa b= 30 mm = 0.030 m For squans md veeharg le vet, a a cake Diviele te ePuailacke Ty then sulle fr b Di aabe p- @bee ~ at ~ CabtS ) Sqoaret Ex 1.0 Bron Table 2.1 = 0.208, ¢,-0.1906 7 108 3 [= QN2G.020K2ON)C4. 17 H1O) 2 seater py L> 382mm din = dee Terabe Rcdips Re Etre _ Fy | Te “6? Za iG 2 pale. % Ce Le AGaw %& Fon the same stresses Ta=% ¢ Tot | at "Giese he Problem 3.128 3.128 Shafts 4 and 8 are made ofthe same material and have the same length and scosssectional area, but has a crular eros section and B hes a square eross section, Determine the ratio ofthe maximum values of the angles , and gy through wich shafts 4 and 5, respectively, can be twisted, SOLUTION Let ¢ = radius of ecresdan seohion A and b= side of sqvare section B. Foe equad aveas Tots bs b=Fre Cirle? Thy = ws Sms Oe +t Square? Tabfe 31 c,0.208, C2 = 0.1406 2 Tg = O08 BY ca Tal _ onca rb 4794 Lt Ve" Tabe > amore = be tio ht bG | bu, % Retio Gs Seo Bgre, + 0.6% Be oem dt B % Ta For equal stresses T= Ue Pes o.cteFi = 1198 =eProblem 3.129 3.129 Determine the largest allowable square cross section af a steel shaft of Jength 6 m ifthe maximum shearing stres is nol to exceed 120 MPa when the shaft it ‘risted through one complete revolution. Use (= 77.2 GPa LeGm, C= Movi Pa, G= 7221 PR Pe irev = Arrad ~—. - Th et oop ?> Sage Divide te ebimincte Ty thes aefve Br, B= SG » fb be Skt aEege Fo a square cross section B= i From Table 3.1 6, = 0.208, C.1406 208(G) (Ax 10%) bo noelcr mio amy = ROMS mm b= 220mm ai PROPRIETARY MATERIAL, ©2006 Ths McGrw J] Compan, Ie, al gs served Nopart his Manly ele, eee ‘xc csriboe ny Cam © ng ess wid ee te pemasin os pub of bed eyed he ret Buen teacher 998 Scalp ousted y MCh Hl ot ow tacoma repaints ethane ng ih gee.